First Session, Forty-first Parliament,
60-61 Elizabeth II, 2011-2012
STATUTES OF CANADA 2012CHAPTER 19
An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March 29, 2012 and other measures
ASSENTED TO
29th JUNE, 2012
BILL C-38
RECOMMENDATION
His Excellency the Governor General recommends to the House of Commons the appropriation of public revenue under the circumstances, in the manner and for the purposes set out in a measure entitled “An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March 29, 2012 and other measures”.
SUMMARY
Part 1 of this enactment implements certain income tax measures and related measures proposed in the March 29, 2012 budget. Most notably, it
(a) expands the list of eligible expenses under the Medical Expense Tax Credit to include blood coagulation monitors and their disposable peripherals;
(b) introduces a temporary measure to allow certain family members to open a Registered Disability Savings Plan for an adult individual who might not be able to enter into a contract;
(c) extends, for one year, the temporary Mineral Exploration Tax Credit for flow-through share investors;
(d) allows corporations to make split and late eligible dividend designations;
(e) makes the salary of the Governor General taxable and adjusts that salary;
(f) allows a designated partner of a partnership to provide a waiver on behalf of all partners to extend the time limit for issuing a determination in respect of the partnership;
(g) amends the penalty applicable to promoters of charitable donation tax shelters who file false registration information or who fail to register a tax shelter prior to selling interests in the tax shelter;
(h) introduces a new penalty applicable to tax shelter promoters who fail to respond to a demand to file an information return or who file an information return that contains false or misleading sales information;
(i) limits the period for which a tax shelter identification number is valid to one calendar year;
(j) modifies the rules for registering certain foreign charitable organizations as qualified donees;
(k) amends the rules for determining the extent to which a charity has engaged in political activities; and
(l) provides the Minister of National Revenue with the authority to suspend the privileges, with respect to issuing tax receipts, of a registered charity or a registered Canadian amateur athletic association if the charity or association fails to report information that is required to be filed annually in an information return or devotes resources to political activities in excess of the limits set out in the Income Tax Act.
Part 1 also implements other selected income tax measures and related measures. Most notably, it
(a) amends the Income Tax Act consequential on the implementation of the Marketing Freedom for Grain Farmers Act, including the extension of the tax deferral allowed to farmers in a designated area who produce listed grains and receive deferred cash purchase tickets to all Canadian farmers who produce listed grains and receive deferred cash purchase tickets;
(b) provides authority for the Canada Revenue Agency to issue via online notice or regular mail demands to file a return; and
(c) introduces a requirement for commercial tax preparers to file income tax returns electronically.
Part 2 amends the Excise Tax Act to implement certain excise tax and goods and services tax/harmonized sales tax (GST/HST) measures proposed in the March 29, 2012 Budget. It expands the list of GST/HST zero-rated medical and assistive devices as well as the list of GST/HST zero-rated non-prescription drugs that are used to treat life-threatening diseases. It also exempts certain pharmacists’ professional services from the GST/HST, other than prescription drug dispensing services that are already zero-rated. It further allows certain literacy organizations to claim a rebate of the GST and the federal component of the HST paid on the acquisition of books to be given away for free by those organizations. It also implements legislative requirements relating to the Government of British Columbia’s decision to exit the harmonized sales tax framework. Additional amendments to that Act and related regulations in respect of foreign-based rental vehicles temporarily imported by Canadian residents provide, in certain circumstances, relief from the GST/HST, the Green Levy on fuel-inefficient vehicles and the automobile air conditioner tax. This Part further amends that Act to ensure that changes to the standardized fuel consumption test method used for the EnerGuide, as announced on February 17, 2012 by the Minister of Natural Resources, do not affect the application of the Green Levy.
Finally, Part 2 amends the Air Travellers Security Charge Act, the Excise Act, 2001 and the Excise Tax Act to provide authority for the Canada Revenue Agency to issue via online notice or regular mail demands to file a return.
Part 3 contains certain measures related to responsible resource development.
Division 1 of Part 3 enacts the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, which establishes a new federal environmental assessment regime. Assessments are conducted in relation to projects, designated by regulations or by the Minister of the Environment, to determine whether they are likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects that fall within the legislative authority of Parliament, or that are directly linked or necessarily incidental to a federal authority’s exercise of a power or performance of a duty or function that is required for the carrying out of the project.
The Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency, the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission, the National Energy Board or a review panel established by the Minister are to conduct assessments within applicable time limits. At the end of an assessment, a decision statement is to be issued to the project proponent who is required to comply with the conditions set out in it.
The enactment provides for cooperation between the federal government and other jurisdictions by enabling the delegation of an environmental assessment, the substitution of the process of another jurisdiction for an environmental assessment under the Act and the exclusion of a project from the application of the Act when there is an equivalent assessment by another jurisdiction. The enactment requires that there be opportunities for public participation during an environmental assessment, that participant funding programs and a public registry be established, and that there be follow-up programs in relation to all environmental assessments. It also provides for powers of inspection and fines.
Finally, the enactment specifies that federal authorities are not to take certain measures regarding the carrying out of projects on federal lands or outside Canada unless they determine that those projects are not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects.
This Division also makes related amendments to the Environmental Violations Administrative Monetary Penalties Act and consequential amendments to other Acts, and repeals the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act.
Division 2 of Part 3 amends the National Energy Board Act to allow the Governor in Council to make the decision about the issuance of certificates for major pipelines. It amends the Act to establish time limits for regulatory reviews under the Act and to enhance the powers of the National Energy Board Chairperson and the Minister responsible for the Act to ensure that those reviews are conducted in a timely manner. It also amends the Act to permit the National Energy Board to exercise federal jurisdiction over navigation in respect of pipelines and power lines that cross navigable waters and it establishes an administrative monetary penalty system.
Division 3 of Part 3 amends the Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act to authorize the National Energy Board to exercise federal jurisdiction over navigation in respect of pipelines and power lines that cross navigable waters.
Division 4 of Part 3 amends the Nuclear Safety and Control Act to extend the maximum allowable term of temporary members of the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission from six months to three years. It is also amended to allow for a licence to be transferred with the consent of that Commission and it puts in place an administrative monetary penalty system.
Division 5 of Part 3 amends the Fisheries Act to focus that Act on the protection of fish that support commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fisheries and to more effectively manage those activities that pose the greatest threats to these fisheries. The amendments provide additional clarity for the authorization of serious harm to fish and of deposits of deleterious substances. The amendments allow the Minister to enter into agreements with provinces and with other bodies, provide for the control and management of aquatic invasive species, clarify and expand the powers of inspectors, and permit the Governor in Council to designate another Minister as the Minister responsible for the administration and enforcement of subsections 36(3) to (6) of the Fisheries Act for the purposes of, and in relation to, subject matters set out by order.
Division 6 of Part 3 amends the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 to provide the Minister of the Environment with the authority to renew disposal at sea permits in prescribed circumstances. It is also amended to change the publication requirements for disposal at sea permits and to provide authority to make regulations respecting time limits for their issuance and renewal.
Division 7 of Part 3 amends the Species at Risk Act to allow for the issuance of authorizations with a longer term, to clarify the authority to renew the authorizations and to make compliance with conditions of permits enforceable. The Act is also amended to provide authority to make regulations respecting time limits for the issuance and renewal of permits under the Act. Furthermore, section 77 is amended to ensure that the National Energy Board will be able to issue a certificate when required to do so by the Governor in Council under subsection 54(1) of the National Energy Board Act.
Part 4 enacts and amends several Acts in order to implement various measures.
Division 1 of Part 4 amends a number of Acts to eliminate the requirement for the Auditor General of Canada to undertake annual financial audits of certain entities and to assess the performance reports of two agencies. This Division also eliminates other related obligations.
Division 2 of Part 4 amends the Trust and Loan Companies Act, the Bank Act and the Cooperative Credit Associations Act to prohibit the issuance of life annuity-like products.
Division 3 of Part 4 provides that PPP Canada Inc. is an agent of Her Majesty for purposes limited to its mandated activities at the federal level, including the provision of advice to federal departments and Crown corporations on public-private partnership projects.
Division 4 of Part 4 amends the Northwest Territories Act, the Nunavut Act and the Yukon Act to provide the authority for the Governor in Council to set, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, the maximum amount of territorial borrowings and to make regulations in relation to those maximum amounts, including what constitutes borrowing, the relevant entities and the valuation of the borrowings.
Division 5 of Part 4 amends the Financial Administration Act to modify, for parent Crown corporations, the period to which their quarterly financial reports relate, so that it is aligned with their financial year, and to include in the place of certain annual tabling requirements related to the business and activities of parent Crown corporations a requirement to make public consolidated quarterly reports on their business and activities. It also amends the Alternative Fuels Act and the Public Service Employment Act to eliminate certain reporting requirements.
Division 6 of Part 4 amends the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act to establish the Social Security Tribunal and to add provisions authorizing the electronic administration or enforcement of programs, legislation, activities or policies. It also amends the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act and the Employment Insurance Act so that appeals from decisions made under those Acts will be heard by the Social Security Tribunal. Finally, it provides for transitional provisions and makes consequential amendments to other Acts.
Division 7 of Part 4 amends the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act to add provisions relating to the protection of personal information obtained in the course of administering or enforcing the Canada Pension Plan and the Old Age Security Act and repeals provisions in the Canada Pension Plan and the Old Age Security Act that are substantially the same as those that are added to the Human Resources and Skills Development Act. 
Division 8 of Part 4 amends the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act to add provisions relating to the social insurance registers and Social Insurance Numbers. It also amends the Canada Pension Plan in relation to Social Insurance Numbers and the Employment Insurance Act to repeal certain provisions relating to the social insurance registers and Social Insurance Numbers and to maintain the power to charge the costs of those registers to the Employment Insurance Operating Account.
Division 9 of Part 4 amends the Parks Canada Agency Act to provide that the Agency may enter into agreements with other ministers or bodies to assist in the administration and enforcement of legislation in places outside national parks, national historic sites, national marine conservation areas and other protected heritage areas if considerations of geography make it impractical for the other minister or body to administer and enforce that legislation in those places. It also amends that Act to provide that the Chief Executive Officer is to report to the Minister of the Environment under section 31 of that Act every five years. It amends that Act to remove the requirements for annual corporate plans, annual reports and annual audits, and amends that Act, the Canada National Parks Act and the Canada National Marine Conservation Areas Act to provide that that Minister is to review management plans for national parks, national historic sites, national marine conservation areas and other protected heritage areas at least every 10 years and is to have any amendments to a plan tabled in Parliament.
Division 10 of Part 4 amends the Trust and Loan Companies Act, the Bank Act and the Insurance Companies Act in order to allow public sector investment pools that satisfy certain criteria, including pursuing commercial objectives, to directly invest in a Canadian financial institution, subject to approval by the Minister of Finance.
Division 11 of Part 4 amends the National Housing Act, the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation Act and the Supporting Vulnerable Seniors and Strengthening Canada’s Economy Act to enhance the governance and oversight framework of the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation.
This Division also amends the National Housing Act to establish a registry for institutions that issue covered bonds and for covered bond programs and to provide for the protection of covered bond contracts and covered bond collateral in the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy or insolvency. It also makes amendments to the Trust and Loan Companies Act, the Bank Act, the Insurance Companies Act and the Cooperative Credit Associations Act to prohibit institutions from issuing covered bonds except within the framework established under the National Housing Act. Finally, it includes a coordinating amendment to the Supporting Vulnerable Seniors and Strengthening Canada’s Economy Act.
Division 12 of Part 4 implements the Framework Agreement on Integrated Cross-Border Maritime Law Enforcement Operations between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America signed on May 26, 2009.
Division 13 of Part 4 amends the Bretton Woods and Related Agreements Act to reflect an increase in Canada’s quota subscription, as related to the ratification of the 2010 Quota and Governance reform resolution of the Board of Governors of the International Monetary Fund, and to align the timing of the annual report under that Act to correspond to that of the annual report under the Official Development Assistance Accountability Act.
Division 14 of Part 4 amends the Canada Health Act so that members of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police are included in the definition of “insured person”.
Division 15 of Part 4 amends the Canadian Security Intelligence Service Act to
(a) remove the office of the Inspector General;
(b) require the Security Intelligence Review Committee to submit to the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness a certificate on the Director of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service’s annual report; and
(c) increase the information on the Service’s activities to be provided by that Committee to that Minister.
Division 16 of Part 4 amends the Currency Act to clarify certain provisions that relate to the calling in and the redemption of coins.
Division 17 of Part 4 amends the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act in order to implement the total transfer protection for the 2012-2013 fiscal year and to give effect to certain elements of major transfer renewal that were announced by the Minister of Finance on December 19, 2011. It also makes certain administrative amendments to that Act and to the Canada Health Act.
Division 18 of Part 4 amends the Fisheries Act to authorize the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans to allocate fish for the purpose of financing scientific and fisheries management activities in the context of joint project agreements.
Division 19 of Part 4 amends the Food and Drugs Act to give the Minister of Health the power to establish a list that sets out prescription drugs or classes of prescription drugs and to provide that the list may be incorporated by reference. It also gives the Minister the power to issue marketing authorizations that exempt a food, or an advertisement with respect to a food, from certain provisions of the Act. The division also provides that a regulation with respect to a food and a marketing authorization may incorporate by reference any document. It also makes consequential amendments to other Acts.
Division 20 of Part 4 amends the Government Employees Compensation Act to allow prescribed entities to be subrogated to the rights of employees to make claims against third parties.
Division 21 of Part 4 amends the International Development Research Centre Act to reduce the maximum number of governors of the Centre to 14, and to consequently change other rules about the number of governors.
Division 22 of Part 4 amends Part I of the Canada Labour Code to require the parties to a collective agreement to file a copy of it with the Minister of Labour, subject to the regulations, as a condition for it to come into force. It amends Part III of that Act to require employers that provide benefits to their employees under long-term disability plans to insure those plans, subject to certain exceptions. The Division also amends that Part to create an offence and to increase maximum fines for offences under that Part.
Division 23 of Part 4 repeals the Fair Wages and Hours of Labour Act.
Division 24 of Part 4 amends the Old Age Security Act to provide the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development with the authority to waive the requirement for an application for Old Age Security benefits for many eligible seniors, to gradually increase the age of eligibility for the Old Age Security Pension, the Guaranteed Income Supplement, the Allowance and the Allowance for the Survivor and to allow individuals to voluntarily defer their Old Age Security Pension up to five years past the age of eligibility, in exchange for a higher, actuarially adjusted, pension.
Division 25 of Part 4 dissolves the Public Appointments Commission and its secretariat.
Division 26 of Part 4 amends the Seeds Act to give the President of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency the power to issue licences to persons authorizing them to perform activities related to controlling or assuring the quality of seeds or seed crops.
Division 27 of Part 4 amends the Statutory Instruments Act to remove the distribution requirements for the Canada Gazette.
Division 28 of Part 4 amends the Investment Canada Act in order to authorize the Minister of Industry to communicate or disclose certain information relating to investments and to accept security in order to promote compliance with undertakings.
Division 29 of Part 4 amends the Customs Act to allow the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness to designate a portion of a roadway or other access way that leads to a customs office and that is used by persons arriving in Canada and by persons travelling within Canada as a mixed-traffic corridor. All persons who are travelling in a mixed-traffic corridor must present themselves to a border services officer and state whether they are arriving from a location outside or within Canada.
Division 30 of Part 4 gives retroactive effect to subsections 39(2) and (3) of the Pension Benefits Standards Act, 1985.
Division 31 of Part 4 amends the Railway Safety Act to limit the apportionment of costs to a road authority when a grant has been made under section 12 of that Act.
Division 32 of Part 4 amends the Canadian International Trade Tribunal Act to replace the two Vice-chairperson positions with two permanent member positions.
Division 33 of Part 4 repeals the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act and authorizes the closing out of the affairs of the Centre established by that Act.
Division 34 of Part 4 amends the Health of Animals Act to allow the Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food to declare certain areas to be control zones in respect of a disease or toxic substance. The enactment also grants the Minister certain powers, including the power to make regulations prohibiting the movement of persons, animals or things in the control zones for the purpose of eliminating a disease or toxic substance or controlling its spread and the power to impose conditions on the movement of animals or things in those zones.
Division 35 of Part 4 amends the Canada School of Public Service Act to abolish the Board of Governors of the Canada School of Public Service and to place certain responsibilities on the Minister designated for the purposes of the Act and on the President of the School.
Division 36 of Part 4 amends the Bank Act by adding a preamble to it.
Division 37 of Part 4 amends the Corrections and Conditional Release Act to eliminate the requirement of a hearing for certain reviews.
Division 38 of Part 4 amends the Coasting Trade Act to add seismic activities to the list of exceptions to the prohibition against foreign ships and non-duty paid ships engaging in the coasting trade.
Division 39 of Part 4 amends the Status of the Artist Act to dissolve the Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal and transfer its powers and duties to the Canada Industrial Relations Board.
Division 40 of Part 4 amends the National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act to give the Round Table the power to sell or otherwise dispose of its assets and satisfy its debts and liabilities and to give the Minister of the Environment the power to direct the Round Table in respect of the exercise of some of its powers. The Division provides for the repeal of the Act and makes consequential amendments to other acts.
Division 41 of Part 4 amends the Telecommunications Act to change the rules relating to foreign ownership of Canadian carriers eligible to operate as telecommunications common carriers and to permit the recovery of costs associated with the administration and enforcement of the national do not call list.
Division 42 of Part 4 amends the Employment Equity Act to remove the requirements that are specific to the Federal Contractors Program for Employment Equity.
Division 43 of Part 4 amends the Employment Insurance Act to permit a person’s benefits to be determined by reference to their highest earnings in a given number of weeks, to permit regulations to be made respecting what constitutes suitable employment, to remove the requirement that a consent to deduction be in writing, to provide a limitation period within which certain repayments of overpayments need to be deducted and paid and to clarify the provisions respecting the refund of premiums to self-employed persons. It also amends that Act to modify the Employment Insurance premium rate-setting mechanism, including requiring that the rate be set on a seven-year break-even basis once the Employment Insurance Operating Account returns to balance. The Division makes consequential amendments to the Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board Act.
Division 44 of Part 4 amends the Customs Tariff to make certain imported fuels duty-free and to increase the travellers’ exemption thresholds.
Division 45 of Part 4 amends the Canada Marine Act to require provisions of a port authority’s letters patent relating to limits on the authority’s power to borrow money to be recommended by the Minister of Transport and the Minister of Finance before they are approved by the Governor in Council.
Division 46 of Part 4 amends the First Nations Land Management Act to implement changes made to the Framework Agreement on First Nation Land Management, including changes relating to the description of land that is to be subject to a land code, and to provide for the coming into force of land codes and the development by First Nations of environmental protection regimes.
Division 47 of Part 4 amends the Canada Travelling Exhibitions Indemnification Act to increase the maximum indemnity in respect of individual travelling exhibitions, as well as the maximum indemnity in respect of all travelling exhibitions.
Division 48 of Part 4 amends the Canadian Air Transport Security Authority Act to provide that the chief executive officer of the Authority is appointed by the Governor in Council and that an employee may not replace the chief executive officer for more than 90 days without the Governor in Council’s approval.
Division 49 of Part 4 amends the First Nations Fiscal and Statistical Management Act to repeal provisions related to the First Nations Statistical Institute and amends that Act and other Acts to remove any reference to that Institute. It authorizes the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development to close out the Institute’s affairs.
Division 50 of Part 4 amends the Canadian Forces Members and Veterans Re-establishment and Compensation Act to provide for the payment or reimbursement of fees for career transition services for veterans or their survivors.
Division 51 of Part 4 amends the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act to add powers, duties and functions that are substantially the same as those conferred by the Department of Social Development Act. It repeals the Department of Social Development Act and, in doing so, eliminates the National Council of Welfare.
Division 52 of Part 4 amends the Wage Earner Protection Program Act in order to correct the English version of the definition “eligible wages”.
Division 53 of Part 4 repeals the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act.
Division 54 of Part 4 amends the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act and the Budget Implementation Act, 2008 to provide for the termination of certain applications for permanent residence that were made before February 27, 2008. This Division also amends the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act to, among other things, authorize the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration to give instructions establishing and governing classes of permanent residents as part of the economic class and to provide that the User Fees Act does not apply in respect of fees set by those instructions. Furthermore, this Division amends the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act to allow for the retrospective application of certain regulations and certain instructions given by the Minister, if those regulations and instructions so provide, and to authorize regulations to be made respecting requirements imposed on employers in relation to authorizations to work in Canada.
Division 55 of Part 4 enacts the Shared Services Canada Act to establish Shared Services Canada to provide certain administrative services specified by the Governor in Council. The Act provides for the Governor in Council to designate a minister to preside over Shared Services Canada.
Division 56 of Part 4 amends the Assisted Human Reproduction Act to respond to the Supreme Court of Canada decision in Reference re Assisted Human Reproduction Act that was rendered in 2010, including by repealing the provisions that were found to be unconstitutional and abolishing the Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada.
Also available on the Parliament of Canada Web Site at the following address:http://www.parl.gc.ca
TABLE OF PROVISIONS
AN ACT TO IMPLEMENT CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE BUDGET TABLED IN PARLIAMENT ON MARCH 29, 2012 AND OTHER MEASURES
SHORT TITLE
1.       Jobs, Growth and Long-term Prosperity Act
PART 1
AMENDMENTS TO THE INCOME TAX ACT, A RELATED ACT AND THE INCOME TAX REGULATIONS
2–18.       
PART 2
MEASURES RELATING TO SALES AND EXCISE TAXES
19–51.       
PART 3
RESPONSIBLE RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
Division 1
Environmental Assessment
52.       Enactment of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
AN ACT RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF CERTAIN ACTIVITIES AND THE PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
SHORT TITLE
1.       Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
INTERPRETATION
2.       Definitions
HER MAJESTY
3.       Binding on Her Majesty
PURPOSES
4.       Purposes
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
5.       Environmental effects
PROHIBITIONS
6.       Proponent
7.       Federal authority
SCREENING
8.       Proponent’s obligation — description of designated project
9.       Posting of description of designated project and public notice on Internet site
10.       Screening decision
11.       Federal authority’s obligation
12.       Posting notice of decision on Internet site
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REQUIRED
13.       Activities regulated by regulatory body
14.       Designation of physical activity as designated project
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF DESIGNATED PROJECTS
Responsible Authority
15.       Responsible authority
16.       Cooperation
Commencement of Environmental Assessment
17.       Posting of notice on Internet site
Consultation and Cooperation with Certain Jurisdictions
18.       Responsible authority’s or Minister’s obligations
Factors To Be Considered
19.       Factors
Federal Authority’s Obligation
20.       Specialist or expert information
Environmental Assessment by Responsible Authority
General Rules
21.       Application only when no referral to review panel
22.       Responsible authority’s obligations
23.       Information
24.       Public participation
25.       Public notice in certain cases — draft report
26.       Delegation
27.       Responsible authority’s or Minister’s decisions
Section 54 of the National Energy Board Act
28.       Participation of interested party
29.       Recommendations in environmental assessment report
30.       Order to reconsider
31.       Governor in Council’s decision
Substitution
32.       Minister’s obligation
33.       Exceptions
34.       Conditions
35.       Assessment considered in conformity
36.       Responsible authority’s or Minister’s decision
Equivalent Assessment
37.       Exemption
Environmental Assessment by a Review Panel
General Rules
38.       Referral to review panel
39.       Studies and collection of information
40.       Agreement to jointly establish review panel
41.       Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act
42.       Terms of reference and appointment of members
43.       Review panel’s duties
44.       Information
45.       Power to summon witnesses
46.       Public notice
47.       Minister’s decisions
48.       Excluded periods
Rules in Case of Termination
49.       Termination
50.       Completion of environmental assessment by Agency
51.       Minister’s decisions
Decision Making
52.       Decisions of decision maker
53.       Conditions — environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(1)
Decision Statement
54.       Decision statement issued to proponent
55.       Posting of decision statement on Internet site
56.       Decision statement considered part of licence under Nuclear Safety and Control Act
Participant Funding Programs
57.       Agency’s obligation
58.       Responsible authority’s obligation
Cost Recovery
59.       Proponent’s obligation to pay costs
60.       Services provided during given period
61.       Debt due to Her Majesty
Termination of Environmental Assessment
62.       Termination by responsible authority or Minister
63.       Termination by responsible authority referred to in any of paragraphs 15(a) to (c)
64.       Termination by Minister
Confidential Information
65.       No disclosure
DUTIES OF CERTAIN AUTHORITIES IN RELATION TO PROJECTS
66.       Definitions
67.       Project carried out on federal lands
68.       Project outside Canada
69.       Referral to Governor in Council
70.       Non-application — national emergency or emergency
71.       Federal authority’s reporting duty
72.       Authority’s reporting duty
REGIONAL STUDIES
73.       Establishment of committee — region entirely on federal lands
74.       Joint establishment of committee — other regions
75.       Report to Minister
76.       Public notice
77.       Application of section 45
CANADIAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REGISTRY
Establishment of Registry
78.       Canadian Environmental Assessment Registry
Internet Site
79.       Establishment and maintenance
Project Files
80.       Establishment and maintenance
General
81.       Categories of available information
82.       Protection from civil proceeding or prosecution
ADMINISTRATION
83.       Regulations — Governor in Council
84.       Regulations — Minister
85.       Externally produced documents
86.       Minister’s powers
87.       Non-application — national security
88.       Statutory Instruments Act
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
Designation
89.       Power to designate
Powers
90.       Authority to enter
91.       Warrant for dwelling-house
92.       Entry on private property
93.       Use of force
Orders
94.       Measures required
95.       Measures taken by designated person
Injunctions
96.       Court’s power
Prohibitions and Offences
97.       Obstruction
98.       False statements or information
99.       Contravention — section 6
100.       Contravention — section 98
101.       Limitation period
102.       Admissibility of evidence
CANADIAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AGENCY
103.       Agency continued
104.       Delegation to Agency
105.       Agency’s objects
106.       Agency’s duties
107.       Using government facilities
108.       President
109.       Executive Vice-president
110.       Remuneration
111.       Appointment under Public Service Employment Act
112.       Head office
113.       Contracts, etc., binding on Her Majesty
ANNUAL REPORT
114.       Annual report to Parliament
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
115.       Definitions
116.       President of former Agency
117.       Executive Vice-president of former Agency
118.       Employment continued
119.       References
120.       Transfer of rights and obligations
121.       Commencement of legal proceedings
122.       Continuation of legal proceedings
123.       Appropriations
124.       Completion of screenings commenced under former Act
125.       Completion of comprehensive studies commenced under former Act
126.       Completion of assessment by a review panel commenced under former Act
127.       Substitution under former Act
128.       Non-application of this Act
129.       Privileged evidence, documents or things
53–67.       
Division 2
National Energy Board Act
68–115.       
Division 3
Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act
116–121.       
Division 4
Nuclear Safety and Control Act
122–131.        
Division 5
Fisheries Act
132–156.       
Division 6
Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999
157–162.       
Division 7
Species at Risk Act
163–169.       
PART 4
VARIOUS MEASURES
Division 1
Measures with Respect to the Auditor General of Canada
170–204.       
Division 2
Life Annuity-like Products
205–208.       
Division 3
PPP Canada Inc.
209–213.       
Division 4
Territorial Borrowing Limits
214–217.       
Division 5
Reporting Requirements
218–222.       
Division 6
Social Security Tribunal and Service Delivery
223–281.       
Division 7
Consolidation of Privacy Codes
282–303.       
Division 8
Social Insurance Number Cards
304–314.       
Division 9
Amendments Relating to the Parks Canada Agency
315–325.       
Division 10
Financial Institutions
326–349.       
Division 11
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation
350–367.       
Division 12
Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act
368.       Enactment of Act
AN ACT TO IMPLEMENT A FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT ON INTEGRATED CROSS-BORDER LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA AND THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
SHORT TITLE
1.       Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act
INTERPRETATION
2.       Definitions
PURPOSE
3.       Purpose
PRINCIPLES
4.       Statement
CENTRAL AUTHORITY FOR CANADA
5.       Designation
6.       Direction and management
7.       Appointment of officers from Canada
8.       Appointment of officers from United States
9.       Suspension or revocation
10.       Certificates
11.       Recommendation for appointment
POWERS OF DESIGNATED OFFICERS
12.       Powers — designated officer
DETENTION OF PERSONS
13.       Persons taken into custody
SEIZURE
14.       Vessel, etc., seized in Canada
15.       Vessel, etc., seized in United States
16.       Non-application of certain laws
369–374.       
Division 13
Bretton Woods and Related Agreements Act
375–376.       
Division 14
Canada Health Act
377.       
Division 15
Canadian Security Intelligence Service Act
378–387.       
Division 16
Currency Act
388–389.       
Division 17
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act
390–410.       
Division 18
Fisheries Act
411.       
Division 19
Food and Drugs Act
412–419.       
Division 20
Government Employees Compensation Act
420–426.       
Division 21
International Development Research Centre Act
427–431.       
Division 22
Canada Labour Code
432–440.       
Division 23
Fair Wages and Hours of Labour Act
441–444.       
Division 24
Old Age Security Act
445–467.       
Division 25
Salaries Act
468–472.       
Division 26
Seeds Act
473–475.       
Division 27
Statutory Instruments Act
476-478.       
Division 28
Investment Canada Act
479–480.       
Division 29
Customs Act
481–482.       
Division 30
Pension Benefits Standards Act, 1985
483.       
Division 31
Railway Safety Act
484–486.       
Division 32
Canadian International Trade Tribunal Act
487–489.       
Division 33
International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act
490–505.       
Division 34
Health of Animals Act
506–515.       
Division 35
Canada School of Public Service Act
516-524.       
Division 36
Bank Act
525.       
Division 37
Corrections and Conditional Release Act
526–530.       
Division 38
Coasting Trade Act
531.       
Division 39
Status of the Artist Act
532–577.       
Division 40
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act
578–594.       
Division 41
Telecommunications Act
595–601.       
Division 42
Employment Equity Act
602.       
Division 43
Employment Insurance Act
603–619.       
Division 44
Customs Tariff
620–625.       
Division 45
Canada Marine Act
626.       
Division 46 
First Nations Land Management Act
627–652.       
Division 47
Canada Travelling Exhibitions Indemnification Act
653.       
Division 48
Canadian Air Transport Security Authority Act
654–655.       
Division 49
First Nations Fiscal and Statistical Management Act
656–681.       
Division 50
Canadian Forces Members and Veterans Re-establishment and Compensation Act
682–684.       
Division 51
Repeal of the Department Of Social Development Act
685–696.       
Division 52
Wage Earner Protection Program Act
697–698.       
Division 53
Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act
699.       
Division 54
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act
700–710.       
Division 55
Shared Services Canada
711.       Enactment of the Shared Services Canada Act
AN ACT TO ESTABLISH SHARED SERVICES CANADA
SHORT TITLE
1.       Shared Services Canada Act
INTERPRETATION
2.       Definitions
DESIGNATION OF MINISTER
3.       Power of Governor in Council
ESTABLISHMENT
4.       Establishment
5.       Minister 
POWERS, DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS
6.       Governor in Council
7.       Minister
8.       Governor in Council’s approval
9.       Charging for services
ORGANIZATION AND HEAD OFFICE
10.       President
11.       President
12.       Remuneration
13.       Head office
HUMAN RESOURCES
14.       Appointment of employees
GENERAL
15.       Access to Information Act
16.       Privacy Act
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
Definitions
17.       Definitions
Former Department
18.       President
19.       Transfer of appropriations
20.       References
712.       
Division 56 
Assisted Human Reproduction Act
713–753.       
SCHEDULE
.vis1 {position: absolute;display:block;}
.vis2 {position: static;}
60-61 ELIZABETH II
——————
CHAPTER 19
An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March 29, 2012 and other measures
[Assented to 29th June, 2012]
Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows:
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Jobs, Growth and Long-term Prosperity Act.
PART 1
AMENDMENTS TO THE INCOME TAX ACT, A RELATED ACT AND THE INCOME TAX REGULATIONS
R.S., c. 1 (5th Supp.)
Income Tax Act
2. (1) Subsection 76(5) of the Income Tax Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions of certain expressions
(5) In subsection (4), the expressions “cash purchase ticket”, “operator”, “primary elevator” and “process elevator” have the meanings assigned by the Canada Grain Act, and “grain” means wheat, oats, barley, rye, flaxseed, rapeseed and canola produced in Canada.
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of cash purchase tickets and other forms of settlement issued to a taxpayer after December 14, 2011.
3. (1) Paragraph 81(1)(n) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Governor General
(n) income from the office of Governor General of Canada, other than salary under the Governor General’s Act;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2013 and subsequent taxation years.
4. (1) Paragraph (a) of the definition “eligible dividend” in subsection 89(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) an amount that is equal to the portion of a taxable dividend that is received by a person resident in Canada, paid by a corporation resident in Canada and designated under subsection (14) to be an eligible dividend, and
(2) Subsection 89(14) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Dividend designation
(14) A corporation designates a portion of a dividend it pays at any time to be an eligible dividend by notifying in writing at that time each person or partnership to whom the dividend is paid that the portion of the dividend is an eligible dividend.
Late designation
(14.1) If, in the opinion of the Minister, the circumstances are such that it would be just and equitable to permit a designation under subsection (14) to be made before the day that is three years after the day on which the designation was required to be made, the designation is deemed to have been made at the time the designation was required to be made.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to dividends paid after March 28, 2012.
5. (1) Paragraph (a) of the definition “flow-through mining expenditure” in subsection 127(9) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) that is a Canadian exploration expense incurred by a corporation after March 2012 and before 2014 (including, for greater certainty, an expense that is deemed by subsection 66(12.66) to be incurred before 2014) in conducting mining exploration activity from or above the surface of the earth for the purpose of determining the existence, location, extent or quality of a mineral resource described in paragraph (a) or (d) of the definition “mineral resource” in subsection 248(1),
(2) Paragraphs (c) and (d) of the definition “flow-through mining expenditure” in subsection 127(9) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(c) an amount in respect of which is renounced in accordance with subsection 66(12.6) by the corporation to the taxpayer (or a partnership of which the taxpayer is a member) under an agreement described in that subsection and made after March 2012 and before April 2013, and
(d) that is not an expense that was renounced under subsection 66(12.6) to the corporation (or a partnership of which the corporation is a member), unless that renunciation was under an agreement described in that subsection and made after March 2012 and before April 2013;
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to expenses renounced under a flow-through share agreement made after March 2012.
6. (1) Clause (a)(ii)(B) of the definition “disability savings plan” in subsection 146.4(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(B) an entity that, at the time the arrangement is entered into, is a qualifying person described in paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition “qualifying person” in relation to the beneficiary,
(B.1) if the arrangement is entered into before 2017, a qualifying family member in relation to the beneficiary who, at the time the arrangement is entered into, is a qualifying person in relation to the beneficiary,
(B.2) a qualifying family member in relation to the beneficiary who, at the time the arrangement is entered into, is not a qualifying person in relation to the beneficiary but is a holder of another arrangement that is a registered disability savings plan of the beneficiary, and
(2) The definition “qualifying person” in subsection 146.4(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(c) other than for the purposes of subparagraph (4)(b)(iv), an individual who is a qualifying family member in relation to the beneficiary if
(i) at or before that time, the beneficiary has attained the age of majority and is not a beneficiary under a disability savings plan,
(ii) at that time, no entity described in subparagraph (a)(ii) or (iii) is legally authorized to act on behalf of the beneficiary, and
(iii) in the issuer’s opinion after reasonable inquiry, the beneficiary’s contractual competence to enter into a disability savings plan at that time is in doubt.
(3) Subsection 146.4(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“qualifying family member”« membre de la famille admissible »
“qualifying family member”, in relation to a beneficiary of a disability savings plan, at any time, means an individual who, at that time, is
(a) a legal parent of the beneficiary; or
(b) a spouse or common-law partner of the beneficiary who is not living separate and apart from the beneficiary by reason of a breakdown of their marriage or common-law partnership.
(4) Section 146.4 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.4):
Beneficiary replacing holder
(1.5) Any holder of a disability savings plan who is a qualifying person in relation to the beneficiary under the plan solely because of paragraph (c) of the definition “qualifying person” in subsection (1) ceases to be a holder of the plan and the beneficiary becomes the holder of the plan if
(a) the beneficiary is determined to be contractually competent by a competent tribunal or other authority under the laws of a province or, in the issuer’s opinion after reasonable inquiry, the beneficiary’s contractual competence to enter into a disability savings plan is no longer in doubt; and
(b) the beneficiary notifies the issuer that the beneficiary chooses to become the holder of the plan.
Entity replacing holder
(1.6) If an entity described in subparagraph (a)(ii) or (iii) of the definition “qualifying person” in subsection (1) is appointed in respect of a beneficiary of a disability savings plan and a holder of the plan is a qualifying person solely because of paragraph (c) of that definition,
(a) the entity shall notify the issuer without delay of the entity’s appointment;
(b) the holder of the plan ceases to be a holder of the plan; and
(c) the entity becomes the holder of the plan.
Rules applicable in case of dispute
(1.7) If a dispute arises as a result of an issuer’s acceptance of a qualifying family member who is a qualifying person solely because of paragraph (c) of the definition “qualifying person” in subsection (1) as a holder of a disability savings plan, from the time the dispute arises until the time that the dispute is resolved or an entity becomes the holder of the plan under subsection (1.5) or (1.6), the holder of the plan shall use their best efforts to avoid any reduction in the fair market value of the property held by the plan trust, having regard to the reasonable needs of the beneficiary under the plan.
(5) Subsection 146.4(13) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (c), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (d) and by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(e) if the issuer enters into the plan with a qualifying family member who is a qualifying person solely because of paragraph (c) of the definition “qualifying person” in subsection (1),
(i) so notify the beneficiary under the plan without delay in writing and include in the notification information setting out the circumstances in which the holder of the plan may be replaced under subsection (1.5) or (1.6), and
(ii) collect and use any information provided by the holder of the plan that is relevant to the administration and operation of the plan.
(6) Section 146.4 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (13):
Issuer’s liability
(14) If, after reasonable inquiry, an issuer of a disability savings plan is of the opinion that an individual’s contractual competence to enter into a disability savings plan is in doubt, no action lies against the issuer for entering into a plan, under which the individual is the beneficiary, with a qualifying family member who is a qualifying person in relation to the beneficiary solely because of paragraph (c) of the definition “qualifying person” in subsection (1).
7. (1) The definition “charitable purposes” in subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“charitable purposes”« fins de bienfaisance »
“charitable purposes” includes the disbursement of funds to a qualified donee, other than a gift the making of which is a political activity;
(2) Subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition “qualified donee” in subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(v) a foreign organization that has applied to the Minister for registration under subsection (26),
(3) Subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“political activity”« activité politique »
“political activity” includes the making of a gift to a qualified donee if it can reasonably be considered that a purpose of the gift is to support the political activities of the qualified donee;
(4) Paragraphs 149.1(6)(b) and (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(b) it disburses income to qualified donees, other than income disbursed by way of a gift the making of which is a political activity, if the total amount of the charitable organization’s income that is disbursed to qualified donees in a taxation year does not exceed 50% of its income for the year; or
(c) it disburses income to a registered charity that the Minister has designated in writing as a charity associated with it, other than income disbursed by way of a gift the making of which is a political activity.
(5) Subsection 149.1(10) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Deemed charitable activity
(10) An amount paid by a charitable organization to a qualified donee that is not paid out of the income of the charitable organization is deemed to be a devotion of a resource of the charitable organization to a charitable activity carried on by it, unless the amount paid is a gift the making of which is a political activity.
(6) Section 149.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (25):
Foreign charitable organizations
(26) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition “qualified donee” in subsection (1), the Minister may register, in consultation with the Minister of Finance, a foreign organization for a 24-month period that includes the time at which Her Majesty in right of Canada has made a gift to the foreign organization, if 
(a) the foreign organization is a charitable organization that is not resident in Canada; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the foreign organization is
(i) carrying on relief activities in response to a disaster, 
(ii) providing urgent humanitarian aid, or
(iii) carrying on activities in the national interest of Canada.
(7) Subsections (2) and (6) come into force on the later of the day on which this Act receives royal assent and January 1, 2013, except that subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition “qualified donee” in subsection 149.1(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), and subsection 149.1(26) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (6), do not apply in respect of registrations of charitable organizations outside Canada made before the later of those days.
8. Subsection 150(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Demands for returns
(2) Every person, whether or not the person is liable to pay tax under this Part for a taxation year and whether or not a return has been filed under subsection (1) or (3), shall, on demand sent by the Minister, file, within such reasonable time stipulated in the demand, with the Minister in prescribed form and containing prescribed information a return of the income for the taxation year designated in the demand.
9. (1) Section 150.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.1):
Definition of “tax preparer”
(2.2) In this section and subsection 162(7.3), “tax preparer”, for a calendar year, means a person or partnership who, in the year, accepts consideration to prepare more than 10 returns of income of corporations or more than 10 returns of income of individuals (other than trusts), but does not include an employee who prepares returns of income in the course of performing their duties of employment.
Electronic filing — tax preparer
(2.3) A tax preparer shall file any return of income prepared by the tax preparer for consideration by way of electronic filing, except that 10 of the returns of corporations and 10 of the returns of individuals may be filed other than by way of electronic filing.
Exceptions
(2.4) Subsection (2.3) does not apply to a tax preparer for a calendar year in respect of a return of income
(a) of a type for which the tax preparer has applied to the Minister for authority to file by way of electronic filing for the year and for which that authority has not been granted because the tax preparer does not meet the criteria referred to in subsection (2);
(b) of a corporation described in any of paragraphs 205.1(2)(a) to (c) of the Income Tax Regulations; or
(c) of a type that the Minister does not accept by way of electronic filing.
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of returns of income for the 2012 and subsequent taxation years that are filed after 2012.
10. Section 152 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.8):
Waiver of determination limitation period
(1.9) A waiver in respect of the period during which the Minister may make a determination under subsection (1.4) in respect of a partnership for a fiscal period may be made by one member of the partnership if that member is
(a) designated for that purpose in the information return made under section 229 of the Income Tax Regulations for the fiscal period; or
(b) otherwise expressly authorized by the partnership to so act.
11. Subsection 161(5) of the Act is repealed.
12. (1) Paragraph 162(2)(b) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) to whom a demand for a return for the year has been sent under subsection 150(2), and
(2) Section 162 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7.2):
Failure to file in appropriate manner — tax preparer
(7.3) Every tax preparer who fails to file a return of income as required by subsection 150.1(2.3) is liable to a penalty equal to
(a) $25 for each such failure in respect of a return of an individual; and
(b) $100 for each such failure in respect of a return of a corporation.
(3) Subsection 162(8.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Rules — partnership liable to a penalty
(8.1) If a partnership is liable to a penalty under any of subsections (5) to (7.1), (7.3), (8) and (10), then sections 152, 158 to 160.1, 161 and 164 to 167 and Division J apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, to the penalty as if the partnership were a corporation.
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) come into force, or are deemed to have come into force, on January 1, 2013.
13. (1) Subsection 188.2(2) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(e) in the case of a registered charity that is a charitable foundation, if the foundation devotes resources to political activities that are not considered under subsection 149.1(6.1) to be devoted to charitable purposes;
(f) in the case of a registered charity that is a charitable organization, if the organization devotes resources to political activities that are not considered under subsection 149.1(6.2) to be devoted to charitable activities; or
(g) in the case of a registered Canadian amateur athletic association, if the association devotes resources to political activities that are not considered under subsection 149.1(6.201) to be devoted to its exclusive purpose and exclusive function.
(2) Section 188.2 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Suspension – failure to report
(2.1) If a registered charity or a registered Canadian amateur athletic association fails to report information that is required to be included in a return filed under subsection 149.1(14), the Minister may give notice by registered mail to the charity or association that its authority to issue an official receipt referred to in Part XXXV of the Income Tax Regulations is suspended from the day that is seven days after the day on which the notice is mailed until such time as the Minister notifies the charity or association that the Minister has received the required information in prescribed form.
(3) The portion of subsection 188.2(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Effect of suspension
(3) If the Minister has issued a notice to a qualified donee under any of subsections (1) to (2.1), subject to subsection (4),
(4) Subsection 188.2(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application for postponement
(4) If a notice of objection to a suspension under any of subsections (1) to (2.1) has been filed by a qualified donee, the qualified donee may file an application to the Tax Court of Canada for a postponement of that portion of the period of suspension that has not elapsed until the time determined by the Court.
14. Paragraph 227(10)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) subsection 237.1(7.4) or (7.5) by a person or partnership,
15. (1) Subsection 237.1(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Sales prohibited
(4) A person may, at any time, whether as a principal or an agent, sell or issue, or accept consideration in respect of, a tax shelter only if
(a) the Minister has issued before that time an identification number for the tax shelter; and
(b) that time is before 2014.
(2) Paragraph 237.1(4)(b) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is replaced by the following:
(b) that time is during the calendar year designated by the Minister as being applica-ble to the identification number.
(3) Paragraph 237.1(7.4)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) 25% of the greater of
(i) the total of all amounts each of which is the consideration received or receivable from a person in respect of the tax shelter before the correct information is filed with the Minister or the identification number is issued, as the case may be, and
(ii) the total of all amounts each of which is an amount stated or represented to be the value of property that a particular person who acquires or otherwise invests in the tax shelter could donate to a qualified donee, if the tax shelter is a gifting arrangement and consideration has been received or is receivable from the particular person in respect of the tax shelter before the correct information is filed with the Minister or the identification number is issued, as the case may be.
(4) Section 237.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7.4):
Penalty
(7.5) Every person who is required under subsection (7) to file an information return and who fails to comply with a demand under section 233 to file the return, or to report in the return information required under paragraph (7)(a) or (b), is liable to a penalty equal to 25% of the greater of
(a) the total of all amounts each of which is the consideration received or receivable by the person in respect of the tax shelter from a particular person in respect of whom information required under paragraph (7)(a) or (b) had not been reported at or before the time that the demand was issued or the return was filed, as the case may be, and
(b) if the tax shelter is a gifting arrangement, the total of all amounts each of which is an amount stated or represented to be the value of property that the particular person could donate to a qualified donee.
(5) Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on March 29, 2012.
(6) Subsection (2) applies in respect of any tax shelter for which an application for an identification number has been made after March 28, 2012.
(7) Subsection (3) applies in respect of any application for an identification number made, any sale or issuance of a tax shelter made and any consideration in respect of a tax shelter accepted, on or after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
(8) Subsection (4) applies in respect of any demand made, and any information return filed, on or after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
R.S., c. G-9
Governor General’s Act
1990, c. 5, s. 1
16. Subsection 4(1) of the Governor General’s Act is replaced by the following:
Salary
4. (1) There shall be payable to the Governor General for the 12-month period beginning on January 1, 2013 a salary of $270,602.
1990, c. 5, s. 2
17. (1) The portion of subsection 4.1(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Annual adjustment of salary
4.1 (1) For the 12-month period beginning on January 1, 2014 and for each 12-month period after that, the Governor General’s salary shall be the amount obtained by multiplying
1994, c. 18, s. 8
(2) Subsections 4.1(4) and (5) of the Act are repealed.
C.R.C., c. 945
Income Tax Regulations
18. (1) Section 5700 of the Income Tax Regulations is amended by adding the following after paragraph (s):
(s.1) blood coagulation monitor, including disposable peripherals, for use by an individ-ual who requires anti-coagulation therapy;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to expenses incurred after 2011.
PART 2
MEASURES RELATING TO SALES AND EXCISE TAXES
R.S., c. E-15
Excise Tax Act
2006, c. 4, s. 127(1)
19. Subsection 79(4) of the Excise Tax Act is replaced by the following:
Demand for return
(4) The Minister may, on demand sent by the Minister, require a person to file, within any reasonable time stipulated in the demand, a return under this Act for any period designated in the demand.
2009, c. 32, s. 2(4)
20. (1) Paragraph (b) of the definition “harmonization date” in subsection 123(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) July 1, 2010 in the case of Ontario, and
(2) Subsection (1) comes into force, or is deemed to have come into force, on April 1, 2013, except that for the purposes of subsection 256.21(7) of the Act paragraph (b) of the definition “harmonization date” in subsection 123(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read before July 2, 2014 as follows:
(b) July 1, 2010 in the case of Ontario or British Columbia, and
1997, c.10, s. 198(1)
21. (1) Subsections 212.1(2) to (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Tax in participating province
(2) Subject to this Part, every person that is liable under the Customs Act to pay duty on imported goods, or would be so liable if the goods were subject to duty, shall pay to Her Majesty in right of Canada, in addition to the tax imposed by section 212, a tax on the goods calculated at the tax rate for a participating province on the value of the goods if
(a) the goods are prescribed goods imported at a place in the participating province; or
(b) the goods are not prescribed for the purposes of paragraph (a) and the person is resident in the participating province.
Exception
(3) Paragraph (2)(b) does not apply to goods that are accounted for as commercial goods under section 32 of the Customs Act, specified motor vehicles or a mobile home or a floating home that has been used or occupied in Canada by any individual.
Application in offshore areas
(4) Paragraph (2)(b) does not apply to goods imported by or on behalf of a person that is resident in the Nova Scotia offshore area or the Newfoundland offshore area unless the goods are imported for consumption, use or supply in the course of an offshore activity or the person is also resident in a participating province that is not an offshore area.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to goods imported on or after June 1, 2012.
22. (1) Subsection 259.1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“specified property”« bien déterminé »
“specified property” means 
(a) a printed book or an update of such a book;
(b) an audio recording all or substantially all of which is a spoken reading of a printed book; or
(c) a bound or unbound printed version of scripture of any religion.
1997, c. 10, s. 69.1(1)
(2) Subsection 259.1(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Rebate for printed books, etc.
(2) The Minister shall, subject to subsection (3), pay a rebate to a person that is, on the last day of a claim period of the person or of the person’s fiscal year that includes that claim period, a specified person equal to the amount of tax under subsection 165(1) or section 212 that became payable in the claim period by the person in respect of the acquisition or importation of specified property if
(a) in the case of a specified person described in paragraph (f) of the definition “specified person” in subsection (1), the person acquires or imports the specified property otherwise than for the purpose of supply by way of sale for consideration; and
(b) in any other case, the person acquires or imports the specified property otherwise than for the purpose of supply by way of sale.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to acquisitions and importations of property in respect of which tax becomes payable after March 29, 2012.
2009, c. 32, s. 32(1)
23. (1) Section 261.2 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Rebate in respect of goods imported at a place in a province
261.2 If a person that is resident in a particular participating province pays tax under subsection 212.1(2) in respect of property described in paragraph 212.1(2)(b) that the person imports at a place in another province for consumption or use exclusively in any province (other than the particular participating province) and if prescribed conditions are satisfied, the Minister shall, subject to section 261.4, pay a rebate to the person equal to the amount determined in prescribed manner.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to property imported on or after June 1, 2012.
1990, c. 45, s. 12(1)
24. Section 282 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Demand for return
282. The Minister may, on demand sent by the Minister, require any person to file, within any reasonable time stipulated in the demand, a return under this Part for any period or transaction designated in the demand.
25. (1) Schedule I to the Act is amended by adding the following before section 6:
1. The following definitions apply in this Schedule.
“commercial goods” has the same meaning as in subsection 212.1(1) of the Act.
“qualifying data” means fuel consumption data, in respect of automobiles described in the portion of subsection 6(1) before paragraph (a), that is
(a) if the fuel consumption data under the EnerGuide mark is based on a test method composed of two — but not five — test cycles, data published by the Government of Canada under the EnerGuide mark in respect of those automobiles; or
(b) in any other case, data in respect of those automobiles based on a test method composed of only two test cycles and published by the Government of Canada, as specified by the Minister of National Revenue, on the basis of information adjusted and provided by the Minister of Natural Resources.
“qualifying vehicle” means a vehicle (other than a racing car described in heading No. 87.03 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Customs Tariff) registered under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction relating to the registration of motor vehicles that
(a) is described in any of heading No. 87.02, subheading Nos. 8703.21 to 8703.90, 8704.21, 8704.31, 8704.90 and 8711.20 to 8711.90 and tariff item Nos. 8716.39.30 and 8716.39.90 of that List;
(b) is described in subheading No. 8704.22 or 8704.32 of that List and has a gross vehicle weight rating (as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations) not exceeding 10 tonnes; or
(c) is described in tariff item No. 8716.10.00 of that List and is a vehicle for camping.
(2) Subsection (1) comes into force, or is deemed to have come into force, on June 1, 2012 or, if this Act receives royal assent before June 1, 2012, on the day on which this Act receives royal assent (in this subsection referred to as “royal assent day”), except that
(a) if royal assent day is before June 1, 2012, section 1 of Schedule I to the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read, before June 1, 2012, without reference to the definitions “commercial goods” and “qualifying vehicle”; and
(b) if royal assent day is after June 1, 2012, section 1 of Schedule I to the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read, before royal assent day, without reference to the definition “qualifying data”.
2007, c. 29, s. 44(1)
26. The descriptions of A and B in subsection 6(2) of Schedule I to the Act are replaced by the following:
A      is the city fuel consumption rating (based on the number of litres of fuel, other than E85, per 100 kilometres) for automobiles of the same model with the same attributes as the automobile, as determined by reference to qualifying data, or, if no rating can be so determined that would apply to the automobile, by reference to the best available data, which may include the city fuel consumption rating for the most similar model and attributes; and
B      is the highway fuel consumption rating (based on the number of litres of fuel, other than E85, per 100 kilometres) for automobiles of the same model with the same attributes as the automobile, as determined by reference to qualifying data, or, if no rating can be so determined that would apply to the automobile, by reference to the best available data, which may include the highway fuel consumption rating for the most similar model and attributes.
27. (1) Section 8 of Schedule I to the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (b), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(d) that is included as permanently installed equipment in an automobile, station wagon, van or truck if the automobile, station wagon, van or truck
(i) is a qualifying vehicle,
(ii) is imported temporarily by an individ-ual resident in Canada and not accounted for as a commercial good under section 32 of the Customs Act,
(iii) was last supplied in the course of a vehicle rental business to the individual by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement under which continuous possession or use of the automobile, station wagon, van or truck is provided for a period of less than 180 days, and
(iv) is exported within 30 days after the importation.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any air conditioner that is included as permanently installed equipment in an automobile, station wagon, van or truck imported into Canada on or after June 1, 2012.
1993, c. 27, s. 146(1)
28. (1) The portion of section 10 of Schedule I to the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
10. Section 6 does not apply to an automobile described in that section that is
1993, c. 27, s. 146(1)
(2) Paragraphs 10(a) to (c) of Schedule I to the French version of the Act are replaced by the following:
a) vendue dans des conditions qui feraient de la vente une fourniture détaxée pour l’application de la partie IX de la Loi;
b) achetée ou importée pour servir à la police ou combattre l’incendie;
c) achetée, pour son usage personnel ou officiel, par une personne exempte d’impôts et de taxes visée à l’article 34 de la convention figurant à l’annexe I de la Loi sur les missions étrangères et les organisations internationales ou à l’article 49 de la convention figurant à l’annexe II de cette loi;
(3) Section 10 of Schedule I to the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (b), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(d) a qualifying vehicle if the automobile
(i) is imported temporarily by an individ-ual resident in Canada and not accounted for as a commercial good under section 32 of the Customs Act,
(ii) was last supplied in the course of a vehicle rental business to the individual by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement under which continuous possession or use of the automobile is provided for a period of less than 180 days, and
(iii) is exported within 30 days after the importation.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) come into force, or are deemed to have come into force, on June 1, 2012.
(5) Subsection (3) applies to any automobile imported into Canada on or after June 1, 2012.
29. (1) Part II of Schedule V to the Act is amended by adding the following after section 7.2:
7.3 A supply of a service (other than a service described in section 4 of Part I of Schedule VI) rendered in the practice of the profession of pharmacy by a particular individ-ual who is entitled under the laws of a province to practise that profession if the service is rendered within a pharmacist-patient relationship between the particular individual and another individual and is provided for the promotion of the health of the other individual or for the prevention or treatment of a disease, disorder or dysfunction of the other individual.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
30. (1) Section 10 of Part II of Schedule V to the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(c) a person that is entitled under the laws of a province to practise the profession of pharmacy and is authorized under the laws of the province to order such a service, if the order is made within a pharmacist-patient relationship.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
31. (1) Paragraph 2(e) of Part I of Sched-ule VI to the Act is amended by adding the following after subparagraph (vi):
(vi.1) Isosorbide-5-mononitrate,
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made
(a) after March 29, 2012; or
(b) on or before March 29, 2012 if no amount was charged, collected or remitted on or before that day as or on account of tax under Part IX of the Act in respect of the supply.
1997, c. 10, s. 121(2)
32. (1) The definition “medical practitioner” in section 1 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is repealed.
(2) Section 1 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“specified professional” means
(a) a person that is entitled under the laws of a province to practise the profession of medicine, physiotherapy or occupational therapy, or
(b) a registered nurse.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 122(1)
33. (1) Sections 3 and 4 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act are replaced by the following:
3. A supply of a heart-monitoring device if the device is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer with heart disease who is named in the order.
4. A supply of a hospital bed, if the bed is supplied to the operator of a health care facility (as defined in section 1 of Part II of Schedule V) or on the written order of a specified professional for use by an incapacitated individual named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 124(1)
34. (1) Section 5.1 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
5.1 A supply of an aerosol chamber or a metered dose inhaler for use in the treatment of asthma if the chamber or inhaler is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 125(1)
35. (1) Section 7 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
7. A supply of a device that is designed to convert sound to light signals if the device is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer with a hearing impairment who is named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
2000, c. 30, s. 124(1)
36. (1) Section 9 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
9. A supply of eyeglasses or contact lenses if the eyeglasses or contact lenses are, or are to be, supplied under the authority of a prescription prepared, or an assessment record produced, by a person for the treatment or correction of a defect of vision of a consumer named in the prescription or assessment record and the person is entitled under the laws of the province in which the person practises to prescribe eyeglasses or contact lenses, or to produce an assessment record to be used for the dispensing of eyeglasses or contact lenses, for the treatment or correction of the defect of vision of the consumer.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made
(a) after March 29, 2012; or
(b) on or before March 29, 2012 if no amount was charged, collected or remitted on or before that day as or on account of tax under Part IX of the Act in respect of the supply.
2008, c. 28, s. 90(1)
37. (1) Section 14.1 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
14.1 A supply of a chair that is specially designed for use by an individual with a disability if the chair is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 129(1)
38. (1) Sections 21.1 and 21.2 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act are replaced by the following:
21.1 A supply of an extremity pump, intermittent pressure pump or similar device for use in the treatment of lymphedema if the pump or device is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
21.2 A supply of a catheter for subcutaneous injections if the catheter is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 130(1)
39. (1) Section 23 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
23. A supply of an orthotic or orthopaedic device that is made to order for an individual or is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 132(1)
40. (1) Section 24.1 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
24.1 A supply of footwear that is specially designed for use by an individual who has a crippled or deformed foot or other similar disability, if the footwear is supplied on the written order of a specified professional.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 134(1)
41. (1) Section 30 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
29.1 A supply of
(a) a blood coagulation monitor or meter specially designed for use by an individual requiring blood coagulation monitoring or metering; or
(b) blood coagulation testing strips or reagents compatible with a blood coagulation monitor or meter referred to in paragraph (a).
30. A supply of any article that is specially designed for the use of blind individuals if the article is supplied for use by a blind individual to or by the Canadian National Institute for the Blind or any other bona fide institution or association for blind individuals or on the order or certificate of a specified professional.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
1997, c. 10, s. 136(1)
42. (1) Sections 35 and 36 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act are replaced by the following:
35. A supply of a graduated compression stocking, an anti-embolic stocking or similar article if the stocking or article is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
36. A supply of clothing that is specially designed for use by an individual with a disability if the clothing is supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
2008, c. 28, s. 93(1)
43. (1) Section 41 of Part II of Schedule VI to the Act is replaced by the following:
41. A supply of a device that is specially designed for neuromuscular stimulation therapy or standing therapy, if supplied on the written order of a specified professional for use by a consumer with paralysis or a severe mobility impairment who is named in the order.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any supply made after March 29, 2012.
2009, c. 32, s. 44(1)
44. (1) Item 4 of Schedule VIII to the Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies
(a) in respect of any supply (other than a supply deemed to have been made under section 172.1 of the Act) made after March 31, 2013;
(b) for the purposes of applying section 172.1 of the Act in respect of a fiscal year of a person that begins after March 31, 2013;
(c) for the purposes of calculating, under clause 173(1)(d)(vi)(B) of the Act, tax in respect of taxation years of an individual ending after 2013;
(d) for the purposes of applying section 174 of the Act in respect of an allowance paid by a person after March 31, 2013;
(e) for the purpose of calculating, under subsection 218.1(1.2) of the Act, tax for a specified year (as defined in section 217 of the Act) of a person that begins after March 31, 2013;
(f) in respect of goods imported
(i) after March 31, 2013, or
(ii) before April 1, 2013 if those goods are, after March 31, 2013, accounted for under subsection 32(1), paragraph 32(2)(a) or subsection 32(5) of the Customs Act or released in the circumstances set out in paragraph 32(2)(b) of that Act;
(g) in respect of property that is brought into, or removed from, a province after March 31, 2013;
(h) in respect of property that is brought into a province before April 1, 2013 by a carrier if the property is delivered in the province to a consignee after March 31, 2013;
(i) for the purposes of determining the amount for a province that, under subsection 225.2(2) of the Act, is required to be added to, or may be deducted from, the net tax for a reporting period of a financial institution that begins after March 31, 2013; and
(j) for the purposes of the description of C in paragraph (a) of the definition “provincial pension rebate amount” in subsection 261.01(1) of the Act in respect of a claim period of a pension entity that begins after March 31, 2013.
2002, c. 9, s. 5
Air Travellers Security Charge Act
45. Section 26 of the Air Travellers Security Charge Act is replaced by the following:
Demand for return
26. The Minister may, on demand sent by the Minister, require a designated air carrier to file, within any reasonable time stipulated in the demand, a return under this Act for any period designated in the demand.
2002, c. 22
Excise Act, 2001
46. Section 169 of the Excise Act, 2001 is replaced by the following:
Demand for return
169. The Minister may, on demand sent by the Minister, require any person to file, within any reasonable time stipulated in the demand, a return under this Act for any period designated in the demand.
SOR/91-30; SOR/2002-277, s. 8
Value of Imported Goods (GST/HST) Regulations
47. (1) Subsection 2(1) of the Value of Imported Goods (GST/HST) Regulations is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“qualifying vehicle” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Non-Taxable Imported Goods (GST/HST) Regulations; (véhicule admissible)
(2) Subsection 2(2) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(2) For the purposes of these Regulations, the number of months or weeks in a period is the number of months or weeks, as the case may be, included, in whole or in part, in the period, the first day of the first such month or week, as the case may be, being the first day of the period.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) come into force, or are deemed to have come into force, on June 1, 2012.
48. (1) The Regulations are amended by adding the following after section 14:
15. For the purpose of subsection 215(2) of the Act, the value of a qualifying vehicle that is imported temporarily by an individual resident in Canada and not accounted for as a commercial good (as defined in subsection 212.1(1) of the Act) under section 32 of the Customs Act, that is exported within 30 days after the importation and that was last supplied in the course of a vehicle rental business to the individual by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement under which continuous possession or use of the qualifying vehicle is provided for a period of less than 180 days is determined by the formula
(A × B) + C
where
A      is
(a) if the qualifying vehicle is described in any of subheading Nos. 8703.21 to 8703.90 and 8711.20 to 8711.90 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Customs Tariff,
(i) in the case of a truck, sport utility vehicle, minivan or van, $300,
(ii) in the case of a motorhome or similar vehicle, $1,000, and
(iii) in any other case, $200, and
(b) in any other case, $300;
B      is the number of weeks during which the qualifying vehicle remains in Canada; and
C      is the remaining duties payable in respect of the qualifying vehicle.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any qualifying vehicle imported on or after June 1, 2012.
SOR/91-31; SOR/2002-277, s. 11
Non-Taxable Imported Goods (GST/HST) Regulations
49. (1) Section 2 of the Non-Taxable Imported Goods (GST/HST) Regulations is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“qualifying vehicle” means a vehicle (other than a racing car described in heading No. 87.03 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Customs Tariff) registered under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction relating to the registration of motor vehicles that 
(a) is described in any of heading No. 87.02, subheading Nos. 8703.21 to 8703.90, 8704.21, 8704.31, 8704.90 and 8711.20 to 8711.90 and tariff item Nos. 8716.39.30 and 8716.39.90 of that List,
(b) is described in subheading No. 8704.22 or 8704.32 of that List and has a gross vehicle weight rating (as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations) not exceeding 10 tonnes, or
(c) is described in tariff item No. 8716.10.00 of that List and is a vehicle for camping. (véhicule admissible)
(2) Subsection (1) comes into force, or is deemed to have come into force, on June 1, 2012.
50. (1) Section 3 of the Regulations is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (k), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (l) and by adding the following after paragraph (l):
(m) a qualifying vehicle that is imported temporarily by an individual resident in Canada and not accounted for as a commercial good (as defined in subsection 212.1(1) of the Act) under section 32 of the Customs Act if
(i) the qualifying vehicle was last supplied in the course of a vehicle rental business to the individual by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement under which continuous possession or use of the qualifying vehicle is provided for a period of less than 180 days,
(ii) immediately before the importation, the individual was outside Canada for an uninterrupted period of at least 48 hours, and
(iii) the qualifying vehicle is exported within 30 days after the importation.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to any qualifying vehicle imported on or after June 1, 2012.
SOR/2010-151
New Harmonized Value-added Tax System Regulations, No. 2
51. (1) The New Harmonized Value-added Tax System Regulations, No. 2 are amended by adding the following after section 6:
Division 1.1
Tax on Importation of Goods
Prescribed goods — paragraph 212.1(2)(a)
6.1 For the purpose of paragraph 212.1(2)(a) of the Act, goods the value of which is determined for the purposes of Division III of Part IX of the Act under section 15 of the Value of Imported Goods (GST/HST) Regulations are prescribed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to goods imported on or after June 1, 2012.
PART 3
RESPONSIBLE RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
Division 1
Environmental Assessment
Enactment of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
Enactment
52. The Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, whose Schedules 1 to 3 are set out in the schedule to this Act, is enacted as follows:
An Act respecting the environmental assess-ment of certain activities and the prevention of significant adverse environmental effects
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012.
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
2. (1) The following definitions apply in this Act.
“Agency”« Agence »
“Agency” means the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency continued under section 103.
“assessment by a review panel”« examen par une commission »
“assessment by a review panel” means an environmental assessment that is conducted by a review panel.
“Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission”« Commission canadienne de sûreté nucléaire »
“Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission” means the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission established by section 8 of the Nuclear Safety and Control Act.
“designated project”« projet désigné »
“designated project” means one or more physical activities that 
(a) are carried out in Canada or on federal lands;
(b) are designated by regulations made under paragraph 84(a) or designated in an order made by the Minister under subsection 14(2); and
(c) are linked to the same federal authority as specified in those regulations or that order.
It includes any physical activity that is incidental to those physical activities.
“environment”« environnement »
“environment” means the components of the Earth, and includes
(a) land, water and air, including all layers of the atmosphere;
(b) all organic and inorganic matter and living organisms; and
(c) the interacting natural systems that include components referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b).
“environmental assessment”« évaluation environnementale »
“environmental assessment” means an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project that is conducted in accordance with this Act.
“environmental effects”« effets environnementaux »
“environmental effects” means the environmental effects described in section 5.
“federal authority”« autorité fédérale »
“federal authority” means 
(a) a Minister of the Crown in right of Canada;
(b) an agency of the Government of Canada or a parent Crown corporation, as defined in subsection 83(1) of the Financial Administration Act, or any other body established by or under an Act of Parliament that is ultimately accountable through a Minister of the Crown in right of Canada to Parliament for the conduct of its affairs;
(c) any department or departmental corporation that is set out in Schedule I or II to the Financial Administration Act; and
(d) any other body that is set out in Schedule 1.
It does not include the Executive Council of — or a minister, department, agency or body of the government of — Yukon, the Northwest Territories or Nunavut, a council of the band within the meaning of the Indian Act, Export Development Canada or the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board. It also does not include a Crown corporation that is a wholly-owned subsidiary, as defined in subsection 83(1) of the Financial Administration Act, a harbour commission established under the Harbour Commissions Act or a not-for-profit corporation that enters into an agreement under subsection 80(5) of the Canada Marine Act, that is not set out in Schedule 1.
“federal lands”« territoire domanial »
“federal lands” means 
(a) lands that belong to Her Majesty in right of Canada, or that Her Majesty in right of Canada has the power to dispose of, and all waters on and airspace above those lands, other than lands under the administration and control of the Commissioner of Yukon, the Northwest Territories or Nunavut;
(b) the following lands and areas:
(i) the internal waters of Canada, in any area of the sea not within a province,
(ii) the territorial sea of Canada, in any area of the sea not within a province,
(iii) the exclusive economic zone of Canada, and
(iv) the continental shelf of Canada; and
(c) reserves, surrendered lands and any other lands that are set apart for the use and benefit of a band and that are subject to the Indian Act, and all waters on and airspace above those reserves or lands.
“follow-up program”« programme de suivi »
“follow-up program” means a program for 
(a) verifying the accuracy of the environmental assessment of a designated project; and
(b) determining the effectiveness of any mitigation measures.
“interested party”« partie intéressée »
“interested party”, with respect to a designated project, means any person who is determined, under subsection (2), to be an “interested party”.
“Internet site”« site Internet »
“Internet site” means the Internet site that is established under section 79.
“jurisdiction”« instance »
“jurisdiction” means
(a) a federal authority;
(b) any agency or body that is established under an Act of Parliament and that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project;
(c) the government of a province;
(d) any agency or body that is established under an Act of the legislature of a province and that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project;
(e) any body that is established under a land claims agreement referred to in section 35 of the Constitution Act, 1982 and that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project;
(f) a governing body that is established under legislation that relates to the self-government of Indians and that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project;
(g) a government of a foreign state or of a subdivision of a foreign state, or any institution of such a government; and
(h) an international organization of states or any institution of such an organization.
“Minister”« ministre »
“Minister” means the Minister of the Environment.
“mitigation measures”« mesures d’atténuation »
“mitigation measures” means measures for the elimination, reduction or control of the adverse environmental effects of a designated project, and includes restitution for any damage to the environment caused by those effects through replacement, restoration, compensation or any other means.
“National Energy Board”« Office national de l’énergie »
“National Energy Board” means the National Energy Board established by section 3 of the National Energy Board Act.
“prescribed”Version anglaise seulement
“prescribed” means prescribed by the regulations.
“proponent”« promoteur »
“proponent” means the person, body, federal authority or government that proposes the carrying out of a designated project.
“record”« document »
“record” includes any correspondence, memo-randum, book, plan, map, drawing, diagram, pictorial or graphic work, photograph, film, microform, sound recording, videotape and machine readable record, and any other documentary material, regardless of physical form or characteristics, and any copy of it.
“Registry”« registre »
“Registry” means the Canadian Environmental Assessment Registry established under section 78.
“responsible authority”« autorité responsable »
“responsible authority” means the authority that is referred to in section 15 with respect to a designated project that is subject to an environmental assessment.
“review panel”« commission »
“review panel” means a review panel established under subsection 42(1) or under an agreement or arrangement entered into under subsection 40(1) or (2) or by document referred to in subsection 41(2).
“sustainable development”« développement durable »
“sustainable development” means development that meets the needs of the present, without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.
Interested party
(2) One of the following entities determines, with respect to a designated project, that a person is an interested party if, in its opinion, the person is directly affected by the carrying out of the designated project or if, in its opinion, the person has relevant information or expertise:
(a) in the case of a designated project for which the responsible authority is referred to in paragraph 15(b), that responsible authority; or
(b) in the case of a designated project in relation to which the environmental assessment has been referred to a review panel under section 38, that review panel.
HER MAJESTY
Binding on Her Majesty
3. This Act is binding on Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province.
PURPOSES
Purposes
4. (1) The purposes of this Act are
(a) to protect the components of the environment that are within the legislative authority of Parliament from significant adverse envi-ronmental effects caused by a designated project;
(b) to ensure that designated projects that require the exercise of a power or perform-ance of a duty or function by a federal authority under any Act of Parliament other than this Act to be carried out, are considered in a careful and precautionary manner to avoid significant adverse environmental effects;
(c) to promote cooperation and coordinated action between federal and provincial governments with respect to environmental assessments;
(d) to promote communication and cooperation with aboriginal peoples with respect to environmental assessments;
(e) to ensure that opportunities are provided for meaningful public participation during an environmental assessment;
(f) to ensure that an environmental assessment is completed in a timely manner;
(g) to ensure that projects, as defined in section 66, that are to be carried out on federal lands, or those that are outside Canada and that are to be carried out or financially supported by a federal authority, are considered in a careful and precautionary manner to avoid significant adverse environmental effects;
(h) to encourage federal authorities to take actions that promote sustainable development in order to achieve or maintain a healthy environment and a healthy economy; and
(i) to encourage the study of the cumulative effects of physical activities in a region and the consideration of those study results in environmental assessments.
Mandate
(2) The Government of Canada, the Minister, the Agency, federal authorities and responsible authorities, in the administration of this Act, must exercise their powers in a manner that protects the environment and human health and applies the precautionary principle.
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
Environmental effects
5. (1) For the purposes of this Act, the environmental effects that are to be taken into account in relation to an act or thing, a physical activity, a designated project or a project are
(a) a change that may be caused to the following components of the environment that are within the legislative authority of Parliament:
(i) fish as defined in section 2 of the Fisheries Act and fish habitat as defined in subsection 34(1) of that Act,
(ii) aquatic species as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Species at Risk Act,
(iii) migratory birds as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Migratory Birds Convention Act, 1994, and
(iv) any other component of the environment that is set out in Schedule 2;
(b) a change that may be caused to the environment that would occur
(i) on federal lands,
(ii) in a province other than the one in which the act or thing is done or where the physical activity, the designated project or the project is being carried out, or
(iii) outside Canada; and
(c) with respect to aboriginal peoples, an effect occurring in Canada of any change that may be caused to the environment on
(i) health and socio-economic conditions,
(ii) physical and cultural heritage,
(iii) the current use of lands and resources for traditional purposes, or
(iv) any structure, site or thing that is of historical, archaeological, paleontological or architectural significance.
Exercise of power or performance of duty or function by federal authority
(2) However, if the carrying out of the physical activity, the designated project or the project requires a federal authority to exercise a power or perform a duty or function conferred on it under any Act of Parliament other than this Act, the following environmental effects are also to be taken into account:
(a) a change, other than those referred to in paragraphs (1)(a) and (b), that may be caused to the environment and that is directly linked or necessarily incidental to a federal authority’s exercise of a power or performance of a duty or function that would permit the carrying out, in whole or in part, of the physical activity, the designated project or the project; and
(b) an effect, other than those referred to in paragraph (1)(c), of any change referred to in paragraph (a) on
(i) health and socio-economic conditions,
(ii) physical and cultural heritage, or
(iii) any structure, site or thing that is of historical, archaeological, paleontological or architectural significance.
Schedule 2
(3) The Governor in Council may, by order, amend Schedule 2 to add or remove a component of the environment.
PROHIBITIONS
Proponent
6. The proponent of a designated project must not do any act or thing in connection with the carrying out of the designated project, in whole or in part, if that act or thing may cause an environmental effect referred to in subsection 5(1) unless
(a) the Agency makes a decision under paragraph 10(b) that no environmental assessment of the designated project is required and posts that decision on the Internet site; or
(b) the proponent complies with the conditions included in the decision statement that is issued under subsection 31(3) or section 54 to the proponent with respect to that designated project.
Federal authority
7. A federal authority must not exercise any power or perform any duty or function conferred on it under any Act of Parliament other than this Act that would permit a designated project to be carried out in whole or in part unless
(a) the Agency makes a decision under paragraph 10(b) that no environmental assessment of the designated project is required and posts that decision on the Internet site; or
(b) the decision statement with respect to the designated project that is issued under subsection 31(3) or section 54 to the proponent of the designated project indicates that the designated project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects or that the significant adverse environmental effects that it is likely to cause are justified in the circumstances.
SCREENING
Proponent’s obligation — description of designated project
8. (1) The proponent of a designated project — other than one that is subject to an environmental assessment under section 13 or subsection 14(1) — must provide the Agency with a description of the designated project that includes the information prescribed by regulations made under paragraph 84(b).
Additional information
(2) If the Agency is of the opinion, after receiving the description of the designated project from the proponent, that a decision cannot be made under paragraph 10(b) because the description is incomplete or does not contain sufficient details, the Agency may, within 10 days after receiving it, require the proponent to provide an amended description that includes the information and details that the Agency specifies.
Posting of description of designated project and public notice on Internet site
9. When the Agency is satisfied that the description of the designated project includes all of the required information, it must post the following on the Internet site:
(a) a summary of the description;
(b) an indication of how a copy of the description may be obtained; and
(c) a notice that indicates that the designated project is the subject of a screening, invites the public to provide comments respecting the designated project within 20 days after the posting of the notice and indicates the address for filing those comments.
Screening decision
10. Within 45 days after the posting of the notice on the Internet site, the Agency must
(a) conduct the screening, which must include a consideration of the following factors:
(i) the description of the designated proj-ect provided by the proponent,
(ii) the possibility that the carrying out of the designated project may cause adverse environmental effects,
(iii) any comments received from the public within 20 days after the posting of the notice, and
(iv) the results of any relevant study conducted by a committee established under section 73 or 74; and
(b) on completion of the screening, decide if an environmental assessment of the designated project is required.
Federal authority’s obligation
11. Every federal authority that is in possession of specialist or expert information or knowledge with respect to a designated project that is subject to a screening must, on request, make that information or knowledge available to the Agency within the specified period.
Posting notice of decision on Internet site
12. The Agency must post a notice of its decision made under paragraph 10(b) on the Internet site.
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REQUIRED
Activities regulated by regulatory body
13. A designated project for which the responsible authority is referred to in any of paragraphs 15(a) to (c) is subject to an environmental assessment.
Designation of physical activity as designated project
14. (1) A designated project that includes a physical activity designated under subsection (2) is subject to an environmental assessment.
Minister’s power to designate
(2) The Minister may, by order, designate a physical activity that is not prescribed by regulations made under paragraph 84(a) if, in the Minister’s opinion, either the carrying out of that physical activity may cause adverse envi-ronmental effects or public concerns related to those effects may warrant the designation.
Minister’s power to require that information be provided
(3) The Minister may require any person to provide information with respect to any physical activity that can be designated under subsection (2).
Federal authority
(4) The Minister must specify in the order made under subsection (2) for each designated physical activity one of the following federal authorities to which the physical activity is linked:
(a) the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission;
(b) the National Energy Board;
(c) any federal authority that performs regulatory functions, that may hold public hearings and that is specified in regulations made under paragraph 83(b); or
(d) the Agency.
Limitation
(5) The Minister must not make the designation referred to in subsection (2) if
(a) the carrying out of the physical activity has begun and, as a result, the environment has been altered; or
(b) a federal authority has exercised a power or performed a duty or function conferred on it under any Act of Parliament other than this Act that would permit the physical activity to be carried out, in whole or in part.
Posting of notice of order on Internet site
(6) The Agency must post on the Internet site a notice of any order made under subsection (2).
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF DESIGNATED PROJECTS
Responsible Authority
Responsible authority
15. For the purposes of this Act, the responsible authority with respect to a designated project that is subject to an environmental assessment is
(a) the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission, in the case of a designated project that includes activities that are regulated under the Nuclear Safety and Control Act and that are linked to the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission as specified in the regulations made under paragraph 84(a) or the order made under subsection 14(2);
(b) the National Energy Board, in the case of a designated project that includes activities that are regulated under the National Energy Board Act or the Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act and that are linked to the National Energy Board as specified in the regulations made under paragraph 84(a) or the order made under subsection 14(2);
(c) the federal authority that performs regulatory functions, that may hold public hearings and that is prescribed by regulations made under paragraph 83(b), in the case of a designated project that includes activities that are linked to that federal authority as specified in the regulations made under paragraph 84(a) or the order made under subsection 14(2); or
(d) the Agency, in the case of a designated project that includes activities that are linked to the Agency as specified in the regulations made under paragraph 84(a) or the order made under subsection 14(2).
Cooperation
16. If two designated projects are closely related and the responsible authority with respect to each of them is different, each responsible authority must cooperate with the other with respect to the exercise of their respective powers and the performance of their respective duties and functions under this Act in relation to the projects.
Commencement of Environmental Assessment
Posting of notice on Internet site
17. The responsible authority with respect to a designated project must ensure that a notice of the commencement of the environmental assessment of a designated project is posted on the Internet site.
Consultation and Cooperation with Certain Jurisdictions
Responsible authority’s or Minister’s obligations
18. The responsible authority with respect to a designated project — or the Minister if the environmental assessment of the designated project has been referred to a review panel under section 38 — must offer to consult and cooperate with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraphs (c) to (h) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) if that jurisdiction has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of the designated project.
Factors To Be Considered
Factors
19. (1) The environmental assessment of a designated project must take into account the following factors:
(a) the environmental effects of the designated project, including the environmental effects of malfunctions or accidents that may occur in connection with the designated project and any cumulative environmental effects that are likely to result from the designated project in combination with other physical activities that have been or will be carried out;
(b) the significance of the effects referred to in paragraph (a);
(c) comments from the public — or, with respect to a designated project that requires that a certificate be issued in accordance with an order made under section 54 of the National Energy Board Act, any interested party — that are received in accordance with this Act;
(d) mitigation measures that are technically and economically feasible and that would mitigate any significant adverse environmental effects of the designated project;
(e) the requirements of the follow-up program in respect of the designated project;
(f) the purpose of the designated project;
(g) alternative means of carrying out the designated project that are technically and economically feasible and the environmental effects of any such alternative means;
(h) any change to the designated project that may be caused by the environment;
(i) the results of any relevant study conducted by a committee established under section 73 or 74; and
(j) any other matter relevant to the environmental assessment that the responsible authority, or — if the environmental assessment is referred to a review panel — the Minister, requires to be taken into account.
Scope of factors
(2) The scope of the factors to be taken into account under paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), (h) and (j) is determined by
(a) the responsible authority; or
(b) the Minister, if the environmental assessment is referred to a review panel.
Community knowledge and Aboriginal traditional knowledge
(3) The environmental assessment of a designated project may take into account community knowledge and Aboriginal traditional knowledge.
Federal Authority’s Obligation
Specialist or expert information
20. Every federal authority that is in possession of specialist or expert information or knowledge with respect to a designated project that is subject to an environmental assessment must, on request, make that information or knowledge available, within the specified peri-od, to
(a) the responsible authority;
(b) the review panel;
(c) a government, an agency or body, or a jurisdiction that conducts an assessment of the designated project under a substituted process authorized by section 32; and
(d) a jurisdiction that conducts an assessment, in the case of a designated project that is exempted under subsection 37(1).
Environmental Assessment by Responsible Authority
General Rules
Application only when no referral to review panel
21. Sections 22 to 27 cease to apply to a designated project if it is referred by the Minister to a review panel under section 38.
Responsible authority’s obligations
22. The responsible authority with respect to a designated project must ensure that
(a) an environmental assessment of the designated project is conducted; and
(b) a report is prepared with respect to that environmental assessment.
Information
23. (1) The responsible authority may, when conducting the environmental assessment of a designated project and preparing the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, use any information that is available to it.
Studies and collection of information
(2) However, if the responsible authority is of the opinion that there is not sufficient information available to it for the purpose of conducting the environmental assessment or preparing the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, it may require the collection of any information or the undertaking of any study that, in the opinion of the responsible authority, is necessary for that purpose, including requiring the proponent to collect that information or undertake that study.
Public participation
24. Subject to section 28, the responsible authority must ensure that the public is provided with an opportunity to participate in the environmental assessment of a designated project.
Public notice in certain cases — draft report
25. (1) When the responsible authority is the Agency, it must ensure that a draft report with respect to the environmental assessment of a designated project is prepared, and must ensure that the following are posted on the Internet site:
(a) a copy of the draft report or an indication of how a copy may be obtained; and
(b) a notice that invites the public to provide comments on the draft report within the period specified and provides the address for filing those comments.
Final report submitted to Minister
(2) After taking into account any comments received from the public, the Agency must finalize the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project and submit it to the Minister.
Delegation
26. (1) The responsible authority with respect to a designated project may delegate to any person, body or jurisdiction referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) the carrying out of any part of the environmental assessment of the designated project and the preparation of the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, but must not delegate the duty to make decisions under subsection 27(1).
For greater certainty
(2) For greater certainty, the responsible authority must not make decisions under subsection 27(1) unless it is satisfied that any delegated duty or function has been performed in accordance with this Act.
Responsible authority’s or Minister’s decisions
27. (1) The responsible authority or, when the Agency is the responsible authority, the Minister, after taking into account the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, must make decisions under subsection 52(1).
Time limit for Minister’s decisions
(2) The Minister’s decisions must be made no later than 365 days after the day on which the notice of the commencement of the environmental assessment of the designated project is posted on the Internet site.
Extension of time limit by Minister
(3) The Minister may extend that time limit by any further period — up to a maximum of three months — that is necessary to permit the Agency to cooperate with a jurisdiction referred to in section 18 with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project or to take into account circumstances that are specific to the project.
Extension of time limit by Governor in Council
(4) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, extend the time limit extended under subsection (3).
Posting notice of extension on Internet site
(5) The Agency must post on the Internet site a notice of any extension granted under subsection (3) or (4).
Excluded period
(6) If, under subsection 23(2), the Agency requires the proponent of a designated project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project, then the period that is taken by the proponent, in the Agency’s opinion, to comply with the requirement is not included in the calculation of the time limit within which the Minister’s decisions must be made.
Non application — section 54 of the National Energy Board Act
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply if the carrying out of the designated project requires that a certificate be issued in accordance with an order made under section 54 of the National Energy Board Act.
Section 54 of the National Energy Board Act
Participation of interested party
28. If the carrying out of a designated project requires that a certificate be issued in accord-ance with an order made under section 54 of the National Energy Board Act, the responsible authority with respect to the designated project must ensure that any interested party is provided with an opportunity to participate in the environmental assessment of the designated project.
Recommendations in environmental assessment report
29. (1) If the carrying out of a designated project requires that a certificate be issued in accordance with an order made under section 54 of the National Energy Board Act, the responsible authority with respect to the designated project must ensure that the report concerning the environmental assessment of the designated project sets out
(a) its recommendation with respect to the decision that may be made under paragraph 31(1)(a) in relation to the designated project, taking into account the implementation of any mitigation measures that it set out in the report; and
(b) its recommendation with respect to the follow-up program that is to be implemented in respect of the designated project.
Submission of report to Minister
(2) The responsible authority submits its report to the Minister within the meaning of section 2 of the National Energy Board Act at the same time as it submits the report referred to in subsection 52(1) of that Act.
Report is final and conclusive
(3) Subject to sections 30 and 31, the report with respect to the environmental assessment is final and conclusive.
Order to reconsider
30. (1) After the responsible authority with respect to a designated project has submitted its report with respect to the environmental assessment under section 29, the Governor in Council may, by order made under section 53 of the National Energy Board Act, refer any of the responsible authority’s recommendations set out in the report back to the responsible authority for reconsideration.
Factors and time limit
(2) The order may direct the responsible authority to conduct the reconsideration taking into account any factor specified in the order and it may specify a time limit within which the responsible authority must complete its recon­sideration.
Responsible authority’s obligation
(3) The responsible authority must, before the expiry of the time limit specified in the order, if one was specified, reconsider any recommendation specified in the order and prepare and submit to the Minister within the meaning of section 2 of the National Energy Board Act a report on its reconsideration.
Content of reconsideration report
(4) In the reconsideration report, the responsible authority must
(a) if the order refers to the recommendation referred to in paragraph 29(1)(a)
(i) confirm the recommendation or set out a different one with respect to the decision that may be made under paragraph 31(1)(a) in relation to the designated project, and
(ii) confirm, modify or replace the mitigation measures set out in the report with respect to the environmental assessment; and
(b) if the order refers to the recommendation referred to in paragraph 29(1)(b), confirm the recommendation or set out a different one with respect to the follow-up program that is to be implemented in respect of the designated project.
Report is final and conclusive
(5) Subject to section 31, the responsible authority reconsideration report is final and conclusive.
Reconsideration of report under this section
(6) After the responsible authority has submitted its report under subsection (3), the Governor in Council may, by order made under section 53 of the National Energy Board Act, refer any of the responsible authority’s recommendations set out in the report back to the responsible authority for reconsideration. If it does so, subsections (2) to (5) apply. However, in subparagraph (4)(a)(ii), the reference to the mitigation measures set out in the report with respect to the environmental assessment is to be read as a reference to the mitigation measures set out in the reconsideration report.
Governor in Council’s decision
31. (1) After the responsible authority with respect to a designated project has submitted its report with respect to the environmental assessment or its reconsideration report under section 29 or 30, the Governor in Council may, by order made under subsection 54(1) of the National Energy Board Act
(a) decide, taking into account the implementation of any mitigation measures specified in the report with respect to the environmental assessment or in the recon­sideration report, if there is one, that the designated project
(i) is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects,
(ii) is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects that can be justified in the circumstances, or
(iii) is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects that cannot be justified in the circumstances; and
(b) direct the responsible authority to issue a decision statement to the proponent of the designated project that
(i) informs the proponent of the decision made under paragraph (a) with respect to the designated project and,
(ii) if the decision is referred to in subparagraph (a)(i) or (ii), sets out conditions — which are the implementation of the mitigation measures and the follow-up program set out in the report with respect to the environmental assessment or the reconsideration report, if there is one — that must be complied with by the proponent in relation to the designated project.
Certain conditions subject to exercise of power or performance of duty or function
(2) The conditions that are included in the decision statement regarding the environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(2), that are directly linked or necessarily incidental to the exercise of a power or performance of a duty or function by a federal authority and that would permit the designated project to be carried out, in whole or in part, take effect only if the federal authority exercises the power or performs the duty or function.
Responsible authority’s obligation
(3) The responsible authority must issue to the proponent of the designated project the decision statement that is required in accordance with the order relating to the designated project within seven days after the day on which that order is made.
Posting of decision statement on Internet site
(4) The responsible authority must ensure that the decision statement is posted on the Internet site.
Decision statement considered part of certificate
(5) The decision statement issued in relation to the designated project under subsection (3) is considered to be a part of the certificate issued in accordance with the order made under section 54 of the National Energy Board Act in relation to the designated project.
Substitution
Minister’s obligation
32. (1) Subject to sections 33 and 34, if the Minister is of the opinion that a process for assessing the environmental effects of designated projects that is followed by the government of a province — or any agency or body that is established under an Act of the legislature of a province — that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project would be an appropriate substitute, the Minister must, on request of the province, approve the substitution of that process for an environmental assessment.
Minister’s power
(2) Subject to sections 33 and 34, if the Minister is of the opinion that a process for assessing the environmental effects of designated projects that is followed by any jurisdiction referred to in paragraph (e) or (f) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of a designated project would be an appropriate substitute, the Minister may approve the substitution of that process for the environmental assessment.
Manner of approval
(3) An approval must be in writing and may be given in respect of a designated project or a class of designated projects.
Posting of notice of approval on Internet site
(4) The Agency must post a notice of the approval on the Internet site.
Exceptions
33. The Minister must not approve the substitution of a process in relation to a designated project
(a) for which the responsible authority is referred to in paragraph 15(a) or (b); or
(b) in relation to which the environmental assessment has been referred by the Minister to a review panel under section 38.
Conditions
34. (1) The Minister may only approve a substitution if he or she is satisfied that
(a) the process to be substituted will include a consideration of the factors set out in subsection 19(1);
(b) the public will be given an opportunity to participate in the assessment;
(c) the public will have access to records in relation to the assessment to enable their meaningful participation;
(d) at the end of the assessment, a report will be submitted to the responsible authority;
(e) the report will be made available to the public; and
(f) any other conditions that the Minister establishes are or will be met.
Approval
(2) The Minister may also approve the substitution of a process that has already been completed for an environmental assessment if he or she is satisfied that the conditions under subsection (1) have been met.
Availability
(3) The conditions referred to in paragraph (1)(f) must be made available to the public.
Assessment considered in conformity
35. If the Minister approves the substitution of a process under section 32, the assessment that results from the substitution is considered to be an environmental assessment under this Act and to satisfy any requirements of this Act and the regulations in respect of an environmental assessment.
Responsible authority’s or Minister’s decision
36. After taking into account the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project that is received by the responsible authority at the end of the assessment under the process authorized by section 32, the responsible authority or, when the Agency is the responsible authority, the Minister must make decisions under subsection 52(1).
Equivalent Assessment
Exemption
37. (1) When the Minister must, under subsection 32(1), on request, approve the substitution of a process that is followed by the government of a province or any agency or body that is established under an Act of the legislature of a province for an environmental assessment of a designated project, the Governor in Council may, by order and on the Minister’s recommendation, exempt the designated project from the application of this Act, if the Governor in Council is satisfied that
(a) after the completion of the assessment process, the government or the agency or body determines whether, taking into account the implementation of any mitigation meas-ures that it considers appropriate, the designated project is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects;
(b) the government or the agency or body ensures the implementation of the mitigation measures that are taken into account in making the determination and the implementation of a follow-up program; and
(c) any other conditions that the Minister establishes are or will be met.
Availability
(2) The conditions referred to in paragraph (1)(c) must be made available to the public.
Posting of notice of order on Internet site
(3) The Agency must post a notice of any order made under subsection (1) on the Internet site.
Environmental Assessment by a Review Panel
General Rules
Referral to review panel
38. (1) Subject to subsection (6), within 60 days after the notice of the commencement of the environmental assessment of a designated project is posted on the Internet site, the Minister may, if he or she is of the opinion that it is in the public interest, refer the environmental assessment to a review panel.
Public interest
(2) The Minister’s determination regarding whether the referral of the environmental assessment of the designated project to a review panel is in the public interest must include a consideration of the following factors:
(a) whether the designated project may cause significant adverse environmental effects;
(b) public concerns related to the significant adverse environmental effects that the designated project may cause; and
(c) opportunities for cooperation with any jurisdiction that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of the designated project or any part of it.
Time limits
(3) If the Minister refers the environmental assessment of the designated project to a review panel, the Minister must establish the following time limits — which combined are not to exceed 24 months — within which
(a) the review panel is to be established after the referral;
(b) the review panel must submit the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project to the Minister; and
(c) the Minister must, after receiving the review panel’s report, issue a decision statement under section 54 in relation to the designated project.
Modified time limits
(4) Subject to section 54, the Minister may, as required, modify those time limits.
Posting of notices on Internet site
(5) The Agency must post on the Internet site a notice of any decision made by the Minister to refer the environmental assessment of the designated project to a review panel, and a notice of any time limits that the Minister establishes in relation to the designated project and any changes that he or she may make to those time limits.
Exception
(6) The Minister must not refer to a review panel the environmental assessment of a designated project for which the responsible authority is referred to in paragraph 15(a) or (b).
Studies and collection of information
39. When the Minister refers the environmental assessment of a designated project to a review panel under section 38, the Agency may, from the day on which the referral is made and until the day on which the panel is established, require the proponent of the designated project to collect any information or undertake any studies that, in the opinion of the Agency, are necessary for the environmental assessment by the review panel.
Agreement to jointly establish review panel
40. (1) When the Minister refers the envi-ronmental assessment of a designated project to a review panel under section 38, he or she may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) that has powers, duties or functions in relation to the assessment of the environmental effects of the designated project, respecting the joint establishment of a review panel and the manner in which the environmental assessment of the designated project is to be conducted by that panel.
Other jurisdiction
(2) When the Minister refers the environmental assessment of a designated project to a review panel under section 38, the Minister and the Minister of Foreign Affairs may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraph (g) or (h) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) that has powers, duties or functions in relation to an assessment of the environmental effects of the designated project respecting the joint establishment of a review panel and the manner in which the environmental assessment of the designated project is to be conducted by that panel.
Posting on Internet site
(3) Any agreement or arrangement referred to in subsection (1) or (2) must be posted on the Internet site before the commencement of the hearings conducted by the jointly established review panel.
Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act
41. (1) When a proposal is referred to the Minister under paragraph 130(1)(c) of the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act, the Minister must refer the proposal to a review panel.
Document establishing review panel
(2) When the Minister is required to refer the proposal to a review panel, he or she and the Mackenzie Valley Environmental Impact Review Board must, in writing, jointly establish a review panel and prescribe the manner of its examination of the impact of the proposal on the environment.
If no agreement
(3) Despite subsection (2), if, in respect of a proposal referred to in subsection 138.1(1) of the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act, no agreement is entered into under that subsection within the period fixed by the regulations referred to in subsection 138.1(4) of that Act, an assessment by a review panel of the proposal must be conducted.
Coordination with environmental impact review
(4) The Minister must to the extent possible ensure that any assessment of the proposal required by subsection (3) is coordinated with any environmental impact review of the pro­posal under the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act.
Consultations
(5) Before making decisions under section 47 in relation to the proposal referred to in subsection (4), the Minister must take into account any report concerning the proposal that is issued under subsection 134(2) of the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act and must consult the persons and bodies to whom the report is submitted or distributed under subsection 134(3) of that Act.
Posting on Internet site
(6) Any document establishing a review panel under subsection (2) must be posted on the Internet site before the commencement of the hearings conducted by the jointly established review panel.
Terms of reference and appointment of members
42. (1) Subject to subsection (2), if the environmental assessment of a designated project is referred to a review panel, the Minister must establish the panel’s terms of reference and appoint as a member one or more persons who are unbiased and free from any conflict of interest relative to the designated project and who have knowledge or experience relevant to its anticipated environmental effects.
Provisions of agreement
(2) When there is an agreement or arrangement to jointly establish a review panel under subsection 40(1) or (2), or when there is a document jointly establishing a review panel under subsection 41(2), the agreement, arrangement or document must provide that the environmental assessment of the designated project includes a consideration of the factors set out in subsection 19(1) and is conducted in accordance with any additional requirements and procedures set out in it and provide that
(a) the Minister must establish — or approve — the review panel’s terms of reference;
(b) subject to section 54, the Minister establishes or approves the period within which the panel must submit its report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project and may, at any time, modify the terms of reference in order to extend the period;
(c) the Minister must appoint — or approve the appointment of — the chairperson or appoint a co-chairperson and must appoint at least one other member of the review panel; and
(d) the members of the panel are to be unbiased and free from any conflict of interest relative to the designated project and are to have knowledge or experience relevant to its anticipated environmental effects.
Establishment of roster
(3) The Minister must establish a roster of persons who may be appointed as members of a review panel established under subsection (1) or under an agreement, arrangement or document referred to in subsection (2).
Review panel’s duties
43. (1) A review panel must, in accordance with its terms of reference,
(a) conduct an environmental assessment of the designated project;
(b) ensure that the information that it uses when conducting the environmental assessment is made available to the public;
(c) hold hearings in a manner that offers any interested party an opportunity to participate in the environmental assessment;
(d) prepare a report with respect to the environmental assessment that sets out
(i) the review panel’s rationale, conclusions and recommendations, including any mitigation measures and follow-up program, and
(ii) a summary of any comments received from the public, including interested parties;
(e) submit the report with respect to the environmental assessment to the Minister; and
(f) on the Minister’s request, clarify any of the conclusions and recommendations set out in its report with respect to the environmental assessment.
Time limit
(2) Subject to section 54, when a review panel is not jointly established under an agreement, arrangement or document referred to in subsection 42(2), the Minister must, in the terms of reference, set out the period within which the panel must submit the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project to the Minister and may, at any time, modify the terms of reference in order to extend the period.
Information
44. (1) A review panel may, when conducting the environmental assessment of a designated project and preparing the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, use any information that is available to it.
Studies and collection of information
(2) However, if the review panel is of the opinion that there is not sufficient information available for the purpose of conducting the environmental assessment or preparing the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, it may require the collection of any information or the undertaking of any study that, in the opinion of the review panel, is necessary for that purpose, including requiring the proponent to collect that information or undertake that study.
Power to summon witnesses
45. (1) A review panel has the power to summon any person to appear as a witness before it and to order the witness to
(a) give evidence, orally or in writing; and
(b) produce any records and things that the panel considers necessary for conducting its environmental assessment of the designated project.
Enforcement powers
(2) A review panel has the same power to enforce the attendance of witnesses and to compel them to give evidence and produce records and other things as is vested in a court of record.
Hearings to be public
(3) A hearing by a review panel must be public unless the panel is satisfied after representations made by a witness that specific, direct and substantial harm would be caused to the witness or specific harm would be caused to the environment by the disclosure of the evidence, records or other things that the witness is ordered to give or produce under subsection (1).
Non-disclosure
(4) If a review panel is satisfied that the disclosure of evidence, records or other things would cause specific, direct and substantial harm to a witness, the evidence, records or things are privileged and must not, without the witness’s authorization, knowingly be or be permitted to be communicated, disclosed or made available by any person who has obtained the evidence, records or other things under this Act.
Non-disclosure
(5) If a review panel is satisfied that the disclosure of evidence, records or other things would cause specific harm to the environment, the evidence, records or things are privileged and must not, without the review panel’s authorization, knowingly be or be permitted to be communicated, disclosed or made available by any person who has obtained the evidence, records or other things under this Act.
Enforcement of summonses and orders
(6) Any summons issued or order made by a review panel under subsection (1) must, for the purposes of enforcement, be made a summons or order of the Federal Court by following the usual practice and procedure.
Immunity
(7) No action or other proceeding lies or is to be commenced against a member of a review panel for or in respect of anything done or omitted to be done during the course of and for the purposes of the assessment by the review panel.
Public notice
46. On receiving a report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project by a review panel, the Minister must make the report available to the public in any manner he or she considers appropriate to facilitate public access to the report, and must advise the public that it is available.
Minister’s decisions
47. (1) The Minister, after taking into account the review panel’s report with respect to the environmental assessment, must make decisions under subsection 52(1).
Studies and collection of information
(2) The Minister may, before making decisions referred to in subsection 52(1), require the proponent of the designated project to collect any information or undertake any studies that, in the opinion of the Minister, are necessary for the Minister to make decisions.
Excluded periods
48. If the Agency, the review panel or the Minister, under section 39 or subsection 44(2) or 47(2), respectively, requires the proponent of a designated project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project, then
(a) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the Agency, to comply with the requirement under section 39 is not included in the calculation of the period referred to in paragraph 38(3)(a);
(b) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the review panel, to comply with the requirement under subsection 44(2) is not included in the calculation of the period referred to in paragraph 38(3)(b) or 42(2)(b) or subsection 43(2); and
(c) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the Minister, to comply with the requirement under subsection 47(2) is not included in the calculation of the period referred to in paragraph 38(3)(c).
Rules in Case of Termination
Termination
49. (1) The Minister must terminate the assessment by a review panel of a designated project if the review panel fails to submit its report within the specified period including any extension of time limits.
Power to terminate
(2) The Minister may terminate the assessment by a review panel of a designated project if he or she is of the opinion that the review panel will not be able to submit its report within the specified period including any extension of time limits.
Preliminary consultations
(3) However, before the Minister exercises the power referred to in subsection (2) with respect to a review panel that is jointly established under one of the following agreements, arrangements or documents, he or she must
(a) in the case of an agreement or arrangement referred to in subsection 40(1), consult the jurisdiction with which the agreement or arrangement was entered into;
(b) in the case of an agreement or arrangement referred to in subsection 40(2), obtain the approval of the Minister of Foreign Affairs and consult the jurisdiction with which the agreement or arrangement was entered into; and
(c) in the case of a document referred to in subsection 41(2), consult the Mackenzie Valley Environmental Impact Review Board.
Completion of environmental assessment by Agency
50. When the assessment by a review panel of a designated project is terminated under section 49, the Agency must, in accordance with directives provided by the Minister, complete the environmental assessment of the designated project and prepare a report and submit it to the Minister.
Minister’s decisions
51. The Minister, after taking into account the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project that was submitted by the Agency, must make decisions under subsection 52(1).
Decision Making
Decisions of decision maker
52. (1) For the purposes of sections 27, 36, 47 and 51, the decision maker referred to in those sections must decide if, taking into account the implementation of any mitigation measures that the decision maker considers appropriate, the designated project
(a) is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(1); and
(b) is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(2).
Referral if significant adverse environmental effects
(2) If the decision maker decides that the designated project is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(1) or (2), the decision maker must refer to the Governor in Council the matter of whether those effects are justified in the circumstances.
Referral through Minister
(3) If the decision maker is a responsible authority referred to in any of paragraphs 15(a) to (c), the referral to the Governor in Council is made through the Minister responsible before Parliament for the responsible authority.
Governor in Council’s decision
(4) When a matter has been referred to the Governor in Council, the Governor in Council may decide
(a) that the significant adverse environmental effects that the designated project is likely to cause are justified in the circumstances; or
(b) that the significant adverse environmental effects that the designated project is likely to cause are not justified in the circumstances.
Conditions — environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(1)
53. (1) If the decision maker decides under paragraph 52(1)(a) that the designated project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(1), or the Governor in Council decides under paragraph 52(4)(a) that the significant adverse environmental effects referred to in that subsection that the designated project is likely to cause are justified in the circumstances, the decision maker must establish the conditions in relation to the environmental effects referred to in that subsection with which the proponent of the designated project must comply.
Conditions — environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(2)
(2) If the decision maker decides under paragraph 52(1)(b) that the designated project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects referred to in subsection 5(2), or the Governor in Council decides under paragraph 52(4)(a) that the significant adverse environmental effects referred to in that subsection that the designated project is likely to cause are justified in the circumstances, the decision maker must establish the conditions — that are directly linked or necessarily incidental to the exercise of a power or performance of a duty or function by a federal authority that would permit a designated project to be carried out, in whole or in part — in relation to the environmental effects referred to in that subsection with which the proponent of the designated project must comply.
Conditions subject to exercise of power or performance of duty or function
(3) The conditions referred to in subsection (2) take effect only if the federal authority exercises the power or performs the duty or function.
Mitigation measures and follow-up program
(4) The conditions referred to in subsections (1) and (2) are
(a) the implementation of the mitigation measures that were taken into account in making the decisions under subsection 52(1); and
(b) the implementation of a follow-up program.
Decision Statement
Decision statement issued to proponent
54. (1) The decision maker must issue a decision statement to the proponent of a designated project that
(a) informs the proponent of the designated project of the decisions made under paragraphs 52(1)(a) and (b) in relation to the designated project and, if a matter was referred to the Governor in Council, of the decision made under subsection 52(4) in relation to the designated project; and
(b) includes any conditions that are established under section 53 in relation to the designated project and that must be complied with by the proponent.
Time limit of decision statement
(2) When the decision maker has made a decision under paragraphs 52(1)(a) and (b) in relation to the designated project for the purpose of section 47, the decision maker must issue the decision statement no later than 24 months after the day on which the environmental assessment of the designated project was referred to a review panel under section 38.
Extension of time limit by Minister
(3) The decision maker may extend that time limit by any further period – up to a maximum of three months – that is necessary to permit cooperation with any jurisdiction with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project or to take into account circumstances that are specific to the project.
Extension of time limit by Governor in Council
(4) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, extend the time limit extended under subsection (3).
Posting notice of extension on Internet site
(5) The Agency must post a notice of any extension granted under subsection (3) or (4) on the Internet site.
Excluded period
(6) If the Agency, the review panel or the Minister, under section 39 or subsection 44(2) or 47(2), respectively, requires the proponent of the designated project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project, the calculation of the time limit within which the decision maker must issue the decision statement does not include:
(a) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the Agency, to comply with the requirement under section 39;
(b) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the review panel, to comply with the requirement under subsection 44(2); and
(c) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the Minister, to comply with the requirement under subsection 47(2).
Posting of decision statement on Internet site
55. The responsible authority referred to in any of paragraphs 15(a) to (c) must ensure that any decision statement that it issues under section 54 is posted on the Internet site, and the Agency must post on the Internet site any decision statement that the Minister issues under that section.
Decision statement considered part of licence under Nuclear Safety and Control Act
56. (1) A decision statement issued in relation to a designated project by the responsible authority referred to in paragraph 15(a) is considered to be a part of the licence issued under section 24 of the Nuclear Safety and Control Act in relation to the designated project.
Decision statement considered part of certificate, etc., under National Energy Board Act and Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act
(2) A decision statement issued in relation to a designated project by the responsible authority referred to in paragraph 15(b) is considered to be a part of
(a) the certificate, order, permit or licence issued, the leave or exemption granted or the direction or approval given under the National Energy Board Act in relation to the designated project; or
(b) the authorization or licence issued, the approval granted or the leave given under the Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act in relation to the designated project.
Participant Funding Programs
Agency’s obligation
57. The Agency must establish a participant funding program to facilitate the participation of the public in the environmental assessment of designated projects that have been referred to a review panel under section 38.
Responsible authority’s obligation
58. (1) A responsible authority must establish a participant funding program to facilitate the participation of the public in the environmental assessment of any designated project, for which it is the responsible authority, that meets the following conditions:
(a) it includes physical activities that are designated by regulations made under paragraph 84(e) or that are part of a class of activities designated by those regulations; and
(b) the environmental assessment of the designated project was not referred to a review panel under section 38.
Exception
(2) The obligation does not apply with respect to any designated project for which the Minister has approved a substitution under section 32.
Cost Recovery
Proponent’s obligation to pay costs
59. (1) For the Agency to recover its costs in relation to the environmental assessment of a designated project, the proponent of the designated project must pay to the Agency
(a) if the environmental assessment is conducted by the Agency, any costs that the Agency incurs for prescribed services provided by a third party in the course of the environmental assessment and any prescribed amounts that are related to the exercise of its responsibilities in relation to the environmental assessment; and
(b) if the environmental assessment is referred to a review panel under section 38, any costs that the review panel and the Agency incur for prescribed services provided by a third party in the course of the environmental assessment and any prescribed amounts that are related to the exercise of its responsibilities or to those of the members of the review panel, in relation to the environmental assessment.
User Fees Act
(2) The User Fees Act does not apply to the costs and amounts referred to in subsection (1) that are fixed at the time of the coming into force of this Act.
Services provided during given period
60. For the purposes of section 59, the services or responsibilities are limited to those provided or exercised during the period that begins when the notice of the commencement of the environmental assessment of the designated project is posted on the Internet site under section 17 and that ends when the decision statement is issued to the proponent under section 54.
Debt due to Her Majesty
61. The costs and amounts that the proponent must pay under section 59 constitute a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered as such in any court of competent jurisdiction.
Termination of Environmental Assessment
Termination by responsible authority or Minister
62. The responsible authority with respect to a designated project — or the Minister if the environmental assessment of the designated project has been referred to a review panel under section 38 — may terminate the environmental assessment if the proponent advises the responsible authority or the Minister in writing that the proponent does not intend to carry out the designated project.
Termination by responsible authority referred to in any of paragraphs 15(a) to (c)
63. The responsible authority referred to in any of paragraphs 15(a) to (c) may terminate the environmental assessment of a designated project for which it is the responsible authority if it decides not to exercise any power or perform any duty or function conferred on it under any Act of Parliament other than this Act that would permit the designated project to be carried out in whole or in part and, if the responsible authority is referred to in paragraph 15(c), the environmental assessment of a designated project was not referred to a review panel under section 38.
Termination by Minister
64. The Minister may terminate the environmental assessment by a review panel of a designated project for which the responsible authority is referred to in paragraph 15(c) if it decides not to exercise any power or perform any duty or function conferred on it under any Act of Parliament other than this Act that would permit the designated project to be carried out in whole or in part.
Confidential Information
No disclosure
65. Despite any other provision of this Act, no confidence of the Queen’s Privy Council for Canada in respect of which subsection 39(1) of the Canada Evidence Act applies is to be disclosed or made available under this Act to any person.
DUTIES OF CERTAIN AUTHORITIES IN RELATION TO PROJECTS
Definitions
66. The following definitions apply in sections 5 and 67 to 72.
“authority”« autorité »
“authority” means 
(a) a federal authority; and
(b) any other body that is set out in Schedule 3.
“project”« projet »
“project” means a physical activity that is carried out in relation to a physical work and is not a designated project.
Project carried out on federal lands
67. An authority must not carry out a project on federal lands, or exercise any power or perform any duty or function conferred on it under any Act of Parliament other than this Act that would permit a project to be carried out, in whole or in part, on federal lands, unless
(a) the authority determines that the carrying out of the project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects; or
(b) the authority determines that the carrying out of the project is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects and the Governor in Council decides that those effects are justified in the circumstances under subsection 69(3).
Project outside Canada
68. A federal authority must not carry out a project outside Canada, or provide financial assistance to any person for the purpose of enabling, in whole or in part, a project to be carried out outside Canada, unless
(a) the federal authority determines that the carrying out of the project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects; or
(b) the federal authority determines that the carrying out of the project is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects and the Governor in Council decides that those effects are justified in the circumstances under subsection 69(3).
Referral to Governor in Council
69. (1) If the authority determines that the carrying out of a project on federal lands or outside Canada is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects, the authority may refer to the Governor in Council the matter of whether those effects are justified in the circumstances.
Referral through Minister
(2) When the determination is made by an authority other than a federal Minister, then the referral to the Governor in Council is made through the Minister responsible before Parliament for that authority.
Governor in Council’s decision
(3) When a matter has been referred to the Governor in Council, the Governor in Council must decide whether the significant adverse environmental effects are justified in the circumstances and must inform the authority of its decision.
Non-application — national emergency or emergency
70. Sections 67 and 68 do not apply to an authority in respect of a project
(a) in relation to which there are matters of national security;
(b) that is to be carried out in response to a national emergency for which special temporary measures are being taken under the Emergencies Act; or
(c) that is to be carried out in response to an emergency, and carrying out of the project without delay is in the interest of preventing damage to property or the environment or is in the interest of public health or safety.
Federal authority’s reporting duty
71. (1) The federal authority must, at the end of each fiscal year, report on its activities under sections 67 to 69 during the previous fiscal year.
Tabling in Parliament
(2) The information on its activities must be laid before each House of Parliament during the fiscal year after the fiscal year to which the information relates.
Authority’s reporting duty
72. (1) The authority referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition “authority” in section 66 must, each year, report on its activities during the previous year under sections 67 and 69.
Availability
(2) The authority must make the information on its activities available to the public.
REGIONAL STUDIES
Establishment of committee — region entirely on federal lands
73. (1) The Minister may establish a committee to conduct a study of the effects of existing or future physical activities carried out in a region that is entirely on federal lands.
Mandate and appointment of members
(2) If the Minister establishes a committee, he or she must establish its terms of reference and appoint as a member of the committee one or more persons.
Joint establishment of committee — other regions
74. (1) If the Minister is of the opinion that it is appropriate to conduct a study of the effects of existing or future physical activities carried out in a region that is composed in part of federal lands or in a region that is entirely outside federal lands,
(a) the Minister may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) respecting the joint establishment of a committee to conduct the study and the manner in which the study is to be conducted; and
(b) the Minister and the Minister of Foreign Affairs may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraph (g) or (h) of that definition respecting the joint establishment of a committee to conduct the study and the manner in which the study is to be conducted.
Mandate and appointment of members
(2) If an agreement or arrangement referred to in subsection (1) is entered into, the Minister must establish — or approve — the committee’s terms of reference and appoint one or more persons as a member of the committee — or approve their appointment.
Report to Minister
75. On completion of the study that it conducts, the committee established under section 73 or under an agreement or arrangement entered into under paragraph 74(1)(a) or (b) must provide a report to the Minister.
Public notice
76. On receiving the committee’s report, the Minister must make the report available to the public in any manner he or she considers appropriate to facilitate public access to the report and must advise the public that it is available.
Application of section 45
77. Section 45 applies, with any necessary modifications, to a committee referred to in section 75 and, for the purpose of applying section 45 to a committee, a reference in that section to a review panel is a reference to a committee.
CANADIAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REGISTRY
Establishment of Registry
Canadian Environmental Assessment Registry
78. (1) For the purpose of facilitating public access to records relating to environmental assessments and providing notice in a timely manner of those assessments, there is to be a registry called the Canadian Environmental Assessment Registry, consisting of an Internet site and project files.
Right of access
(2) The Registry must be operated in a manner that ensures convenient public access to it. That right of access to the Registry is in addition to any right of access provided under any other Act of Parliament.
Copy
(3) For the purpose of facilitating public access to records included in the Registry, the responsible authority must ensure that a copy of any of those records is provided in a timely manner on request.
Internet Site
Establishment and maintenance
79. (1) The Agency must establish and maintain an Internet site that is available to the public.
Contents — responsible authority
(2) The responsible authority with respect to a designated project must ensure that the following records and information, relating to the environmental assessment of the designated project that it conducts, are posted on the Internet site:
(a) any public notice that is issued by the responsible authority to request participation of the public — or, with respect to a designated project that requires that a certif-icate be issued in accordance with an order made under section 54 of the National Energy Board Act, of any interested party — in the environmental assessment;
(b) a description of the factors to be taken into account in the environmental assessment and of the scope of those factors or an indication of how such a description may be obtained;
(c) the report with respect to the environmental assessment that is taken into account by the responsible authority or the Minister for the purpose of making decisions under section 27 or 36, or a summary of the report and an indication of how a copy of the report may be obtained;
(d) the report with respect to the environmental assessment or the reconsideration report that is taken into account by the Governor in Council for the purpose of making a decision under section 31, or a summary of that report and an indication of how a copy of that report may be obtained;
(e) notice of the responsible authority’s decision to terminate the environmental assessment under section 62 or 63;
(f) any other information that the responsible authority considers appropriate, including information in the form of a list of relevant records and an indication of how a copy of them may be obtained; and
(g) any other record or information prescribed by regulations made under paragraph 84(f).
Contents — Agency
(3) The Agency must ensure that, in the case of an assessment conducted by a review panel or an environmental assessment completed under section 50, the following records or information are posted on the Internet site:
(a) the review panel’s terms of reference;
(b) any public notice that is issued by the review panel to request public participation in an environmental assessment;
(c) the report with respect to the environmental assessment that is taken into account by the Minister for the purpose of making decisions under section 47 or 51, or a summary of the report and an indication of how a copy of the report may be obtained;
(d) notice of the termination of an assessment conducted by the review panel under section 49;
(e) notice of the Minister’s decision to terminate an environmental assessment under section 62 or 64;
(f) any other information that the Agency considers appropriate, including information in the form of a list of relevant documents and an indication of how a copy of them may be obtained; and
(g) any other record or information prescribed by regulations made under paragraph 84(f).
Management of Internet site
(4) The Agency must determine
(a) what the form of the Internet site is to be and how it is to be kept;
(b) what information must be contained in any record required to be posted on the Internet site under this Act; and
(c) when information may be removed from the Internet site.
Project Files
Establishment and maintenance
80. (1) In respect of every designated project for which a screening or an environmental assessment is conducted, a project file must be established and maintained
(a) by the Agency when there is a screening of the designated project, during the screening; and
(b) by the responsible authority from the commencement of the environmental assessment until any follow-up program in respect of the designated project is completed.
Contents of project file
(2) A project file must contain all records produced, collected or received for the purpose of conducting the screening and the environmental assessment of the designated project, including
(a) all records posted on the Internet site;
(b) the description of the designated project;
(c) any report relating to the environmental assessment;
(d) any comments that are received from the public in relation to the screening and the environmental assessment;
(e) any records relating to the design or implementation of any follow-up program; and
(f) any records relating to mitigation meas-ures to be implemented.
General
Categories of available information
81. (1) Despite any other provision of this Act, the Registry must contain a record, part of a record or information only if
(a) it has otherwise been made publicly available; or
(b) the responsible authority, in the case of a record under its control, or the Minister, in the case of a record under the Agency’s control,
(i) determines that it would have been disclosed to the public in accordance with the Access to Information Act if a request had been made in respect of that record under that Act at the time the record came under the control of the responsible authority or the Agency, including any record that would be disclosed in the public interest under subsection 20(6) of that Act, or
(ii) believes on reasonable grounds that it would be in the public interest to disclose it because it is required for the public to participate effectively in the environmental assessment — other than any record the disclosure of which would be prohibited under section 20 of the Access to Information Act.
Applicability of sections 27, 28 and 44 of Access to Information Act
(2) Sections 27, 28 and 44 of the Access to Information Act apply to any information described in subsection 27(1) of that Act that the Agency or a responsible authority intends to be included in the Registry with any necessary modifications, including the following:
(a) the information is deemed to be a record that the head of a government institution intends to disclose; and
(b) any reference to the person who requested access must be disregarded.
Protection from civil proceeding or prosecution
82. Despite any other Act of Parliament, no civil or criminal proceedings lie against a responsible authority, the Agency or the Minister, or against any person acting on behalf of, or under the direction of, any one of them and no proceedings lie against the Crown, the Agency or any responsible authority, for the disclosure in good faith of any record or any part of a record under this Act or for any consequences that flow from that disclosure or for the failure to give any notice required under section 27 or 28 of the Access to Information Act if reasonable care is taken to give the required notice.
ADMINISTRATION
Regulations — Governor in Council
83. The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) amending Schedule 1 or 3 by adding or deleting a body or a class of bodies;
(b) prescribing, for the purposes of paragraph 15(c), the federal authority that performs regulatory functions and that may hold public hearings;
(c) exempting any class of proponents or class of designated projects from the application of section 59;
(d) varying or excluding any requirement set out in this Act or the regulations as it applies to physical activities to be carried out
(i) on reserves, surrendered lands or other lands that are vested in Her Majesty and subject to the Indian Act,
(ii) on lands covered by land claim agreements referred to in section 35 of the Constitution Act, 1982,
(iii) under international agreements or arrangements entered into by the Government of Canada, or
(iv) in relation to which there are matters of national security;
(e) prescribing anything that, by this Act, is to be prescribed;
(f) prescribing the way in which anything that is required or authorized by this Act to be prescribed is to be determined; and
(g) generally, for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Act.
Regulations — Minister
84. The Minister may make regulations
(a) for the purpose of the definition “designated project” in subsection 2(1), designating a physical activity or class of physical activities and specifying for each designated physical activity or class of physical activities one of the following federal authorities to which the physical activity is linked:
(i) the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission,
(ii) the National Energy Board,
(iii) any federal authority that performs regulatory functions, that may hold public hearings and that is prescribed in regulations made under paragraph 83(b), or
(iv) the Agency;
(b) prescribing the information that must be contained in a description of a designated project;
(c) respecting the procedures, requirements and time periods relating to environmental assessments, including the manner of designing a follow-up program;
(d) respecting a participant funding program established under section 57 or established under section 58 by the responsible authority referred to in paragraph 15(d);
(e) designating, for the purposes of section 58, a physical activity or class of physical activities;
(f) respecting the Registry, including the identification of records or information to be posted on the Internet site and the establishment and maintenance of project files referred to in section 80; and
(g) respecting the charging of fees for providing copies of documents contained in the Registry.
Externally produced documents
85. (1) A regulation made under this Act may incorporate by reference documents that are produced by a person or body other than the Agency, including a federal authority referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (d) of the definition “federal authority” in subsection 2(1).
Ambulatory incorporation by reference
(2) A document may be incorporated by reference either as it exists on a particular date or as amended from time to time.
Accessibility of incorporated document
(3) The Minister must ensure that any document incorporated by reference in a regulation is accessible.
No registration or publication
(4) For greater certainty, a document that is incorporated by reference into a regulation is not required to be transmitted for registration or published in the Canada Gazette by reason only that it is incorporated by reference.
Minister’s powers
86. (1) For the purposes of this Act, the Minister may
(a) issue guidelines and codes of practice respecting the application of this Act and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, establish criteria to determine whether a designated project, taking into account the implementation of any appropriate mitigation measures, is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects or whether such effects are justified in the circumstances;
(b) establish research and advisory bodies in the area of environmental assessment;
(c) enter into agreements or arrangements with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) respecting assessments of environmental effects;
(d) enter into agreements or arrangements with any jurisdiction for the purposes of coordination, consultation, exchange of information and the determination of factors to be considered in relation to the assessment of the environmental effects of designated projects of common interest;
(e) establish criteria for the appointment of members of review panels; and
(f) establish criteria for the appointment of members of committees established under section 73 or 74.
Power to enter into international agreements
(2) The Minister and the Minister of Foreign Affairs may enter into agreements or arrangements with any jurisdiction referred to in paragraphs (g) and (h) of the definition “jurisdiction” in subsection 2(1) respecting assessments of environmental effects, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for the purposes of implementing the provisions of any international agreement or arrangement to which the Government of Canada is a party respecting the assessment of environmental effects.
Opportunity for public to comment
(3) The Minister must provide reasonable public notice of and a reasonable opportunity for anyone to comment on draft guidelines, codes of practice, agreements, arrangements or criteria under this section.
Availability to public
(4) Any guidelines, codes of practice, agreements, arrangements or criteria must be made available to the public.
Non-application — national security
87. (1) The Governor in Council may, by order, exclude a designated project from the application of this Act if, in the Governor in Council’s opinion, the designated project is one in relation to which there are matters of national security.
Non-application — national emergency or emergency
(2) The Minister may, by order, exclude a designated project from the application of this Act if, in the Minister’s opinion, the designated project is one to be carried out in response to
(a) a national emergency for which special temporary measures are being taken under the Emergencies Act; or
(b) an emergency, and carrying out the designated project without delay is in the interest of preventing damage to property or the environment or is in the interest of public health or safety.
Posting of notice of order on Internet site
(3) The Agency must post on the Internet site a notice of any order made under subsection (2).
Statutory Instruments Act
88. An order made under subsection 14(2), 37(1), 87(1) or (2), 125(7) or 128(2) is not a statutory instrument for the purposes of the Statutory Instruments Act.
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
Designation
Power to designate
89. (1) The Minister may designate persons or classes of persons for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of this Act.
Certificate
(2) The Minister must provide every person designated under subsection (1) with a certificate of designation. That person must, if so requested, produce the certificate to the occupant or person in charge of a place referred to in subsection 90(1).
Powers
Authority to enter
90. (1) A person who is designated to verify compliance or prevent non-compliance with this Act or orders made under section 94 may, for those purposes, enter a place in which they have reasonable grounds to believe a designated project is being carried out or a record or anything relating to a designated project is located.
Powers on entry
(2) The designated person may, for those purposes,
(a) examine anything in the place;
(b) use any means of communication in the place or cause it to be used;
(c) use any computer system in the place, or cause it to be used, to examine data contained in or available to it;
(d) prepare a document, or cause one to be prepared, based on the data;
(e) use any copying equipment in the place, or cause it to be used;
(f) remove anything from the place for examination or copying;
(g) take photographs and make recordings or sketches;
(h) order the owner or person in charge of the place or a person at the place to establish their identity to the designated person’s satisfaction or to stop or start an activity;
(i) order the owner or a person having possession, care or control of anything in the place to not move it, or to restrict its movement, for as long as, in the designated person’s opinion, is necessary;
(j) direct any person to put any machinery, vehicle or equipment in the place into operation or to cease operating it; and
(k) prohibit or limit access to all or part of the place.
Duty to assist
(3) The owner or person in charge of the place and every person in the place must give all assistance that is reasonably required to enable the designated person to exercise a power or perform a duty or function under this section and must provide any documents, data or information that are reasonably required for that purpose.
Warrant for dwelling-house
91. (1) If the place is a dwelling-house, the designated person must not enter it without the occupant’s consent except under the authority of a warrant issued under subsection (2).
Authority to issue warrant
(2) On ex parte application, a justice may issue a warrant authorizing a designated person who is named in it to enter a dwelling-house, subject to any conditions specified in the warrant, if the justice is satisfied by information on oath that
(a) the dwelling-house is a place referred to in subsection 90(1);
(b) entry to the dwelling-house is necessary for any of the purposes of that subsection; and
(c) entry was refused by the occupant or there are reasonable grounds to believe that entry will be refused or that consent to entry cannot be obtained from the occupant.
Entry on private property
92. (1) For the purpose of gaining entry to a place referred to in subsection 90(1), a designated person may enter private property and pass through it, and is not liable for doing so. For greater certainty, no person has a right to object to that use of the property and no warrant is required for the entry, unless the property is a dwelling-house.
Person accompanying designated person
(2) A person may, at the designated person’s request, accompany the designated person to assist them to gain entry to the place referred to in subsection 90(1) and is not liable for doing so.
Use of force
93. In executing a warrant to enter a dwelling-house, a designated person must not use force unless the use of force has been specifically authorized in the warrant and the designated person is accompanied by a peace officer.
Orders
Measures required
94. (1) If a person designated to verify compliance with this Act believes on reasonable grounds that there is a contravention of this Act, they may, among other things, order a person to
(a) stop doing something that is in contravention of this Act or cause it to be stopped; or
(b) take any measure that is necessary in order to comply with this Act or to mitigate the effects of non-compliance.
Notice
(2) The order must be provided in the form of a written notice and must include
(a) a statement of the reasons for the order; and
(b) the time and manner in which the order must be carried out.
Duty to comply with order
(3) Any person to whom an order is given under subsection (1) must comply with the order given.
Measures taken by designated person
95. If a person does not comply with an order made under subsection 94(1) within the time specified, the designated person may, on their own initiative and at that person’s expense, carry out the measure required.
Injunctions
Court’s power
96. (1) If, on the Minister’s application, it appears to a court of competent jurisdiction that a person has done, is about to do or is likely to do any act constituting or directed toward the commission of an offence under section 99, the court may issue an injunction ordering the person who is named in the application to
(a) refrain from doing an act that, in the court’s opinion, may constitute or be directed toward the commission of the offence; or
(b) do an act that, in the opinion of the court, may prevent the commission of the offence.
Notice
(2) At least 48 hours before the injunction is issued, notice of the application must be given to persons named in the application, unless the urgency of the situation is such that the delay involved in giving the notice would not be in the public interest.
Prohibitions and Offences
Obstruction
97. It is prohibited to obstruct or hinder a designated person who is exercising their powers or performing their duties and functions under this Act.
False statements or information
98. It is prohibited to knowingly make a false or misleading statement or knowingly provide false or misleading information in connection with any matter under this Act to any person who is exercising their powers or performing their duties and functions under this Act.
Contravention — section 6
99. (1) Any proponent who contravenes section 6 is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and is liable, for a first offence, to a fine of not more than $200,000 and, for any subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $400,000.
Contravention — subsection 94(3)
(2) A person who contravenes subsection 94(3) is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and is liable, for a first offence, to a fine of not more than $200,000 and, for any subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $400,000.
Contravention — section 97
(3) Any person who contravenes section 97 is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and is liable, for a first offence, to a fine of not more than $100,000 and, for any subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $300,000.
Continuing offences
(4) If an offence under subsection (1) or (2) is committed or continued on more than one day, it constitutes a separate offence for each day on which it is committed or continued.
Due diligence defence
(5) A person must not be found guilty of an offence under subsection (1), (2) or (3) if they establish that they exercised due diligence to prevent the commission of the offence.
Contravention — section 98
100. Any person who contravenes section 98 is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and is liable to a fine of not more than $300,000.
Limitation period
101. Proceedings by way of summary conviction in respect of an offence under this Act may be instituted at any time within two years after the day on which the Minister becomes aware of the acts or omissions that constitute the alleged offence.
Admissibility of evidence
102. (1) In proceedings for an offence under this Act, a statement, certificate, report or other document of the Minister, the responsible authority or the designated person that is purported to have been signed by that person or authority is admissible in evidence without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed it and, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, is proof of the matters asserted in it.
Copies and extracts
(2) In proceedings for an offence under this Act, a copy of or an extract from any document that is made by the Minister, the responsible authority or the designated person that appears to have been certified under the signature of that person or authority as a true copy or extract is admissible in evidence without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed it and, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, has the same probative force as the original would have if it were proved in the ordinary way.
Presumed date of issue
(3) A document referred to in this section is, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, presumed to have been issued on the date that it bears.
Notice
(4) No document referred to in this section may be received in evidence unless the party intending to produce it has provided reasonable notice of that intention to the party against whom it is intended to be produced together with a copy of the document.
CANADIAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AGENCY
Agency continued
103. (1) The Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency is continued and must advise and assist the Minister in exercising the powers and performing the duties and functions conferred on him or her by this Act.
Minister’s responsibility
(2) The Minister is responsible for the Agency.
Delegation to Agency
104. (1) The Minister may, subject to any terms and conditions that the Minister specifies, delegate to an officer or employee of the Agency any of the powers, duties and functions that the Minister is authorized to exercise or perform under this Act.
Restriction
(2) However, the Minister is not authorized to delegate a power to make regulations nor a power to delegate under subsection (1).
Agency’s objects
105. The Agency’s objects are
(a) to conduct or administer environmental assessments and administer any other requirements and procedures established by this Act and the regulations;
(b) to promote uniformity and harmonization in relation to the assessment of environmental effects across Canada at all levels of government;
(c) to promote or conduct research in matters of environmental assessment and to encour-age the development of environmental assessment techniques and practices, including testing programs, alone or in cooperation with other agencies or organizations;
(d) to promote environmental assessment in a manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Act;
(e) to promote, monitor and facilitate compliance with this Act;
(f) to promote and monitor the quality of environmental assessments conducted under this Act; and
(g) to engage in consultation with Aboriginal peoples on policy issues related to this Act.
Agency’s duties
106. (1) In carrying out its objects, the Agency must
(a) provide support for review panels and any committees established under section 73 or under an agreement or arrangement entered into under paragraph 74(1)(a) or (b);
(b) provide, on the Minister’s request, administrative support for any research and advisory body established under paragraph 86(1)(b); and
(c) provide information or training to facilitate the application of this Act.
Agency’s powers
(2) In carrying out its objects, the Agency may
(a) undertake studies or activities or conduct research relating to environmental assessment;
(b) advise persons and organizations on matters relating to the assessment of environmental effects; and
(c) negotiate agreements or arrangements referred to in paragraph 86(1)(c) or (d) on the Minister’s behalf.
Using government facilities
107. In exercising its powers and performing its duties and functions under this Act, the Agency must, when appropriate, make use of the services and facilities of departments, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada.
President
108. (1) The Governor in Council appoints an officer to be the President of the Agency, to hold office during pleasure, who is, for the purposes of this Act, a deputy of the Minister.
President — chief executive officer
(2) The President is the Agency’s chief executive officer, and may exercise all of the Minister’s powers under this Act as authorized by the Minister.
Acting President — Executive Vice-president
(3) Subject to subsection (5), in the event of the absence or incapacity of the President or a vacancy in that office, the Executive Vice-president acts as, and exercises the powers of, the President in the interim.
Acting President — other person
(4) Subject to subsection (5), the Minister may appoint a person other than the Executive Vice-president to act as the President in the interim.
Governor in Council’s approval required
(5) The Executive Vice-president, or a person appointed under subsection (4), must not act as the President for a period exceeding 90 days without the Governor in Council’s approval.
Executive Vice-president
109. (1) The Governor in Council may appoint an officer to be the Executive Vice-president of the Agency and to hold office during pleasure.
Powers, duties and functions
(2) The Executive Vice-president must exercise any powers and perform any duties and functions that the President may assign.
Remuneration
110. The President and the Executive Vice-president are to be paid any remuneration that the Governor in Council may fix.
Appointment under Public Service Employment Act
111. The employees who are necessary to carry out the Agency’s work are to be appointed in accordance with the Public Service Employment Act.
Head office
112. The head office of the Agency is to be in the National Capital Region as described in the schedule to the National Capital Act.
Contracts, etc., binding on Her Majesty
113. (1) Every contract, memorandum of understanding and arrangement entered into by the Agency in its own name is binding on Her Majesty in right of Canada to the same extent as it is binding on the Agency.
Legal proceedings
(2) Actions, suits or other legal proceedings in respect of any right or obligation acquired or incurred by the Agency, whether in its own name or in the name of Her Majesty in right of Canada, may be brought or taken by or against the Agency in its own name in any court that would have jurisdiction if the Agency were a corporation that is not an agent of Her Majesty.
ANNUAL REPORT
Annual report to Parliament
114. (1) The Minister must, at the end of each fiscal year, prepare a report on the Agency’s activities and the administration and implementation of this Act during the previous fiscal year.
Tabling in Parliament
(2) The Minister must, during the fiscal year after the fiscal year for which the report is prepared, cause the report to be laid before each House of Parliament.
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
Definitions
115. The following definitions apply in this section and sections 116 to 129.
“former Act”« ancienne loi »
“former Act” means the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, chapter 37 of the Statutes of Canada, 1992.
“former Agency”« ancienne Agence »
“former Agency” means the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency established by section 61 of the former Act.
President of former Agency
116. The person who holds the office of President of the former Agency immediately before the day on which this Act comes into force continues in office as the President of the Agency until the expiry or revocation of the appointment.
Executive Vice-president of former Agency
117. The person who holds the office of Executive Vice-president of the former Agency immediately before the day on which this Act comes into force continues in office as the Executive Vice-president of the Agency until the expiry or revocation of the appointment.
Employment continued
118. (1) Nothing in this Act is to be construed to affect the status of an employee who, immediately before the day on which this Act comes into force, occupied a position in the former Agency, except that the employee is to, on that day, occupy their position in the Agency.
Definition of “employee”
(2) For the purposes of this section, “employee” has the same meaning as in subsection 2(1) of the Public Service Employment Act.
References
119. Every reference to the former Agency in any deed, contract, agreement or other document executed by the former Agency in its own name is, unless the context otherwise requires, to be read as a reference to the Agency.
Transfer of rights and obligations
120. All rights and property of the former Agency and of Her Majesty in right of Canada that are under the administration and control of the former Agency and all obligations of the former Agency are transferred to the Agency.
Commencement of legal proceedings
121. Any action, suit or other legal proceeding in respect of an obligation or liability incurred by the former Agency may be brought against the Agency in any court that would have had jurisdiction if the action, suit or other legal proceeding had been brought against the former Agency.
Continuation of legal proceedings
122. Any action, suit or other legal proceeding to which the former Agency is party that is pending in any court immediately before the day on which this Act comes into force may be continued by or against the Agency in like manner and to the same extent as it could have been continued by or against the former Agency.
Appropriations
123. Any amount appropriated, for the fiscal year in which this Act comes into force, by an appropriation Act based on the Estimates for that year for defraying the charges and expenses of the former Agency and that, on the day on which this Act comes into force, is unexpended is considered, on that day, to be an amount appropriated for defraying the charges and expenses of the Agency.
Completion of screenings commenced under former Act
124. (1) Subject to subsections (3) to (5), any screening of a project commenced under the former Act before the day on which this Act comes into force must, if the project is a designated project, be continued and completed as if the former Act had not been repealed.
Minister’s power
(2) The Minister may, only on the day on which this Act comes into force, exercise the power conferred by subsection 14(2) with respect to a physical activity that is included in a project that was the subject of a screening commenced under the former Act before the day on which this Act comes into force, and that is not completed on that day and that is not, on that day, a designated project.
Time limit
(3) The responsible authority with respect to the project to which subsection (1) applies must take a course of action under section 20 of the former Act no later than 365 days after the day on which this Act comes into force.
Exclusion
(4) If the responsible authority under subsection 18(2) of the former Act requires the proponent of the project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the project, the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the responsible authority, to comply with the requirement, is not included in the calculation of the 365-day time limit.
Project requiring assessment by review panel
(5) If, during the screening or once the screening is completed, the Minister is of the opinion that the project must be referred to a review panel, the environmental assessment of the project is continued under the process established under this Act. The project is considered to be a designated project and the Minister must refer the environmental assessment of the project to a review panel under section 38.
Completion of comprehensive studies commenced under former Act
125. (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (6), any comprehensive study of a project commenced under the former Act before the day on which this Act comes into force is continued and completed as if the former Act had not been repealed.
Establishing Timelines for Comprehensive Studies Regulations
(2) The Establishing Timelines for Comprehensive Studies Regulations are deemed to have come into force on July 12, 2010 with respect to a comprehensive study to which subsection (1) applies.
Six-month time limit
(3) With respect to any comprehensive study commenced before July 12, 2010 to which subsection (1) applies with respect to a project for which the responsible authority is not the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission, the responsible authority must ensure that the Minister and the Agency are provided with the comprehensive study report no later than six months after the day on which this Act comes into force.
Six-month time limit
(4) With respect to any comprehensive study to which subsection (1) applies and which was commenced before July 12, 2010 by a port authority established under section 8 of the Canada Marine Act, the port authority must ensure that the comprehensive study report is provided to the Minister of Transport and the Agency no later than six months after the day on which this Act comes into force.
Excluded periods
(5) If, under the former Act, the responsible authority or the port authority requires the proponent to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the project, then
(a) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the responsible authority, to comply with the requirement, is not included in the calculation of the six-month time limit referred to in subsection (3); and
(b) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the port authority, to comply with the requirement, is not included in the calculation of the six-month time limit referred to in subsection (4).
Project requiring assessment by review panel
(6) If, during the comprehensive study, the Minister is of the opinion that the project must be referred to a review panel, the environmental assessment of the project is continued under the process established under this Act. The project is considered to be a designated project and the Minister must refer the environmental assessment of the project to a review panel under section 38.
Minister’s powers
(7) The Minister may, by order, exclude any comprehensive study of a project from the application of subsection (1) and provide that the environmental assessment of the project is continued under the process established under this Act. In such a case, the project is considered to be a designated project and, despite subsection 27(2), when the Minister must make decisions under section 27 with respect to the designated project, he or she must specify in the order the time limit for the decisions to be made. Subsections 27(3), (4) and (6) apply with respect to the time limit.
Posting of notice of order on Internet site
(8) The Agency must post a notice of any order made under subsection (7) on the Internet site.
Completion of assessment by a review panel commenced under former Act
126. (1) Despite subsection 38(6) and subject to subsections (2) to (6), any assessment by a review panel, in respect of a project, commenced under the process established under the former Act before the day on which this Act comes into force is continued under the process established under this Act as if the environmental assessment had been referred by the Minister to a review panel under section 38. The project is considered to be a designated project for the purposes of this Act and Part 3 of the Jobs, Growth and Long-term Prosperity Act, and
(a) if, before that day, a review panel was established under section 33 of the former Act, in respect of the project, that review panel is considered to have been established — and its members are considered to have been appointed — under subsection 42(1) of this Act;
(b) if, before that day, an agreement or arrangement was entered into under subsection 40(2) of the former Act, in respect of the project, that agreement or arrangement is considered to have been entered into under section 40 of this Act; and
(c) if, before that day, a review panel was established by an agreement or arrangement entered into under subsection 40(2) of the former Act or by document referred to in subsection 40(2.1) of the former Act, in respect of the project, it is considered to have been established by — and its members are considered to have been appointed under — an agreement or arrangement entered into under section 40 of this Act or by document referred to in subsection 41(2) of this Act.
Time limit for issuing decision statement under section 54
(2) The Minister must establish the time limit within which, from the day on which this Act comes into force, the decision statement that is required under section 54 in respect of the project must be issued. Subsection 54(3) applies with respect to the time limit.
Other time limits
(3) The Minister must, in respect of the project, also establish any of the time limits set out in paragraphs 38(3)(a) to (c) — which combined are not to exceed the time limit referred to in subsection (2) — that are necessary, depending on whether, on the day on which this Act comes into force, the review panel has or has not been established or the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the project has or has not been submitted to the Minister.
Certain time limits established jointly
(4) In respect of a project to which paragraph (1)(b) applies and for which the responsible authority is referred to in paragraph 15(a) or (b), the Minister jointly establishes the time limits under subsections (2) and (3) with the responsible authority with respect to the project.
Posting time limits on Internet site
(5) The Agency must post on the Internet site a notice of any time limits established under subsection (2) or (3) in respect of the project.
Excluded periods
(6) If the Agency, the review panel or the Minister, under section 39 or subsection 44(2) or 47(2), respectively, requires the proponent of the project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project, the following periods are not included in the calculation of the time limit within which the Minister must issue the decision statement in respect of the project nor in the calculation of any of the time limits that are established under subsection (3):
(a) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the Agency, to comply with the requirement under section 39;
(b) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the review panel, to comply with the requirement under subsection 44(2); and
(c) the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the Minister, to comply with the requirement under subsection 47(2).
Substitution under former Act
127. The environmental assessment of a project commenced under the former Act before the day on which this Act comes into force for which the Minister has, before that date, approved the substitution of a process under section 43 of the former Act is continued and completed as if the former Act had not been repealed.
Non-application of this Act
128. (1) This Act does not apply to a project, as defined in the former Act, that is a designated project as defined in this Act, if one of the following conditions applies:
(a) the proponent of the project has, before the day on which this Act comes into force, initiated the construction of the project;
(b) it was determined by the Agency or a federal authority under the former Act that an environmental assessment of the project was likely not required;
(c) the responsible authority has taken a course of action under paragraph 20(1)(a) or (b) or subsection 37(1) of the former Act in relation to the project; or
(d) an order issued under subsection (2) applies to the project.
Minister’s powers
(2) On the day on which this Act comes into force, the Minister may, by order, exclude from the application of this Act a project, as defined in the former Act, that is a designated project under this Act, if the Minister is of the opinion that the project was not subject to the former Act and that another jurisdiction that has powers, duties or functions in relation to the assessment of the environmental effects of the project has commenced that assessment.
Posting of notice of order on Internet site
(3) The Agency must post a notice of any order made under subsection (2) on the Internet site.
Privileged evidence, documents or things
129. The evidence, documents or things that, before the day on which this Act comes into force, are privileged under subsection 35(4) or (4.1) of the former Act are considered to be privileged under subsection 45(4) or (5), respectively, of this Act.
2009, c. 14, s. 126
Related Amendments to the Environmental Violations Administrative Monetary Penalties Act
53. (1) The definition “Environmental Act” in section 2 of the Environmental Violations Administrative Monetary Penalties Act is replaced by the following:
“Environmental Act”« loi environne-mentale »
“Environmental Act” means the Antarctic Environmental Protection Act, the Canada National Marine Conservation Areas Act, the Canada National Parks Act, the Canada Water Act, the Canada Wildlife Act, the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999, the International River Improvements Act, the Migratory Birds Convention Act, 1994, the Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park Act or the Wild Animal and Plant Protection and Regulation of International and Interprovincial Trade Act.
(2) Paragraph (a) of the definition “Minister” in section 2 of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) with respect to violations that relate to the Antarctic Environmental Protection Act, the Canada Water Act, the Canada Wildlife Act, the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999, the International River Improvements Act, the Migratory Birds Convention Act, 1994 or the Wild Animal and Plant Protection and Regulation of International and Interprovincial Trade Act, the Minister of the Environment; and
54. Section 5 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Restriction — Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
(3.1) With respect to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, only a contravention or a failure to comply arising out of section 6, subsection 94(3) or section 97 or 98 of that Act may be designated under paragraph (1)(a).
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
1992, c. 37, s. 76
55. Schedule II to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the reference to
Canadian Environmental Assessment Act
Loi canadienne sur l’évaluation environnementale
and the corresponding reference to “subsection 35(4)”.
56. Schedule II to the Act is amended by adding, in alphabetical order, a reference to
Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
Loi canadienne sur l’évaluation environnementale (2012)
and a corresponding reference to “subsections 45(4) and (5)”.
R.S., c. E-20; 2001, c. 33, s. 2(F)
Export Development Act
2001, c. 33, s. 12
57. Section 24.1 of the Export Development Act is replaced by the following:
Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
24.1 Section 68 of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 does not apply when the Minister or the Minister of Finance exercises a power or performs a duty or function under this Act or any regulation made under it, or exercises a power of authorization or approval with respect to the Corporation under any other Act of Parliament or any regulation made under it.
1999, c. 24
First Nations Land Management Act
58. Section 41 of the First Nations Land Management Act is repealed.
2002, c. 29
Species at Risk Act
59. (1) Subsection 79(1) of the Species at Risk Act is replaced by the following:
Notification of Minister
79. (1) Every person who is required by or under an Act of Parliament to ensure that an assessment of the environmental effects of a project is conducted, and every authority who makes a determination under paragraph 67(a) or (b) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 in relation to a project, must, without delay, notify the competent minister or ministers in writing of the project if it is likely to affect a listed wildlife species or its critical habitat.
(2) Subsection 79(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
(3) The following definitions apply in this section.
“person”« personne »
“person” includes an association, an organization, a federal authority as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, and any body that is set out in Schedule 3 to that Act.
“project”« projet »
“project” means
(a) a designated project as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 or a project as defined in section 66 of that Act;
(b) a project as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Yukon Environmental and Socio-economic Assessment Act; or
(c) a development as defined in subsection 111(1) of the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act.
2003, c. 20
Antarctic Environmental Protection Act
60. Section 6 of the Antarctic Environmental Protection Act is repealed.
2005, c. 48
First Nations Oil and Gas and Moneys Management Act
61. Subsection 2(2) of the First Nations Oil and Gas and Moneys Management Act is replaced by the following:
Expressions in Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
(2) In this Act, “environment” and “environmental effects” have the same meaning as in subsection 2(1) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012.
62. Subsection 63(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Comparable standards
(3) The requirements of any regulations made under subsection (1) must be generally comparable with those applicable in similar circumstances under the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012.
2005, c. 53
First Nations Commercial and Industrial Development Act
63. Paragraph 3(2)(n) of the First Nations Commercial and Industrial Development Act is replaced by the following:
(n) require that an assessment of the envi-ronmental effects of the undertakings be undertaken in circumstances where the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 does not apply, and establish a procedure to be followed in such an assessment;
Coordinating Amendments
This Act
64. On the first day on which both sections 52 and 141 of this Act are in force, subparagraph 5(1)(a)(i) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 is replaced by the following:
(i) fish and fish habitat as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Fisheries Act,
Bill S-8
65. If Bill S-8, introduced in the 1st session of the 41st Parliament and entitled the Safe Drinking Water for First Nations Act, receives royal assent, then, on the first day on which both paragraph 5(1)(r) of that Act and section 52 of this Act are in force, that paragraph 5(1)(r) is replaced by the following:
(r) require that an assessment of the environmental effects of drinking water systems or waste water systems be undertaken in circumstances where the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 does not apply, and establish a procedure to be followed in such assessments.
Repeal
Repeal
66. The Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, chapter 37 of the Statutes of Canada, 1992, is repealed.
Coming into Force
Order in council
67. Sections 52 to 63 and 66 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 2
R.S., c. N-7
National Energy Board Act
Amendments to the Act
68. The heading before section 2 of the French version of the National Energy Board Act is replaced by the following:
DÉFINITIONS ET INTERPRÉTATION
69. Section 2 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“navigable water”« eaux navigables »
“navigable water” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Navigable Waters Protection Act;
“penalty”« pénalité »
“penalty” means an administrative monetary penalty imposed under this Act for a violation;
70. Subsection 4(2) of the Act is repealed.
1990, c. 7, s. 4(1)
71. (1) Subsection 6(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Chairperson and Vice-chairperson
6. (1) The Governor in Council shall designate one of the members to be Chairperson of the Board and another of the members to be Vice-chairperson of the Board.
(2) Subsection 6(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Chairperson’s duties
(2) The Chairperson is the chief executive officer of the Board. The Chairperson apportions work among the members and, if the Board sits in a panel, assigns members to the panel and a member to preside over it. The Chairperson also has supervision over and direction of the work of the Board’s staff.
Directives regarding timeliness
(2.1) To ensure that an application before the Board is dealt with in a timely manner, the Chairperson may issue directives to the members authorized to deal with the application regarding the manner in which they are to do so.
Measures to meet time limit
(2.2) If the Chairperson is of the opinion that a time limit imposed under any of sections 52, 58 and 58.16 is not likely to be met in respect of an application, the Chairperson may take any measure that the Chairperson considers appropriate to ensure that the time limit is met, including
(a) removing any or all members of the panel authorized to deal with the application;
(b) authorizing one or more members to deal with the application;
(c) increasing or decreasing the number of members dealing with the application; and
(d) specifying the manner in which section 55.2 is to be applied in respect of the application.
Clarification
(2.3) For greater certainty, the power referred to in subsection (2.2) includes the power to designate a single member, including the Chairperson, as the sole member who is authorized to deal with the application.
Effects of measure
(2.4) If the composition of the panel dealing with an application is changed as a result of any measure taken under subsection (2.2),
(a) evidence and representations received by the Board in relation to the application before the taking of the measure are considered to have been received after the taking of the measure; and
(b) the Board is bound by every decision made by the Board in relation to the application before the taking of the measure unless the Board elects to review, vary or rescind it.
Inconsistencies
(2.5) In the event of any inconsistency between any directive issued under subsection (2.1) or measure taken under subsection (2.2) and any rule made under section 8, the directive or measure prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
1990, c. 7, s. 4(2)
(3) Subsections 6(3) and (4) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
Vice-chairperson’s duties
(3) If the Chairperson is absent or unable to act or if the office is vacant, the Vice-chairperson has all the Chairperson’s powers and functions.
Acting Chairperson
(4) The Board may authorize one or more of its members to act as Chairperson for the time being in the event that the Chairperson and Vice-chairperson are absent or unable to act or if the offices are vacant.
72. Section 7 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(2.1) Despite subsection (2), if the number of members authorized to deal with an application as a result of any measure taken by the Chairperson under subsection 6(2.2) is less than three, the number of members authorized by the Chairperson to deal with the application constitutes a quorum of the Board.
73. Section 8 of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by repealing paragraph (c).
74. Section 11 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Expeditious proceedings
(4) Subject to subsections 6(2.1) and (2.2), all applications and proceedings before the Board are to be dealt with as expeditiously as the circumstances and considerations of fairness permit, but, in any case, within the time limit provided for under this Act, if there is one.
1990, c. 7, s. 6
75. Section 14 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Authorization regarding Board’s powers, duties and functions
14. (1) The Chairperson may authorize one or more members, either jointly or severally, to exercise any of the Board’s powers or to perform any of the Board’s duties and functions under this Act, except those under subsection 45(3), sections 46, 47, 48, 52 to 54, 56, 58, 58.11, 58.14, 58.16, 58.32, 58.35, 58.37 and 129 and under Parts IV, VI, VII and IX.
Presumption
(2) Any power exercised or any duty or function performed by a member or members under the authorization is considered to have been exercised or performed by the Board.
1990, c. 7, s. 7
76. Subsection 15(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Powers of members authorized to report
15. (1) The Chairperson may authorize one or more of the members to report to the Board on any question or matter arising in connection with the business of or any application or proceeding before the Board, and the member or members so authorized have all the powers of the Board for the purpose of taking evidence or acquiring the necessary information for the purpose of making the report and the recommendations contained in it as to the decision or order of the Board to be made on the question or matter.
1990, c. 7, s. 8
77. Section 16 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Incapacity of single member
16. (1) If a member who is conducting a hearing under an authorization under section 14 or 15 becomes incapacitated, resigns or dies during the hearing or after the conclusion of the hearing but before making a decision or report, the Chairperson may authorize another member
(a) to continue the hearing and to make a decision or report to the Board, if the incapacity, resignation or death occurs during the hearing; or
(b) to examine all the evidence presented at the hearing and to make a decision, or report to the Board, based on the evidence, if the incapacity, resignation or death occurs after the conclusion of the hearing but before a decision is given or a report to the Board is made.
Incapacity of member of quorum
(2) If a hearing is being conducted by three members and one member becomes incapacitated, resigns or dies during the hearing or after the conclusion of it but before a decision is given,
(a) the Chairperson may authorize another member to replace the incapacitated or deceased member, or the member who resigned, for the rest of the hearing and to participate in the decision, if the incapacity, resignation or death occurs during the hearing; or
(b) if the incapacity, resignation or death occurs after the conclusion of the hearing but before a decision is given, the remaining members may, if unanimous, give a decision as if the incapacitated or deceased member, or the member who resigned, were present and participating in the decision.
Incapacity of member — Part III certificate
(3) If a hearing in relation to an application for a certificate under Part III is being conducted by three members and one member becomes incapacitated, resigns or dies during the hearing or after its conclusion but before the report that is required to be prepared under subsection 52(1) is finalized,
(a) the Chairperson may authorize another member to replace the incapacitated or deceased member, or the member who resigned, for the rest of the hearing and to participate in the finalizing of the report, if the incapacity, resignation or death occurs during the hearing; or
(b) if the incapacity, resignation or death occurs after the conclusion of the hearing but before the report is finalized, the remaining members may, if unanimous, finalize the report as if the incapacitated or deceased member, or the member who resigned, were present and participating in its finalization.
Effects of authorization
(4) If a member is authorized under paragraph (2)(a) or (3)(a) to replace a member,
(a) evidence and representations received by the Board in the course of the hearing before the replacement are considered to have been received after the replacement; and
(b) the Board is bound by every decision made by the Board in the course of the hearing before the replacement unless the Board elects to review, vary or rescind a decision.
Chairperson’s powers
(5) Nothing in subsections (1) to (3) precludes the Chairperson from taking a measure under subsection 6(2.2).
Member ceasing to hold office
(6) A person who resigns or otherwise ceases to hold office as a member may, if authorized to do so by the Chairperson and on any terms and conditions that the Chairperson prescribes, continue to inquire into, hear and conclude any proceeding to which that person was assigned while that person was a member and the person shall for that purpose be considered to continue to be a member.
78. Section 19 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Non-application
(1.1) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of an application for a certificate under Part III.
79. Section 20 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 20(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Non-application
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of an application for a certificate under Part III.
80. Section 22 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Report not decision or order
(4) For greater certainty, for the purpose of this section, no report submitted by the Board under section 52 or 53 — or under section 29 or 30 of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 — and no part of any such report, is a decision or order of the Board.
1990, c. 7, s. 12
81. Subsections 24(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Public hearings
24. (1) Subject to subsection (2), hearings before the Board with respect to the issuance, revocation or suspension of certificates or for leave to abandon the operation of a pipeline shall be public.
Exception
(2) A public hearing need not be held where the Board, on the application or with the consent of the holder, revokes or suspends
(a) a certificate issued in respect of an international or interprovincial power line, regardless of whether the power line has been brought into commercial operation under that certificate; or
(b) a certificate issued in respect of a pipeline, if the pipeline has not been brought into commercial operation under that certificate.
82. Subsection 48(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Offence
(3) Every person who contravenes an order made under subsection (1) or (1.1) or a regulation made under subsection (2) is guilty of an offence and liable
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both; or
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine not exceeding one million dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both.
Application of subsections 121(2) to (5)
(4) Subsections 121(2) to (5) apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, to an offence referred to in subsection (3).
1990, c. 7, ss. 18 and 19; 1996, c. 10, s. 238
83. Sections 52 to 54 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Report
52. (1) If the Board is of the opinion that an application for a certificate in respect of a pipeline is complete, it shall prepare and submit to the Minister, and make public, a report setting out
(a) its recommendation as to whether or not the certificate should be issued for all or any portion of the pipeline, taking into account whether the pipeline is and will be required by the present and future public convenience and necessity, and the reasons for that recommendation; and
(b) regardless of the recommendation that the Board makes, all the terms and conditions that it considers necessary or desirable in the public interest to which the certificate will be subject if the Governor in Council were to direct the Board to issue the certificate, including terms or conditions relating to when the certificate or portions or provisions of it are to come into force.
Factors to consider
(2) In making its recommendation, the Board shall have regard to all considerations that appear to it to be directly related to the pipeline and to be relevant, and may have regard to the following:
(a) the availability of oil, gas or any other commodity to the pipeline;
(b) the existence of markets, actual or potential;
(c) the economic feasibility of the pipeline;
(d) the financial responsibility and financial structure of the applicant, the methods of financing the pipeline and the extent to which Canadians will have an opportunity to participate in the financing, engineering and construction of the pipeline; and
(e) any public interest that in the Board’s opinion may be affected by the issuance of the certificate or the dismissal of the application.
Environmental assessment
(3) If the application relates to a designated project within the meaning of section 2 of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the report must also set out the Board’s environmental assessment prepared under that Act in respect of that project.
Time limit
(4) The report must be submitted to the Minister within the time limit specified by the Chairperson. The specified time limit must be no longer than 15 months after the day on which the applicant has, in the Board’s opinion, provided a complete application. The Board shall make the time limit public.
Excluded period
(5) If the Board requires the applicant to provide information or undertake a study with respect to the pipeline and the Board, with the Chairperson’s approval, states publicly that this subsection applies, the period that is taken by the applicant to comply with the requirement is not included in the calculation of the time limit.
Public notice of excluded period
(6) The Board shall make public the dates of the beginning and ending of the period referred to in subsection (5) as soon as each of them is known.
Extension
(7) The Minister may, by order, extend the time limit by a maximum of three months. The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by order, further extend the time limit by any additional period or periods of time.
Minister’s directives
(8) To ensure that the report is prepared and submitted in a timely manner, the Minister may, by order, issue a directive to the Chairperson that requires the Chairperson to
(a) specify under subsection (4) a time limit that is the same as the one specified by the Minister in the order;
(b) issue a directive under subsection 6(2.1), or take any measure under subsection 6(2.2), that is set out in the order; or
(c) issue a directive under subsection 6(2.1) that addresses a matter set out in the order.
Order binding
(9) Orders made under subsection (7) are binding on the Board and those made under subsection (8) are binding on the Chairperson.
Publication
(10) A copy of each order made under subsection (8) must be published in the Canada Gazette within 15 days after it is made.
Report is final and conclusive
(11) Subject to sections 53 and 54, the Board’s report is final and conclusive.
Order to reconsider
53. (1) After the Board has submitted its report under section 52, the Governor in Council may, by order, refer the recommendation, or any of the terms and conditions, set out in the report back to the Board for reconsideration.
Factors and time limit
(2) The order may direct the Board to conduct the reconsideration taking into account any factor specified in the order and it may specify a time limit within which the Board shall complete its reconsideration.
Order binding
(3) The order is binding on the Board.
Publication
(4) A copy of the order must be published in the Canada Gazette within 15 days after it is made.
Obligation of Board
(5) The Board shall, before the expiry of the time limit specified in the order, if one was specified, reconsider its recommendation or any term or condition referred back to it, as the case may be, and prepare and submit to the Minister a report on its reconsideration.
Contents of report
(6) In the reconsideration report, the Board shall
(a) if its recommendation was referred back, either confirm the recommendation or set out a different recommendation; and
(b) if a term or condition was referred back, confirm the term or condition, state that it no longer supports it or replace it with another one.
Terms and conditions
(7) Regardless of what the Board sets out in the reconsideration report, the Board shall also set out in the report all the terms and conditions, that it considers necessary or desirable in the public interest, to which the certificate would be subject if the Governor in Council were to direct the Board to issue the certificate.
Report is final and conclusive
(8) Subject to section 54, the Board’s reconsideration report is final and conclusive.
Reconsideration of report under this section
(9) After the Board has submitted its report under subsection (5), the Governor in Council may, by order, refer the Board’s recommendation, or any of the terms or conditions, set out in the report, back to the Board for reconsideration. If it does so, subsections (2) to (8) apply.
Order regarding issuance or non-issuance
54. (1) After the Board has submitted its report under section 52 or 53, the Governor in Council may, by order,
(a) direct the Board to issue a certificate in respect of the pipeline or any part of it and to make the certificate subject to the terms and conditions set out in the report; or
(b) direct the Board to dismiss the application for a certificate.
Reasons
(2) The order must set out the reasons for making the order.
Time limit
(3) The order must be made within three months after the Board’s report under section 52 is submitted to the Minister. The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by order, extend that time limit by any additional period or periods of time. If the Governor in Council makes an order under subsection 53(1) or (9), the period that is taken by the Board to complete its reconsideration and to report to the Minister is not to be included in the calculation of the time limit.
Order is final and conclusive
(4) Every order made under subsection (1) or (3) is final and conclusive and is binding on the Board.
Obligation of Board
(5) The Board shall comply with the order made under subsection (1) within seven days after the day on which it is made.
Publication
(6) A copy of the order made under subsection (1) must be published in the Canada Gazette within 15 days after it is made.
Application for judicial review
55. (1) Judicial review by the Federal Court of Appeal with respect to any order made under subsection 54(1) is commenced by making an application for leave to the Court.
Application
(2) The following rules govern an application under subsection (1):
(a) the application must be filed in the Registry of the Federal Court of Appeal (“the Court”) within 15 days after the day on which the order is published in the Canada Gazette;
(b) a judge of the Court may, for special reasons, allow an extended time for filing and serving the application or notice; and
(c) a judge of the Court shall dispose of the application without delay and in a summary way and, unless a judge of the Court directs otherwise, without personal appearance.
Continuation of jurisdiction and obligation
55.1 (1) A failure by the Board to comply with subsection 52(1) or 53(5) within the required time limit does not affect its jurisdiction to deal with the application or its obligation to submit the report, and anything done by it in relation to the application remains valid.
Governor in Council’s powers
(2) Despite subsection 54(3), the Governor in Council may make an order under subsection 54(1) after the expiry of the time limit for doing so.
Representations
55.2 On an application for a certificate, the Board shall consider the representations of any person who, in the Board’s opinion, is directly affected by the granting or refusing of the application, and it may consider the representations of any person who, in its opinion, has relevant information or expertise. A decision of the Board as to whether it will consider the representations of any person is conclusive.
84. Section 58 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Time limit
(4) If an application for an order under subsection (1) is made, the Board shall, within the time limit specified by the Chairperson, either make an order under that subsection or dismiss the application.
Maximum time limit and obligation to make it public
(5) The time limit specified by the Chairperson must be no longer than 15 months after the day on which the applicant has, in the opinion of the Board, provided a complete application. The Board shall make the time limit public.
Environmental assessment
(6) If the application relates to a designated project within the meaning of section 2 of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the Board shall also, within the time limit,
(a) prepare a report, as required by paragraph 22(b) of that Act, with respect to its environmental assessment of the designated project; and
(b) comply with subsections 27(1) and 54(1) of that Act with respect to that assessment.
Excluded period — applicant
(7) If the Board requires the applicant to provide information or undertake a study with respect to the pipeline or anything referred to in paragraph (1)(b) to which the application relates and the Board, with the Chairperson’s approval, states publicly that this subsection applies, the period that is taken by the applicant to comply with the requirement is not included in the calculation of the time limit.
Public notice of excluded period
(8) The Board shall make public the dates of the beginning and ending of the period referred to in subsection (7) as soon as each of them is known.
Excluded period — Governor in Council
(9) If the Board has referred a matter to the Governor in Council under subsection 52(2) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the period that begins on the day on which the reference is made and ends on the day on which the Governor in Council makes a decision in relation to the matter is not included in the calculation of the time limit.
Extension
(10) The Minister may, by order, extend the time limit by a maximum of three months. The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by order, further extend the time limit by any additional period or periods of time.
Continuation of jurisdiction and obligation
(11) A failure by the Board to comply with subsection (4) within the required time limit does not affect its jurisdiction to deal with the application or its obligation to make the order or to dismiss the application, and anything done by it in relation to the application remains valid.
1990, c. 7, s. 23
85. (1) Subsection 58.16(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Criteria
(2) In deciding whether to issue a certificate, the Board shall have regard to all considerations that appear to it to be directly related to the line and relevant.
(2) Section 58.16 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Time limit
(4) The Board shall, within the time limit specified by the Chairperson,
(a) decide that the certificate should be issued and recommend to the Minister that the Governor in Council approve the issuance of the certificate; or
(b) decide that no certificate is to be issued and dismiss the application in respect of the line.
Maximum time limit and obligation to make it public
(5) The time limit specified by the Chairperson must be no longer than 15 months after the day on which the applicant has, in the Board’s opinion, provided a complete application. The Board shall make the time limit public.
Environmental assessment
(6) If the application relates to a designated project within the meaning of section 2 of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the Board shall also, within the time limit,
(a) prepare a report, as required by paragraph 22(b) of that Act, with respect to its environmental assessment of the designated project; and
(b) comply with subsection 27(1) of that Act with respect to that assessment.
Excluded period
(7) If the Board requires the applicant to provide information or undertake a study with respect to the line and the Board, with the Chairperson’s approval, states publicly that this subsection applies, the period that is taken by the applicant to comply with the requirement is not included in the calculation of the time limit.
Public notice of excluded period
(8) The Board shall make public the dates of the beginning and ending of the period referred to in subsection (7) as soon as each of them is known.
Extension
(9) The Minister may, by order, extend the time limit by a maximum of three months. The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by order, further extend the time limit by any additional period or periods of time.
Time limit — Governor in Council
(10) If the Board makes the recommendation referred to in paragraph (4)(a), the Governor in Council may, within three months after the making of that recommendation, either approve the issuance of the certificate or refuse to approve its issuance. The Governor in Council may extend the time limit for doing so for any additional period or periods of time.
Obligation of Board
(11) If the Governor in Council approves the issuance of the certificate, the Board shall, within seven days after the day on which the approval was given, issue the certificate and comply with subsection 54(1) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012.
Continuation of jurisdiction and obligation
(12) A failure by the Board to comply with subsection (4) within the required time limit does not affect its jurisdiction to deal with the application or its obligation to make a decision as to whether a certificate should be issued or to dismiss the application, and anything done by it in relation to the application remains valid.
Governor in Council’s power
(13) Despite subsection (10), the Governor in Council may approve the issuance of the certificate or refuse to approve its issuance after the expiry of the time limit for doing so.
1990, c. 7, s. 23
86. Section 58.27 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application of certain provisions
58.27 (1) Sections 32 to 45 and 48 and Part V, except sections 74, 76 to 78, 108 to 111.3, 114 and 115, apply in respect of international and interprovincial power lines referred to in section 58.24 as if each reference in any of those provisions to
(a) a “company” were a reference to the applicant for or holder of the certificate issued in respect of the line;
(b) a “pipeline” or “line” were a reference to the international or interprovincial power line; and
(c) “hydrocarbons” were a reference to electricity.
Application of section 45 — navigable waters
(2) If a deviation, change or alteration is required to be made to a portion of an international power line by the holder of a permit or certificate issued in respect of the power line and the deviation, change or alteration passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water, section 45 also applies to that portion of the power line as if each reference in that section to
(a) a “company” were a reference to the holder of the permit or certificate; and
(b) a “pipeline” were a reference to the international power line.
Application of certain provisions
58.271 Sections 32 to 45 and 48 and Part V, except sections 74, 76 to 78, 108 to 111.3, 114 and 115, apply in respect of international power lines in respect of which a certificate was issued, or an order made under subsection 58(2), before June 1, 1990 as if each reference in any of those provisions to
(a) a “company” were a reference to the applicant for or holder of the certificate issued in respect of the line;
(b) a “pipeline” or “line” were a reference to the international power line; and
(c) “hydrocarbons” were a reference to electricity.
1990, c. 7, s. 23; 1996, c. 10, ss. 239 and 240
87. Sections 58.28 to 58.3 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Construction — facility
58.28 (1) Subject to subsection (4), no person shall construct an international or interprovincial power line that passes on, over, along or under a facility unless a permit referred to in section 58.11, or a certificate, has been issued in respect of the power line and
(a) the permit or certificate contains a term or condition relating to that facility;
(b) the person has been granted leave under subsection (2); or
(c) the person is constructing the power line in circumstances specified in an order or regulation made under subsection (4).
Authority to grant leave
(2) The Board may, by order, on application, grant a person leave to construct an international or interprovincial power line that passes on, over, along or under a facility. It may require from the applicant any plans, profiles and other information that it considers necessary to consider the application.
Terms and conditions
(3) The leave may be granted in whole or in part and be subject to terms and conditions.
Circumstances
(4) The Board may make orders or regulations specifying circumstances for the purposes of paragraph (1)(c).
Leave in emergency cases
(5) The Board may grant leave under subsection (2) after construction of the proposed work has commenced if it is satisfied that the work was urgently required and, before the commencement of construction, it was notified of the person’s intention to proceed with the proposed work.
Construction or operation — navigable water
58.29 No person shall construct or operate an interprovincial power line in respect of which an order made under section 58.4 is in force — or an international power line — that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water unless a permit referred to in section 58.11 or a certificate has been issued in respect of the power line.
Effects on navigation
58.3 In addition to any other factor that it considers appropriate, the Board shall take into account the effects that its decision might have on navigation, including safety of navigation, when deciding whether to issue a certificate or permit, make an order, give a direction or grant a leave, approval or exemption in respect of an interprovincial power line in respect of which an order made under section 58.4 is in force — or an international power line — that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water.
Power lines not works
58.301 Despite the definition “work” in section 2 of the Navigable Waters Protection Act, neither an interprovincial power line in respect of which an order made under section 58.4 is in force nor an international power line is a work to which that Act applies.
Regulations
58.302 (1) The Governor in Council may, for purposes related to navigation, on the joint recommendation of the Minister and the Minister of Transport, make regulations respecting sections or parts of interprovincial power lines in respect of which orders made under section 58.4 are in force — or sections or parts of international power lines — that pass in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water, including regulations respecting
(a) their design, construction or operation;
(b) the making of deviations, changes or alterations to them;
(c) their diversion or relocation;
(d) the safety and security of their operation; and
(e) the abandonment of their operation.
Offence
(2) Every person who contravenes a regulation made under subsection (1) is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction.
Application
58.303 (1) Sections 58.28, 58.31 and 58.32 apply only in respect of
(a) international power lines in respect of which an election is filed under section 58.23;
(b) those portions of international power lines that are within a province in which no provincial regulatory agency is designated under section 58.17;
(c) international power lines where the facility in question is within the legislative authority of Parliament; and
(d) interprovincial power lines in respect of which an order made under section 58.4 is in force.
Application of section 58.31 — navigable waters
(2) Section 58.31 also applies in respect of the portion of an international power line for which a permit or certificate is in force that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water.
Application of section 58.32 — navigable waters
(3) Section 58.32 also applies in respect of an international power line for which a permit or certificate is in force if the Board is of the opinion that the diversion or relocation of the power line in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water is necessary to facilitate the construction, reconstruction or relocation of a facility.
Existing terms and conditions
58.304 (1) Terms and conditions in respect of any international or interprovincial power line that were, at any time before the coming into force of this section, imposed under section 58.29 or 108, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this section — or imposed by the Minister of Transport under the Navigable Waters Protection Act — apply as if they were terms and conditions set out in the certificate or permit, as the case may be, issued in respect of the power line.
Construction without leave
(2) If, at any time before the coming into force of this section, the Minister of Transport had provided, under section 58.3 or 108, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this section, that leave under that section 58.3 or 108, as the case may be, was not necessary because the power line was to be constructed in accordance with certain orders, regulations, plans and specifications, no person shall construct the power line otherwise than in accordance with those orders, regulations, plans and specifications or as specified by the Board.
Construction without leave
(3) If, at any time before the coming into force of this section, the Board had provided, under section 58.33 or 108, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this section, that leave under section 58.29 or 108, as the case may be, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this section, was not necessary because the power line was to be constructed in accordance with certain orders or regulations, no person shall construct the power line otherwise than in accordance with those orders or regulations or as specified by the Board.
Offence and punishment
58.305 (1) Every person who contravenes subsection 58.28(1), section 58.29 or subsection 58.304(2) or (3) is guilty of an offence and is liable
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both; or
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine not exceeding one million dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both.
Application of subsections 121(2) to (5)
(2) Subsections 121(2) to (5) apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, in respect of an offence under this section.
1990, c. 7, s. 23
88. Paragraph 58.33(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) the circumstances in which or conditions under which leave from the Board under section 58.31 is not necessary.
1996, c. 10, s. 243.1
89. (1) Paragraph 71(2)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) a company that has been issued a certificate under Part III authorizing the transmission of a commodity other than oil.
1996, c. 10, s. 243.1
(2) The portion of subsection 71(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Extension of facilities
(3) The Board may, if it considers it necessary or desirable to do so in the public interest, require a company operating a pipeline for the transmission of hydrocarbons, or for the transmission of any other commodity authorized by a certificate issued under Part III, to provide adequate and suitable facilities for
90. Subsection 77(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exceptions
(4) Subsections (1) to (3) do not apply to any of the following:
(a) in the case of a pipeline:
(i) anything done under leave obtained under subsection 108(2) or (5) in respect of the pipeline,
(ii) any section or part of the pipeline that passes on, over, along or under a utility, as defined in subsection 108(6), if a certificate has been issued, or an order has been made under section 58, in respect of the pipeline and the certificate or order contains a term or condition relating to that utility,
(iii) any section or part of the pipeline that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water if a certificate has been issued, or an order has been made under section 58, in respect of the pipeline, and
(iv) anything done under any leave obtained under section 108 at any time before the coming into force of this subsection, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this subsection; and
(b) in the case of a power line to which this section applies by reason of section 58.38:
(i) anything done under leave obtained under subsection 58.28(2) or (5) in respect of the power line,
(ii) in the case of a power line that is an interprovincial power line in respect of which an order made under section 58.4 is in force,
(A) any section or part of the power line that passes on, over, along or under a facility if a certificate has been issued in respect of the power line and the certificate contains a term or condition relating to that facility, or
(B) any section or part of the power line that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water if a certificate has been issued in respect of the power line,
(iii) in the case of a power line that is an international power line,
(A) any section or part of the power line that passes on, over, along or under a facility if a permit referred to in section 58.11, or a certificate, has been issued in respect of the power line and the permit or certificate contains a term or condition relating to that facility, or
(B) any section or part of the power line that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water if a permit referred to in section 58.11, or a certificate, has been issued in respect of the power line, and
(iv) anything done under any leave obtained under section 108 at any time before the coming into force of this subsection, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this subsection.
1990, c. 7, s. 26(2) and s. 27; 1996, c. 10, s. 244; 2001, c. 4, s. 105; 2004, c. 25, s. 161
91. Sections 108 to 111 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Construction — utility
108. (1) Subject to subsection (4), no company shall construct a pipeline that passes on, over, along or under a utility unless a certificate has been issued, or an order has been made under section 58, in respect of the pipeline, and
(a) the certificate or order contains a term or condition relating to that utility;
(b) the company has been granted leave under subsection (2); or
(c) the company is constructing the pipeline in circumstances specified in an order or regulation made under subsection (4).
Authority to grant leave
(2) The Board may, by order, on application, grant a company leave to construct a pipeline that passes on, over, along or under a utility. It may require from the applicant any plans, profiles and other information that it considers necessary to deal with the application.
Terms and conditions
(3) The leave may be granted in whole or in part and be subject to terms and conditions.
Circumstances
(4) The Board may make orders or regulations specifying circumstances for the purposes of paragraph (1)(c).
Leave in emergency cases
(5) The Board may grant leave under subsection (2) after construction of the proposed work has commenced if is satisfied that the work was urgently required and, before the commencement of construction, it was notified of the company’s intention to proceed with the proposed work.
Definition of “utility”
(6) In this section, “utility” means a highway, an irrigation ditch, a publicly owned or operated drainage system, sewer or dike, an underground telegraph or telephone line or a line for the transmission of hydrocarbons, electricity or any other substance.
Construction or operation — navigable water
109. No person shall construct or operate a pipeline that passes in, on, over, under through or across a navigable water unless a certificate has been issued, or an order has been made under section 58, in respect of the pipeline.
Effects of recommendation on navigation
110. (1) In addition to any other factor that it considers appropriate, the Board shall take into account the effects that the issuance of a certificate in respect of a pipeline that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water might have on navigation, including safety of navigation, when making its recommendation in a report prepared under subsection 52(1).
Effects of decision on navigation
(2) In addition to any other factor that it considers appropriate, the Board shall take into account the effects that its decision might have on navigation, including safety of navigation, when deciding whether to make an order, give a direction or grant a leave, approval or exemption in respect of a pipeline that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water.
Pipeline not work
111. Despite the definition “work” in section 2 of the Navigable Waters Protection Act, a pipeline is not a work to which that Act applies.
Regulations
111.1 (1) The Governor in Council may, for purposes related to navigation, on the joint recommendation of the Minister and the Minister of Transport, make regulations respecting sections or parts of pipelines that pass in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water, including regulations respecting
(a) their design, construction or operation;
(b) the making of deviations, changes or alterations to them;
(c) their diversion or relocation;
(d) the safety and security of their operation; and
(e) the abandonment of their operation.
Offence
(2) Every person who contravenes a regulation made under subsection (1) is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction.
Existing terms and conditions
111.2 (1) Terms and conditions in respect of a pipeline that were, at any time before the coming into force of this section, imposed under section 108, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this section, are considered to be terms and conditions set out in the certificate issued, or order made under section 58, as the case may be, in respect of the pipeline.
Construction without leave
(2) If, at any time before the coming into force of this section, the Minister of Transport or the Board had provided, under section 108, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this section, that leave under that section was not necessary because the pipeline was to be constructed in accordance with certain orders, regulations, plans and specifications, no company shall construct the pipeline otherwise than in accordance with those orders, regulations, plans and specifications or as specified by the Board.
Offence and punishment
111.3 (1) Every person who contravenes subsection 108(1), section 109 or subsection 111.2(2) is guilty of an offence and is liable
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both; or
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine not exceeding one million dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both.
Application of subsections 121(2) to (5)
(2) Subsections 121(2) to (5) apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, in respect of an offence under this section.
If pipeline affixed to any real property or immovables
111.4 (1) Despite this Act or any other general or Special Act or law to the contrary, if any section or part of a pipeline passes on, over, along or under a utility, as defined in subsection 108(6) — or passes in, on, over or under a navigable water — and that section or part of the pipeline has been affixed to any real property or immovable in any of the circumstances referred to in subsection (2),
(a) that section or part of the pipeline remains subject to the rights of the company and remains the property of the company as fully as it was before being so affixed and does not become part of the real property or immovable of any person other than the company unless otherwise agreed by the company in writing and unless notice of the agreement in writing has been filed with the Secretary; and
(b) subject to the provisions of this Act, the company may create a lien, mortgage, charge or other security, or the company may constitute a hypothec, on that section or part of the pipeline.
Circumstances
(2) The following are the circumstances for the purposes of subsection (1):
(a) in the case of the pipeline:
(i) leave has been obtained under subsection 108(2) or (5) in respect of the pipeline,
(ii) the certificate issued, or the order made under section 58, in respect of the pipeline contains a term or condition relating to the utility,
(iii) the pipeline has been constructed in circumstances specified in an order or regulation made under subsection 108(4),
(iv) a certificate has been issued, or an order has been made under section 58, in respect of the pipeline and the pipeline passes in, on, over or under a navigable water, and
(v) leave has been obtained under section 108 in respect of the pipeline at any time before the coming into force of this subsection, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this subsection; and
(b) in the case of the power line to which this section applies by reason of section 58.27,
(i) leave has been obtained under subsection 58.28(2) or (5) in respect of the power line,
(ii) the permit referred to in section 58.11, or the certificate, issued in respect of the power line contains a term or condition relating to that utility,
(iii) the power line has been constructed in circumstances specified in an order or regulation made under subsection 58.28(4),
(iv) a permit referred to in section 58.11, or a certificate, has been issued in respect of the power line and the power line passes in, on, over or under a navigable water, and
(v) leave has been obtained under section 108 in respect of the power line at any time before the coming into force of this subsection, as that section read from time to time before the coming into force of this subsection.
1990, c. 7, s. 28
92. (1) Paragraph 112(5)(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) the circumstances in which or conditions under which leave under subsection (1) or (2) is not necessary.
(2) Section 112 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7):
Offence
(8) Every person who contravenes subsection (1) or (2), a direction made under subsection (4) or an order or regulation made under subsection (5) is guilty of an offence and liable
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both; or
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine not exceeding one million dollars or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both.
Application of subsections 121(2) to (5)
(9) Subsections 121(2) to (5) apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, to an offence under subsection (8).
1990, c. 7, s. 32
93. Section 118 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Criteria
118. On an application for a licence to export oil or gas, the Board shall satisfy itself that the quantity of oil or gas to be exported does not exceed the surplus remaining after due allowance has been made for the reasonably foreseeable requirements for use in Canada, having regard to the trends in the discovery of oil or gas in Canada.
1990, c. 7, s. 34
94. (1) The portion of subsection 119.06(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Criteria
(2) In determining whether to make a recommendation, the Board shall seek to avoid the duplication of measures taken in respect of the exportation by the applicant and the government of the province from which the electricity is exported, and shall have regard to
1990, c. 7, s. 34
(2) Paragraph 119.06(2)(b) of the Act is repealed.
1990, c. 7, s. 34
95. Subsections 119.08(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Issuance
119.08 (1) The Board may, subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, issue a licence for the exportation of electricity in relation to which an order made under section 119.07 is in force.
Criteria
(2) In deciding whether to issue a licence, the Board shall have regard to
(a) the effect of the exportation of the electricity on provinces other than from which the electricity is to be exported;
(b) whether the applicant has
(i) informed those who have declared an interest in buying electricity for consumption in Canada of the quantities and classes of service available for sale, and
(ii) given an opportunity to purchase electricity on terms and conditions as favourable as the terms and conditions specified in the application to those who, within a reasonable time after being so informed, demonstrate an intention to buy electricity for consumption in Canada; and
(c) any considerations that may be specified in the regulations.
96. Section 119.094 of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (b), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(d) specifying considerations to which the Board shall have regard in deciding whether to issue a licence for the exportation of electricity in relation to which an order made under section 119.07 is in force.
2001, c. 28, s. 59
97. The portion of section 120.5 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Where no declaration made
120.5 The Board may, despite its not being satisfied in accordance with section 118, issue a licence for the exportation to the United States, Chile or Costa Rica of such energy goods as were, or of such quality, kind or class of energy goods as was, referred to in a request made under section 120.3 if
98. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 133:
PART IX
ADMINISTRATIVE MONETARY PENALTIES
Board’s Powers
Regulations
134. (1) The Board may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make regulations
(a) designating as a violation that may be proceeded with in accordance with this Act
(i) the contravention of any specified provision of this Act or of any of its regulations,
(ii) the contravention of any order or decision, or of any order or decision of any specified class of orders or decisions, made under this Act, or
(iii) the failure to comply with any term or condition of
(A) any certificate, licence or permit or of any specified class of certificate, licence or permit, or
(B) any leave or exemption granted under this Act or of any specified class of leave or exemption granted under this Act;
(b) respecting the determination of or the method of determining the amount payable as the penalty, which may be different for individuals and other persons, for each violation; and
(c) respecting the service of documents required or authorized under section 139, 144 or 147, including the manner and proof of service and the circumstances under which documents are considered to be served.
Maximum
(2) The amount that may be determined under any regulations made under paragraph (1)(b) as the penalty for a violation must not be more than twenty-five thousand dollars, in the case of an individual, and one hundred thousand dollars in the case of any other person.
Powers
135. The Board may
(a) establish the form of notices of violation;
(b) designate persons or classes of persons who are authorized to issue notices of violation;
(c) establish, in respect of each violation, a short-form description to be used in notices of violation; and
(d) designate persons or classes of persons to conduct reviews under section 147.
Violations
Commission of violation
136. (1) Every person who contravenes or fails to comply with a provision, order, decision, term or condition designated under paragraph 134(1)(a) commits a violation and is liable to a penalty of an amount to be determined in accordance with the regulations.
Purpose of penalty
(2) The purpose of the penalty is to promote compliance with this Act and not to punish.
Liability of directors, officers, etc.
137. If a corporation commits a violation, any director, officer, agent or mandatary of the corporation who directed, authorized, assented to, acquiesced in or participated in the commission of the violation is a party to the violation and is liable to a penalty of an amount to be determined in accordance with the regulations, whether or not the corporation has been proceeded against in accordance with this Act.
Proof of violation
138. In any proceedings under this Act against a person in relation to a violation, it is sufficient proof of the violation to establish that it was committed by an employee, or agent or mandatary, of the person, whether or not the employee, agent or mandatary is identified or proceeded against in accordance with this Act.
Issuance and service of notice of violation
139. (1) If a person designated under paragraph 135(b) believes on reasonable grounds that a person has committed a violation, the designated person may issue a notice of violation and cause it to be served on the person.
Contents
(2) The notice of violation must
(a) name the person that is believed to have committed the violation;
(b) set out the relevant facts surrounding the violation;
(c) set out the amount of the penalty for the violation;
(d) inform the person of their right to request a review with respect to the violation or the amount of the penalty, and of the prescribed period within which that right must be exercised;
(e) inform the person of the manner of paying the penalty set out in the notice; and
(f) inform the person that, if they do not pay the penalty or exercise their right referred to in paragraph (d), they will be considered to have committed the violation and that they are liable to the penalty set out in the notice.
Rules about Violations
Certain defences not available
140. (1) A person named in a notice of violation does not have a defence by reason that the person
(a) exercised due diligence to prevent the commission of the violation; or
(b) reasonably and honestly believed in the existence of facts that, if true, would exonerate the person.
Common law principles
(2) Every rule and principle of the common law that renders any circumstance a justification or excuse in relation to a charge for an offence under this Act applies in respect of a violation to the extent that it is not inconsistent with this Act.
Continuing violation
141. A violation that is committed or continued on more than one day constitutes a separate violation for each day on which it is committed or continued.
Violation or offence
142. (1) Proceeding with any act or omission as a violation under this Act precludes proceeding with it as an offence under this Act, and proceeding with it as an offence under this Act precludes proceeding with it as a violation under this Act.
Violations not offences
(2) For greater certainty, a violation is not an offence and, accordingly, section 126 of the Criminal Code does not apply in respect of a violation.
Limitation or prescription period
143. No notice of violation in respect of a violation may be issued more than two years after the day on which the subject matter of the violation arises.
Reviews
Right to request review
144. A person who is served with a notice of violation may, within 30 days after the day on which it is served, or within any longer period that the Board allows, make a request to the Board for a review of the amount of the penalty or the facts of the violation, or both.
Correction or cancellation of notice of violation
145. At any time before a request for a review in respect of a notice of violation is received by the Board, a person designated under paragraph 135(b) may cancel the notice of violation or correct an error in it.
Review
146. (1) On receipt of a request made under section 144, the Board shall conduct the review or cause the review to be conducted by a person designated under paragraph 135(d).
Restriction
(2) The Board shall conduct the review if the notice of violation was issued by a person designated under paragraph 135(d).
Object of review
147. (1) The Board or the person conducting the review shall determine, as the case may be, whether the amount of the penalty for the violation was determined in accordance with the regulations or whether the person committed the violation, or both.
Determination
(2) The Board or the person conducting the review shall render a determination in writing and cause the person who requested the review to be served with a copy of the determination and the reasons for it.
Correction of penalty
(3) If the Board or the person conducting the review determines that the amount of the penalty for the violation was not determined in accordance with the regulations, the Board or the person, as the case may be, shall correct the amount of the penalty.
Responsibility
(4) If the Board or the person conducting the review determines that the person who requested the review committed the violation, the person who requested the review is liable to the penalty as set out in the determination.
Determination final
(5) Despite subsection 21(1), a determination made under this section is final and binding and, except for judicial review under the Federal Courts Act, is not subject to appeal or to review by any court.
Federal Court
(6) Despite section 28 of the Federal Courts Act, the Federal Court has exclusive original jurisdiction to hear and determine an application for judicial review of a determination made under this section by the Board.
Burden of proof
148. If the facts of a violation are reviewed, the person who issued the notice of violation shall establish, on a balance of probabilities, that the person named in it committed the violation identified in it.
Responsibility
Payment
149. If a person pays the penalty set out in a notice of violation, the person is considered to have committed the violation and proceedings in respect of it are ended.
Failure to act
150. A person that neither pays the penalty imposed under this Act nor requests a review in the prescribed period is considered to have committed the violation and is liable to the penalty.
Recovery of Penalties
Debts to Her Majesty
151. (1) A penalty constitutes a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered in the Federal Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction.
Limitation period
(2) No proceedings to recover the debt may be instituted more than five years after the day on which the debt becomes payable.
Certificate
152. (1) The Board may issue a certificate of non-payment certifying the unpaid amount of any debt referred to in subsection 151(1).
Registration in Federal Court
(2) Registration in the Federal Court or in any other court of competent jurisdiction of a certificate of non-payment issued under subsection (1) has the same effect as a judgment of that court for a debt of the amount specified in the certificate and all related registration costs.
General
Admissibility of documents
153. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, a document that appears to be a notice issued under subsection 139(1) is presumed to be authentic and is proof of its contents in any proceeding in respect of a violation.
Publication
154. The Board may make public the nature of a violation, the name of the person who committed it and the amount of the penalty.
Terminology — Chairman
99. The English version of the Act is amended by replacing “Chairman” with “Chairperson” in the following provisions:
(a) subsection 4(1);
(b) subsection 15(1);
(c) subsections 92(3) and (5); and
(d) subsection 93(2).
Transitional Provisions
Definitions
100. The following definitions apply in this section and sections 101 to 109.
“Board”« Office »
“Board” means the National Energy Board established by section 3 of the other Act.
“Chairperson”Version anglaise seulement
“Chairperson” means the Chairperson of the National Energy Board.
“commencement day”« entrée en vigueur »
“commencement day” means the day on which this section and sections 68 to 85, 89, 90, 92 to 97, 99 and 101 to 114 come into force.
“designated project”« projet désigné »
“designated project” means a project that is considered to be a designated project under subsection 126(1) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012.
“Minister responsible for the other Act”« ministre responsable de l’autre loi »
“Minister responsible for the other Act” means the member of the Queen’s Privy Council for Canada that is designated by the Governor in Council as the Minister for the purposes of the other Act.
“other Act”« autre loi »
“other Act” means the National Energy Board Act.
Application of subsections 6(2) and (2.1) and 11(4) and section 16
101. Subsections 6(2) and (2.1) of the other Act, as enacted by subsection 71(2), subsection 11(4) of the other Act, as enacted by section 74, and section 16 of the other Act, as amended by section 77, also apply in respect of proceedings that were before the Board immediately before the commencement day and that continue after that day.
Section 52 application — no agreement
102. If an application for a certificate under section 52 of the other Act was before the Board immediately before the commencement day and no final decision in respect of the application had been made before that day and no agreement had been entered into with the Board under section 40 of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act before that day in respect of the pipeline to which the application relates, sections 52 to 55.2 of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, apply in respect of the application, as though the application had been made on that day.
Section 52 application — substitution
103. If an application for a certificate under section 52 of the other Act was before the Board immediately before the commencement day and no final decision in respect of the application had been made before that day and, before that day, the Board’s process for assessing environmental effects had been approved as a substitute under subsection 43(1) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, sections 52 to 55.2 of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, apply in respect of the application, as though the application had been made on that day.
Section 52 application — review panel
104. (1) Subsections (2) to (9) apply in respect of an application for a certificate under section 52 of the other Act if
(a) the application was made before the commencement day;
(b) a review panel had been jointly established before that day under an agreement entered into under subsection 40(2) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act in relation to the pipeline to which the application relates; and
(c) no final decision in respect of the application had been made before that day.
Sections 52 to 55.2
(2) Subject to subsection (3) and (5) to (9), sections 52 to 55.2 of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, apply in respect of the application, as though it had been made on the commencement day.
Subsection 52(3)
(3) Unless subsection (8) or (9) applies, the reference in subsection 52(3) of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, to the Board is to be read as a reference to the review panel.
Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012
(4) For the purposes of the environmental assessment under the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 of the designated project to which the application relates,
(a) sections 47 and 48 of that Act are to be read as follows:
Governor in Council’s decision
47. (1) The Governor in Council, after taking into account the review panel’s report with respect to the environmental assessment, must make decisions under subsection 52(1).
Studies and collection of information
(2) Before making decisions referred to in subsection 52(1), the Governor in Council may, by order, direct the National Energy Board to require the proponent of the designated project to collect any information or undertake any studies that, in the Governor in Council’s opinion, are necessary for the Governor in Council to make decisions.
Publication
(3) A copy of the order must be published in the Canada Gazette within 15 days after it is made.
Excluded periods
48. (1) If the review panel under subsection 44(2) requires the proponent of the designated project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project and the review panel, with the approval of the Chairperson of the National Energy Board, states publicly that this subsection applies, the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the review panel, to comply with the requirement under subsection 44(2) is not included in the calculation of the period referred to in paragraph 38(3)(b) that is established under subsection 126(4).
Excluded periods
(2) If the National Energy Board, acting under an order made under subsection 47(2), requires a proponent of the designated project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project, the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the National Energy Board, to comply with the requirement is not included in the calculation of the period referred to in paragraph 38(3)(c) that is established under subsection 126(4).
(b) section 54 of that Act is to be read as follows:
Decision statement
54. (1) The National Energy Board must issue a decision statement to the proponent of a designated project that
(a) informs the proponent of the designated project of the decisions made under paragraphs 52(1)(a) and (b), and under subsection 52(4), if that subsection applies, in relation to the designated project; and
(b) includes any conditions that are established under section 53 in relation to the designated project and that must be complied with by the proponent.
Extension of time limit
(2) The Governor in Council may extend the time limits established under subsection 126(4) by any further period.
Public notice of extension
(3) The National Energy Board must make public any extension granted under subsection (2).
Excluded period
(4) If the National Energy Board, acting under an order made under subsection 47(2), requires a proponent of the designated project to collect information or undertake a study with respect to the designated project, the period that is taken by the proponent, in the opinion of the National Energy Board, to comply with the requirement is not included in the calculation of the period referred to in subsection 126(2) that is established under subsection 126(4).
Time limit
(5) The time limit established under subsection 126(4) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 for the submission of the review panel’s report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project to which the application relates is to be considered, despite the period of 15 months referred to in subsection 52(4) of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, to be the time limit specified by the Chairperson under that subsection 52(4).
Extension
(6) If a time limit is extended under subsection 52(7) of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, the same extension is considered to have been made under subsection 54(2) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, as that subsection reads by reason of paragraph (4)(b).
Extension
(7) If a time limit is extended under subsection 54(4) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, as that subsection reads by reason of paragraph (4)(b), the same extension is considered to have been made under subsection 52(7) of the other Act, as enacted by section 83.
Exercise of Chairperson’s powers
(8) If a time limit is considered by virtue of subsection (5) to have been specified by the Chairperson under subsection 52(4) of the other Act, as enacted by section 83, and the Minister of the Environment and the Chairperson are of the opinion that the time limit is not likely to be met, the Chairperson may exercise any of the Chairperson’s powers under subsection 6(2.2) of the other Act, as enacted by subsection 71(2). If any of those powers are exercised,
(a) for greater certainty, subsections 6(2.3) to (2.5), as enacted by that subsection 71(2), apply; and
(b) the Minister of the Environment is considered to have terminated, under subsection 49(2) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, the review panel’s environmental assessment of the designated project to which the application relates.
Exercise of Minister’s powers
(9) If the review panel’s environmental assessment of the designated project to which the application relates is terminated by the Minister of the Environment under subsection 49(1) or (2) of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012, or is considered to have been terminated under subsection (8),
(a) despite section 50 of that Act, the Board shall complete the environmental assessment of the designated project and prepare a report with respect to the environmental assessment; and
(b) section 51 of that Act is to be read as follows in respect of that designated project:
Governor in Council’s decision
51. The Governor in Council, after taking into account the report with respect to the environmental assessment of the designated project, must make decisions under subsection 52(1).
Application before Board — section 58
105. Subsections 58(4) to (11) of the other Act, as enacted by section 84, apply in respect of each application for an order under section 58 of the other Act that was before the Board immediately before the commencement day and in respect of which no final decision had been made before that day, as though the application had been made on that day.
Application before Board — section 58.16
106. Subsections 58.16(4) to (13) of the other Act, as enacted by subsection 85(2), apply in respect of each application to which subsection 58.16(1) of the other Act applies that was before the Board immediately before the commencement day and in respect of which no final decision had been made before that day, as though the application had been made on that day.
Time limit
107. (1) Within 14 days after the commencement day, in respect of each application to which any of sections 102, 103, 105 and 106 applies that the Chairperson considers to have been complete before that day, specify a time limit for the Board to comply with subsection 52(1), 58(4) or 58.16(4) of the other Act, as the case may be, as enacted, respectively, by sections 83 and 84 and subsection 85(2). The Board shall also make that time limit public.
Clarification
(2) The time limit specified under subsection (1) may be longer than the 15-month period referred to in subsection 52(4), 58(5) or 58.16(4) of the other Act, as the case may be, as enacted, respectively, by sections 83 and 84 and subsection 85(2), if the Chairperson considers it appropriate in the circumstances, but it must be no longer than 15 months after the commencement day.
Chairperson’s powers
(3) To ensure that a time limit specified under subsection (1) is met, the Chairperson may exercise any of the Chairperson’s powers under subsection 6(2.2) of the other Act, as enacted by subsection 71(2). For greater certainty, subsections 6(2.3) to (2.5) of the other Act, as enacted by that subsection 71(2), apply if any of those powers are exercised.
Chairman
108. The person who holds the office of Chairman of the Board immediately before the commencement day continues in office as the Chairperson of the Board until the earlier of the expiry of the person’s term as a member of the Board and the designation of another member of the Board as its Chairperson.
Vice-Chairman
109. The person who holds the office of Vice-Chairman of the Board immediately before the commencement day continues in office as the Vice-chairperson of the Board until the earlier of the expiry of the person’s term as a member of the Board and the designation of another member of the Board as its Vice-chairperson.
Related and Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. F-7; 2002, c. 8, s. 14
Federal Courts Act
110. Subsection 28(1) of the Federal Courts Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(g) the Governor in Council, when the Governor in Council makes an order under subsection 54(1) of the National Energy Board Act;
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
2006, c. 9, s. 270
111. Part III of Schedule VI to the English version of the Financial Administration Act in column II is amended by replacing the reference to “Chairman” opposite the reference to the “National Energy Board” in Column I with a reference to “Chairperson”.
R.S., c. N-26
Northern Pipeline Act
112. Subsection 7(1) of the Northern Pipeline Act is replaced by the following:
Designated officer‘s powers
7. (1) The designated officer may, in respect of the pipeline, exercise and perform any of the powers, duties and functions of the Board under the National Energy Board Act, except those under Part II, sections 47 to 54, 56 and 58, Part IV, section 74, and Parts VI, VIII and IX of that Act, that may be delegated to him or her by order of the Board.
113. Subsection 21(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Certificate considered to be issued by Board
(2) A certificate of public convenience and necessity declared to be issued by subsection (1) is considered to be a certificate issued under section 52 of the National Energy Board Act on April 13, 1978.
1990, c. 7
An Act to amend the National Energy Board Act and to repeal certain enactments in consequence thereof
114. Section 46 of the An Act to amend the National Energy Board Act and to repeal certain enactments in consequence thereof is repealed.
Coming into Force
Order in council
115. (1) Sections 68 to 85, 89, 90, 92 to 97 and 99 to 114 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Order in council
(2) Sections 86 to 88, 91 and 98 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 3
R.S., c. O-7; 1992, c. 35, s. 2
Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act
Amendments to the Act
116. Section 2 of the Canada Oil and Gas Operations Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“navigable water”« eaux navigables »
“navigable water” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Navigable Waters Protection Act;
117. Section 2.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(b.1) the safety of navigation in navigable waters;
118. Section 4.1 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 4.1(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Navigable waters
(2) The person to whom the power to issue an authorization under paragraph 5(1)(b) is delegated may exercise that power in relation to a section or part of a pipeline that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water only after having consulted the National Energy Board.
119. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 5.01:
Navigable Waters
Construction or operation
5.011 No person shall construct or operate a pipeline that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water unless an authorization to construct or operate, as the case may be, the pipeline has been issued under paragraph 5(1)(b).
Effects on navigation
5.012 In addition to any other factor that it considers appropriate, the National Energy Board shall take into account the effects that its decision might have on navigation, including safety of navigation, when deciding whether to issue an authorization under paragraph 5(1)(b) in respect of a pipeline that passes in, on, over, under, through or across a navigable water.
Pipeline not work
5.013 Despite the definition “work” in section 2 of the Navigable Waters Protection Act, a pipeline in respect of which an authorization has been or may be issued under paragraph 5(1)(b) is not a work to which that Act applies.
Regulations
5.014 (1) The Governor in Council may, for purposes related to navigation, on the joint recommendation of the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development and the Minister of Transport, make regulations respecting sections or parts of pipelines that pass in, on, over, under, through or across any navigable water in any area in respect of which the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development has administrative responsibility for natural resources, including regulations respecting the design, construction, operation and abandonment of those pipelines and the issuance of authorizations under paragraph 5(1)(b) in respect of their construction or operation.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may, for purposes related to navigation, on the joint recommendation of the Minister of Natural Resources and the Minister of Transport, make regulations respecting sections or parts of pipelines that pass in, on, over, under, through or across any navigable waters in any area in respect of which the Minister of Natural Resources has administrative responsibility for natural resources, including regulations respecting the design, construction, operation and abandonment of those pipelines and the issuance of authorizations under paragraph 5(1)(b) in respect of their construction or operation.
Existing terms and conditions
5.015 Terms and conditions imposed at any time before the coming into force of this section in relation to an approval given under the Navigable Waters Protection Act in respect of a pipeline, in respect of which an authorization has been issued under paragraph 5(1)(b), apply as if they were requirements determined by the National Energy Board to be requirements to which the authorization is subject.
120. Subsection 5.4(1) of the English version of the Act is amended by replacing “Chairman of the National Energy Board” with “Chairperson of the National Energy Board”.
Coming into Force
Order in council
121. Sections 116 to 119 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 4
1997, c. 9
Nuclear Safety and Control Act
Amendments to the Act
122. Section 2 of the Nuclear Safety and Control Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“penalty”« pénalité »
“penalty” means an administrative monetary penalty imposed under this Act for a violation.
123. Subsection 10(6) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Temporary members
(6) Each temporary member holds office during good behaviour for a term not exceeding three years.
124. (1) The portion of subsection 24(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Application
(2) The Commission may issue, renew, suspend in whole or in part, amend, revoke or replace a licence, or authorize its transfer, on receipt of an application
(2) The portion of subsection 24(4) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Conditions for issuance, etc.
(4) No licence shall be issued, renewed, amended or replaced — and no authorization to transfer one given — unless, in the opinion of the Commission, the applicant or, in the case of an application for an authorization to transfer the licence, the transferee
(3) Subsection 24(8) of the Act is repealed.
125. (1) Paragraph 37(2)(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) renew, suspend in whole or in part, amend, revoke or replace — or authorize the transfer of — a licence referred to in paragraph (c) on receipt of an application referred to in subsection 24(2);
(2) Subsection 37(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice
(4) A designated officer who refuses to issue, renew, suspend, amend, revoke or replace a licence, or authorize its transfer, shall notify the applicant of the refusal.
(3) Paragraph 37(5)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) a refusal by the designated officer to issue, renew, suspend, amend, revoke or replace a licence or authorize its transfer;
126. Paragraph 39(1)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a.1) the applicant, before refusing to authorize the transfer under paragraph 37(2)(d);
(b) the licensee, before renewing, suspending, amending, revoking or replacing a licence or authorizing its transfer, under paragraph 37(2)(d), or before refusing to take any of those actions; and
127. (1) Subsection 40(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
(a.1) the applicant, before refusing to authorize its transfer under section 24;
(2) Paragraph 40(1)(e) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(e) the applicant, before confirming a decision not to issue a licence or authorize its transfer — and the licensee, before confirming a decision not to renew, amend, revoke or replace a licence or authorize its transfer — under paragraph 43(4)(a);
128. (1) Paragraphs 43(1)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) a refusal of a designated officer to issue, renew, suspend, amend, revoke or replace a licence or authorize its transfer;
(2) Subsection 43(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
(c.1) an authorization granted by a designated officer to transfer a licence; or
(3) Paragraphs 43(2)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) the applicant, a decision of the Commission not to issue a licence or authorize its transfer;
(b) the licensee, a decision of the Commission not to renew, suspend, amend, revoke or replace a licence or authorize its transfer;
(4) Paragraph 43(4)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) a decision not to issue, renew, amend, revoke, replace a licence or authorize its transfer, confirm the decision or issue, renew, amend, revoke or replace the licence or authorize its transfer;
129. (1) Subsection 44(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (u):
(u.1) designating as a violation that may be proceeded with in accordance with this Act
(i) the contravention of any specified provision of this Act or of any of its regulations,
(ii) the contravention of any order or decision, or of any order or decision of any specified class of orders or decisions, made under this Act, or
(iii) the failure to comply with any term or condition of a licence, or any term or condition of any specified class of licences;
(u.2) respecting the determination of or the method of determining the amount payable as the penalty, which may be different for individuals and other persons, for each violation;
(u.3) respecting the service of documents required or authorized under section 65.05, 65.1 or 65.13, including the manner and proof of service and the circumstances under which documents are deemed to be served;
(2) Section 44 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (12):
Restriction — amount of penalty
(13) The amount that may be determined under any regulations made under paragraph (1)(u.2) as the penalty for a violation shall not be more than $25,000, in the case of an individual, and $100,000, in the case of any other person.
130. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 65:
ADMINISTRATIVE MONETARY PENALTIES
Commission’s Powers
Powers
65.01 The Commission may
(a) establish the form of notices of violation;
(b) designate inspectors, or designated officers, who are authorized to issue notices of violation;
(c) establish, in respect of each violation, a short-form description to be used in notices of violation; and
(d) designate designated officers to conduct reviews under section 65.13.
Violations
Commission of violation
65.02 (1) Every person who contravenes or fails to comply with a provision, order, decision, term or condition designated under paragraph 44(1)(u.1) commits a violation and is liable to an administrative monetary penalty of an amount to be determined in accordance with the regulations.
Purpose of penalty
(2) The purpose of the penalty is to promote compliance with this Act and not to punish.
Liability of directors, officers, etc.
65.03 If a corporation commits a violation, any director, officer, agent or mandatary of the corporation who directed, authorized, assented to, acquiesced in or participated in the commission of the violation is a party to the violation and is liable to an administrative monetary penalty of an amount to be determined in accordance with the regulations, whether or not the corporation has been proceeded against in accordance with this Act.
Proof of violation
65.04 In any proceedings under this Act against a person in relation to a violation, it is sufficient proof of the violation to establish that it was committed by an employee, or agent or mandatary, of the person whether or not the employee, agent or mandatary is identified or proceeded against in accordance with this Act.
Issuance and service of notice of violation
65.05 (1) If a person designated under paragraph 65.01(b) believes on reasonable grounds that a person has committed a violation, the designated person may issue a notice of violation and cause it to be served on the person.
Contents
(2) The notice of violation must
(a) name the person that is believed to have committed the violation;
(b) set out the relevant facts surrounding the violation;
(c) set out the amount of the penalty for the violation;
(d) inform the person of their right to request a review with respect to the violation or the amount of the penalty, and of the prescribed period within which that right must be exercised;
(e) inform the person of the manner of paying the penalty set out in the notice; and
(f) inform the person that, if they do not pay the penalty or exercise their right referred to in paragraph (d), they will be considered to have committed the violation and that they are liable to the penalty set out in the notice.
Rules About Violations
Certain defences not available
65.06 (1) A person named in a notice of violation does not have a defence by reason that the person
(a) exercised due diligence to prevent the commission of the violation; or
(b) reasonably and honestly believed in the existence of facts that, if true, would exonerate the person.
Common law principles
(2) Every rule and principle of the common law that renders any circumstance a justification or excuse in relation to a charge for an offence under this Act applies in respect of a violation to the extent that it is not inconsistent with this Act.
Continuing violation
65.07 A violation that is committed or continued on more than one day constitutes a separate violation for each day on which it is committed or continued.
Violation or offence
65.08 (1) Proceeding with any act or omission as a violation under this Act precludes proceeding with it as an offence under this Act, and proceeding with it as an offence under this Act precludes proceeding with it as a violation under this Act.
Violations not offences
(2) For greater certainty, a violation is not an offence and, accordingly, section 126 of the Criminal Code does not apply in respect of a violation.
Limitation or prescription period
65.09 No notice of violation in respect of a violation shall be issued more than two years after the day on which the subject matter of the violation arises.
Reviews
Right to request review
65.1 A person who is served with a notice of violation may, within 30 days after the day on which it is served, or within any longer period that the Commission allows, make a request to the Commission for a review of the amount of the penalty or the facts of the violation, or both.
Correction or cancellation of notice of violation
65.11 At any time before a request for a review in respect of a notice of violation is received by the Commission, a person designated under paragraph 65.01(b) may cancel the notice of violation or correct an error in it.
Review
65.12 (1) On receipt of a request made under section 65.1, the Commission shall conduct the review or cause the review to be conducted by a designated officer.
Restriction
(2) If the notice of violation was issued by a designated officer, the Commission shall conduct the review.
Review by designated officer
65.13 (1) If a review is conducted by a designated officer, the designated officer shall determine, as the case may be, whether the amount of the penalty for the violation was determined in accordance with the regulations or whether the person committed the violation, or both.
Determination
(2) The designated officer shall render his or her determination in writing and cause the person who requested the review to be served with a copy of the determination and reasons.
Correction of penalty
(3) If the designated officer determines that the amount of the penalty for the violation was not determined in accordance with the regulations, the designated officer shall correct the amount of the penalty.
Responsibility
(4) If the designated officer determines that the person who requested the review committed the violation, the person is liable to the penalty as set out in the determination.
Request for review by Commission
(5) A person on whom a copy of a determination of a review is served may, within 30 days after the day on which it is served, or within any longer period that the Commission allows, make a request to the Commission for a review by the Commission of the amount of the penalty or the facts of the violation, or both.
Review by Commission
65.14 (1) If a review is conducted by the Commission, the Commission shall determine, as the case may be, whether the amount of the penalty for the violation was determined in accordance with the regulations or whether the person committed the violation, or both.
Determination
(2) The Commission shall render its determination in writing and cause the person who requested the review to be served with a copy of the determination and reasons.
Correction of penalty
(3) If the Commission determines that the amount of the penalty for the violation was not determined in accordance with the regulations, the Commission shall correct the amount of the penalty.
Responsibility
(4) If the Commission determines that the person who requested the review committed the violation, the person is liable to the penalty as set out in the determination.
Determination final
(5) Despite subsection 43(3), a determination made under this section is final and binding and, except for judicial review under the Federal Courts Act, is not subject to appeal or to review by any court.
Burden of proof
65.15 If the facts of a violation are reviewed under section 65.13 or 65.14, the person who issued the notice of violation shall establish, on a balance of probabilities, that the person named in it committed the violation identified in it.
Responsibility
Payment
65.16 If a person pays the penalty set out in a notice of violation, the person is considered to have committed the violation and proceedings in respect of it are ended.
Failure to act
65.17 A person that neither pays the penalty imposed under this Act nor requests a review in the prescribed period is considered to have committed the violation and is liable to the penalty.
Recovery of Penalties
Debts to Her Majesty
65.18 (1) A penalty constitutes a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered in the Federal Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction.
Limitation or prescription period
(2) No proceedings to recover the debt shall be instituted more than five years after the day on which the debt becomes payable.
Certificate
65.19 (1) The Commission may issue a certificate certifying the unpaid amount of any debt referred to in subsection 65.18(1).
Registration in Federal Court
(2) Registration in the Federal Court or in any other court of competent jurisdiction of a certificate issued under subsection (1) has the same effect as a judgment of that court for a debt of the amount specified in the certificate and all related registration costs.
General
Admissibility of documents
65.2 In the absence of evidence to the contrary, a document that appears to be a notice issued under subsection 65.05(1) is presumed to be authentic and is proof of its contents in any proceeding in respect of a violation.
Publication
65.21 The Commission may make public the nature of a violation, the name of the person who committed it and the amount of the penalty.
Coming into Force
Order in council
131. Sections 122, 129 and 130 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 5
R.S., c. F-14
Fisheries Act
Amendments to the Act
132. The heading before section 2 of the French version of the Fisheries Act is replaced by the following:
DÉFINITIONS ET INTERPRÉTATION
133. (1) The definition “obstruction” in subsection 2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“obstruction”« obstacle »
“obstruction” means any slide, dam or other thing impeding wholly or partially the free passage of fish;
(2) Section 2 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“analyst”« analyste »
“analyst” means a person who is designated under subsection 38(1) to perform the functions of an analyst;
(3) Subsection 2(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“Aboriginal”« autochtone »
“Aboriginal”, in relation to a fishery, means that fish is harvested by an Aboriginal organization or any of its members for the purpose of using the fish as food or for subsistence or for social or ceremonial purposes;
“commercial”« commerciale »
“commercial”, in relation to a fishery, means that fish is harvested under the authority of a licence for the purpose of sale, trade or barter;
“fish habitat”« habitat »
“fish habitat” means spawning grounds and any other areas, including nursery, rearing, food supply and migration areas, on which fish depend directly or indirectly in order to carry out their life processes;
“fishway”« passe migratoire »
“fishway” means any device, work or other thing that provides for the free passage of fish, including a canal, a fish pump, a fish ladder, a fish elevator and a fish lock;
“recreational”« récréative »
“recreational”, in relation to a fishery, means that fish is harvested under the authority of a licence for personal use of the fish or for sport;
(4) Section 2 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 2(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Serious harm to fish
(2) For the purposes of this Act, serious harm to fish is the death of fish or any permanent alteration to, or destruction of, fish habitat.
134. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 4:
AGREEMENTS, PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS
Minister may enter into agreements
4.1 (1) The Minister may enter into an agreement with a province to further the purposes of this Act, including an agreement with respect to one or more of the following:
(a) facilitating cooperation between the parties to the agreement, including facilitating joint action in areas of common interest, reducing overlap between their respective programs and otherwise harmonizing those programs;
(b) facilitating enhanced communication between the parties, including the exchange of scientific and other information; and
(c) facilitating public consultation or the entry into arrangements with third-party stakeholders.
Contents of agreement
(2) An agreement may establish
(a) the roles, powers and functions of the parties;
(b) programs and projects;
(c) principles and objectives of the parties’ respective programs and projects;
(d) standards, guidelines and codes of practice to be followed by the parties in the administration of their respective programs and projects;
(e) processes for policy development, operational planning and communication between the parties, including the exchange of scientific and other information;
(f) the administrative structures that will be used to carry out the agreement’s objectives;
(g) the power of the parties to create committees and public panels and to conduct public consultations; and
(h) the circumstances and manner in which the province is to provide information on the administration and enforcement of a provision of its laws that the agreement provides is equivalent in effect to a provision of the regulations.
Regulations
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations establishing the conditions under which the Minister may enter into or renew an agreement, including procedures for entering into or renewing the agreement.
Agreements to be published
(4) The Minister shall publish an agreement in the manner that he or she considers appropriate.
Declaration of equivalent provisions
4.2 (1) If an agreement entered into under section 4.1 provides that there is in force a provision under the laws of the province that is equivalent in effect to a provision of the regulations, the Governor in Council may, by order, declare that certain provisions of this Act or of the regulations do not apply in the province with respect to the subject matter of the provision under the laws of the province.
Non-application of provisions
(2) Except with respect to Her Majesty in right of Canada, the provisions of this Act or of the regulations that are set out in the order do not apply within that province with respect to the subject matter of the provision under the laws of the province.
Revocation
(3) The Governor in Council may revoke the order if the Governor in Council is satisfied that the provision under the laws of the province is no longer equivalent in effect to the provision of the regulations or is not being adequately administered or enforced.
Notice to province
(4) The Governor in Council may revoke the order only if the Minister has given notice of the proposed revocation to the province.
Order ceases to have effect
(5) The order ceases to have effect either when it is revoked by the Governor in Council or when the agreement to which the order relates terminates or is terminated.
Report to Parliament
4.3 The Minister shall, as soon as feasible after the end of each fiscal year, prepare and cause to be laid before each house of Parliament a report on the administration of sections 4.1 and 4.2 in that fiscal year.
Objectives
4.4 (1) The Minister may implement programs and projects for the purposes of this Act and, to facilitate the implementation of a program or project, may
(a) make grants and contributions;
(b) make loans;
(c) make recoverable expenditures on behalf of any person or body, or any federal or provincial minister, department or agency; and
(d) guarantee the repayment of any financial obligation, or provide loan insurance or credit insurance in respect of such an obligation.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister and the Minister of Finance, make regulations respecting such grants, contributions, loans, guarantees and insurance.
Agreements, etc.
(3) In exercising powers and performing functions under subsection (1), the Minister may
(a) enter into agreements — including an agreement under section 4.1 — or arrangements or transactions with any person or body, or any federal or provincial minister, department or agency; and
(b) with the approval of the Minister of Finance, requisition amounts in respect of such an agreement, arrangement or transaction to be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund.
135. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 5:
FACTORS TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT
Factors
6. Before recommending to the Governor in Council that a regulation be made in respect of section 35 or under paragraph 37(3)(c) or 43(1)(i.01) or subsection 43(5), and before exercising any power under subsection 20(2) or (3) or 21(1), paragraph 35(2)(b) or (c) or subsection 35(3), or under subsection 37(2) with regard to an offence under subsection 40(1) or with regard to harm to fish, the Minister shall consider the following factors:
(a) the contribution of the relevant fish to the ongoing productivity of commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fisheries;
(b) fisheries management objectives;
(c) whether there are measures and standards to avoid, mitigate or offset serious harm to fish that are part of a commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fishery, or that support such a fishery; and
(d) the public interest.
Purpose
6.1 The purpose of section 6, and of the provisions set out in that section, is to provide for the sustainability and ongoing productivity of commercial, recreational and Aboriginal fisheries.
136. The heading before section 20 and sections 20 to 22 of the Act are replaced by the following:
FISHWAYS
Studies, analyses, samplings and evaluations
20. (1) If the Minister considers that doing so is necessary to ensure the free passage of fish or to prevent harm to fish, the owner or person who has the charge, management or control of an obstruction or any other thing that is harmful to fish shall, on the Minister’s request and within the period specified by the Minister, conduct studies, analyses, samplings and eval-uations, and provide the Minister with any document or other information relating to them, to the obstruction or thing or to the fish or fish habitat that is affected or is likely to be affected by the obstruction or thing.
Minister’s request
(2) If the Minister considers that doing so is necessary to ensure the free passage of fish or to prevent harm to fish, the owner or person who has the charge, management or control of an obstruction or any other thing that is harmful to fish shall, on the Minister’s request, within the period specified by the Minister and in accord-ance with any specifications of the Minister,
(a) remove the obstruction or thing;
(b) construct a fishway;
(c) implement a system of catching fish before the obstruction or thing, transporting them beyond it and releasing them back into the water;
(d) install a fish stop or a diverter;
(e) install a fish guard, a screen, a covering, netting or any other device to prevent the passage of fish into any water intake, ditch, channel or canal;
(f) maintain the flow of water that the Minister considers sufficient to permit the free passage of fish; or
(g) permit the escape, into the water below the obstruction or thing, at all times of the quantity of water that the Minister considers sufficient for the safety of fish or for the flooding of fish habitat to an appropriate depth.
Modification, repair and maintenance
(3) On the Minister’s request, the owner or person referred to in subsection (2) shall
(a) make any provision that the Minister considers necessary for the free passage of fish or to prevent harm to fish during the construction, implementation, installation, modification or repair of anything mentioned in that subsection;
(b) operate and maintain that thing in a good and effective condition and in accordance with any specifications of the Minister; and
(c) modify or repair it in accordance with any specifications of the Minister.
Obstruction of free passage of fish
(4) No person shall
(a) obstruct more than two-thirds of the width of any river or stream or more than one-third of the width of the main channel at low tide of any tidal stream;
(b) use or place any kind of net or other fishing apparatus, logs or any material of any kind in the unobstructed part of a river, stream or tidal stream referred to in paragraph (a);
(c) damage or obstruct any fishway constructed or used to enable fish to pass over or around any obstruction;
(d) damage or obstruct any fishway, fish stop or diverter constructed or installed on the Minister’s request;
(e) stop or hinder fish from entering or passing through any fishway, or from surmounting any obstacle or leap;
(f) damage, remove or authorize the removal of any fish guard, screen, covering, netting or other device installed on the Minister’s request; or
(g) fish in any manner within 23 m downstream from the lower entrance to any fishway, obstruction or leap.
Exception — removal for repairs
(5) Despite paragraph (4)(f), a person may remove or authorize the removal of any fish guard, screen, covering, netting or other device installed on the Minister’s request if the removal is required for modification, repair or maintenance.
Devices to prevent escape of fish
21. (1) The Minister may authorize the installation and maintenance of fish guards, screens, coverings, netting or other devices in waters to prevent fish held for breeding from escaping or for any other purpose that the Minister considers to be in the public interest.
Removal
(2) No person shall damage, remove or authorize the removal of such a fish guard, screen, covering, netting or other device, unless they are authorized to do so by the Minister.
1991, c. 1, s. 7
137. Sections 26 and 27 of the Act are repealed.
138. Section 30 of the Act is repealed.
139. (1) Section 32 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Killing of fish
32. (1) No person shall kill fish by any means other than fishing.
Exception
(2) No person contravenes subsection (1) if the killing of fish
(a) is done as a result of carrying on a prescribed work, undertaking or activity in or around any prescribed Canadian fisheries waters and is done in accordance with any prescribed conditions;
(b) is done in accordance with the regulations;
(c) is authorized by the Minister and is done in accordance with the conditions established by the Minister;
(d) is authorized by a prescribed person or entity and is done in accordance with the prescribed conditions; or
(e) is done as a result of doing anything that is authorized, otherwise permitted or required under this Act.
Failure to comply with conditions
(3) Every person who fails to comply with a condition imposed under any of paragraphs (2)(a) to (d) that applies to them is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and liable, for a first offence, to a fine of not more than $100,000 and, for any subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $100,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months, or to both.
(2) Section 32 of the Act is repealed.
140. The heading before section 34 of the Act is replaced by the following:
FISHERIES PROTECTION AND POLLUTION PREVENTION
141. The definition “fish habitat” in subsection 34(1) of the Act is repealed.
142. (1) Section 35 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Alteration, disruption or destruction of fish habitat
35. (1) No person shall carry on any work, undertaking or activity that results in the harmful alteration or disruption, or the destruction, of fish habitat.
Exception
(2) A person may carry on a work, undertaking or activity without contravening subsection (1) if
(a) the work, undertaking or activity is a prescribed work, undertaking or activity, or is carried on in or around prescribed Canadian fisheries waters, and the work, undertaking or activity is carried on in accordance with the prescribed conditions;
(b) the carrying on of the work, undertaking or activity is authorized by the Minister and the work, undertaking or activity is carried on in accordance with the conditions established by the Minister;
(c) the carrying on of the work, undertaking or activity is authorized by a prescribed person or entity and the work, undertaking or activity is carried on in accordance with the prescribed conditions;
(d) the harmful alteration or disruption, or the destruction, of fish habitat is produced as a result of doing anything that is authorized, otherwise permitted or required under this Act; or
(e) the work, undertaking or activity is carried on in accordance with the regulations.
(2) Subsection 35(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Serious harm to fish
35. (1) No person shall carry on any work, undertaking or activity that results in serious harm to fish that are part of a commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fishery, or to fish that support such a fishery.
(3) Paragraph 35(2)(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) the serious harm is produced as a result of doing anything that is authorized, otherwise permitted or required under this Act; or
(4) Section 35 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Regulations
(3) The Minister may, for the purposes of paragraph (2)(a), make regulations prescribing anything that is authorized to be prescribed.
Statutory Instruments Act
(4) Regulations made under subsection (3) are exempt from section 3 of the Statutory Instruments Act.
143. (1) Subsection 36(4) of the Act is amended by deleting “or” at the end of paragraph (a) and by replacing paragraph (b) with the following:
(b) a deleterious substance of a class and under conditions — which may include conditions with respect to quantity or concentration — authorized under regulations made under subsection (5) applicable to that water or place or to any work or undertaking or class of works or undertakings; or
(c) a deleterious substance the deposit of which is authorized by regulations made under subsection (5.2) and that is deposited in accordance with those regulations.
(2) Subsection 36(6) of the Act is replaced with the following:
Regulations — Governor in Council
(5.1) The Governor in Council may make regulations establishing conditions for the exercise of the Minister’s regulation-making power under subsection (5.2).
Regulations — Minister
(5.2) If regulations have been made under subsection (5.1), the Minister may make regulations
(a) authorizing the deposit of deleterious substances specified in the regulations, or substances falling within a class of deleteri-ous substances specified in the regulations;
(b) authorizing the deposit of deleterious substances into waters or places falling within a class of waters or places;
(c) authorizing the deposit of deleterious substances resulting from a work, undertaking or activity falling within a class of works, undertakings or activities;
(d) establishing conditions, which may include conditions with respect to quantity or concentration, for the deposit of deleterious substances referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c); and
(e) establishing, for the purposes of paragraphs (a) to (c), classes of
(i) deleterious substances,
(ii) waters and places, and
(iii) works, undertakings and activities.
Directions by the Minister
(6) A person authorized to deposit a delete-rious substance by or under regulations made under subsection (5) or (5.2) shall, when directed by the Minister, despite any regulations made under paragraph (5)(e) or (5.2)(d) or any conditions set out in an authorization made under paragraph (5)(f), conduct any sampling, analyses, tests, measurements or monitoring, install or operate any equipment or comply with any procedures, and report any information, that is required by the Minister in order to determine whether the person is depositing the deleterious substance in the manner authorized.
144. (1) Subsections 37(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Minister may require plans and specifications
37. (1) If a person carries on or proposes to carry on any work, undertaking or activity that results or is likely to result in the alteration, disruption or destruction of fish habitat, or in the deposit of a deleterious substance in water frequented by fish or in any place under any conditions where that deleterious substance or any other deleterious substance that results from the deposit of that deleterious substance may enter any such waters, the person shall, on the request of the Minister — or without request in the manner and circumstances prescribed by regulations made under paragraph (3)(a) — provide the Minister with any plans, specifications, studies, procedures, schedules, analyses, samples, evaluations and other information relating to the work, undertaking or activity, or to the water, place or fish habitat that is or is likely to be affected by the work, undertaking or activity, that will enable the Minister to determine
(a) whether the work, undertaking or activity results or is likely to result in any alteration, disruption or destruction of fish habitat that constitutes or would constitute an offence under subsection 40(1) and what measures, if any, would prevent that result or mitigate its effects; or
(b) whether there is or is likely to be a deposit of a deleterious substance by reason of the work, undertaking or activity that constitutes or would constitute an offence under subsection 40(2) and what measures, if any, would prevent that deposit or mitigate its effects.
Powers of Minister
(2) If, after reviewing any material or information provided under subsection (1) and affording the persons who provided it a reasonable opportunity to make representations, the Minister or a person designated by the Minister is of the opinion that an offence under subsection 40(1) or (2) is being or is likely to be committed, the Minister or the person designated by the Minister may, by order, subject to regulations made under paragraph (3)(b), or, if there are no such regulations in force, with the approval of the Governor in Council,
(a) require any modifications or additions to the work, undertaking or activity or any modifications to any plans, specifications, procedures or schedules relating to it that the Minister or the designated person considers necessary in the circumstances, or
(b) restrict the carrying on of the work, undertaking or activity.
The Minister or the designated person may also, with the approval of the Governor in Council in any case, direct the closing of the work or undertaking or the ending of the activity for any period that the Minister or the designated person considers necessary in the circumstances.
(2) Subsections 37(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Minister may require plans and specifications
37. (1) If a person carries on or proposes to carry on any work, undertaking or activity that results or is likely to result in serious harm to fish that are part of a commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fishery, or to fish that support such a fishery, or in the deposit of a deleterious substance in water frequented by fish or in any place under any conditions where that delete-rious substance or any other deleterious substance that results from the deposit of that deleterious substance may enter any such waters, the person shall, on the request of the Minister — or without request in the manner and circumstances prescribed by regulations made under paragraph (3)(a) — provide the Minister with any plans, specifications, studies, procedures, schedules, analyses, samples, eval-uations and other information relating to the work, undertaking or activity, or to the water, place or fish habitat that is or is likely to be affected by the work, undertaking or activity, that will enable the Minister to determine
(a) whether the work, undertaking or activity results or is likely to result in any serious harm to fish that are part of a commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fishery, or to fish that support such a fishery, that constitutes or would constitute an offence under subsection 40(1) and what measures, if any, would prevent that result or mitigate its effects; or
(b) whether there is or is likely to be a deposit of a deleterious substance by reason of the work, undertaking or activity that constitutes or would constitute an offence under subsection 40(2) and what measures, if any, would prevent that deposit or mitigate its effects.
Ecologically significant areas
(1.1) If a person proposes to carry on any work, undertaking or activity in any ecologically significant area, the person shall, on the request of the minister — or without request in the manner and circumstances prescribed by regulations made under paragraph (3)(a) — provide the Minister with any prescribed material and other information relating to the work, undertaking or activity, or to the water, place or fish habitat that is or is likely to be affected by the work, undertaking or activity.
Powers of Minister
(2) If, after reviewing any material or information provided under subsection (1) or (1.1) and affording the persons who provided it a reasonable opportunity to make representations, the Minister or a person designated by the Minister is of the opinion that an offence under subsection 40(1) or (2) is being or is likely to be committed, or that the work, undertaking or activity results or is likely to result in harm to fish in an ecologically significant area, the Minister or the designated person may, by order, subject to regulations made under paragraph (3)(b),
(a) require any modifications or additions to the work, undertaking or activity or any modifications to any plans, specifications, procedures or schedules relating to it that the Minister or the designated person considers necessary in the circumstances, or
(b) restrict the carrying on of the work, undertaking or activity.
The Minister or the designated person may also direct the closing of the work or undertaking or the ending of the activity for any period that the Minister or the designated person considers necessary in the circumstances.
(3) The portion of subsection 37(3) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Règlements
(3) Le gouverneur en conseil peut, par règlement :
(4) Paragraph 37(3)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) prescribing the manner and circumstances in which any information or material shall be provided to the Minister without request under subsection (1) or (1.1);
(5) Paragraph 37(3)(b) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
b) prévoir les cas où le ministre ou son délégué peut prendre l’arrêté visé au paragraphe (2), ainsi que les modalités de fond et de forme applicables;
(6) Subsection 37(3) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(c) defining “ecologically significant area” for the purposes of subsection (1.1).
R.S., c. 31 (1st Supp.), s. 34; 2001, c. 26, s. 300
145. (1) Subsections 38(1) to (10) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Power to designate
38. (1) The Minister may designate persons or classes of persons as inspectors or analysts for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of this Act.
Certificate to be produced
(2) The Minister shall provide every inspector with a certificate of designation and on entering any place or premises referred to in subsection (3) an inspector shall, if so required, show the certificate to the person in charge.
Authority to enter
(3) An inspector may, for a purpose related to verifying compliance with this Act, enter any place or premises, including a vehicle or vessel — other than a private dwelling-place or any part of any place or premises, including a vehicle or vessel, used as a permanent or temporary private dwelling-place — in which the inspector believes on reasonable grounds that
(a) there is anything that is detrimental to fish habitat; or
(b) there has been carried on, is being carried on or is likely to be carried on any work, undertaking or activity resulting or likely to result in
(i) the alteration or disruption of fish habitat, or
(ii) the deposit of a substance in water frequented by fish or in any place under any conditions where the substance or any other substance that results from the deposit of the substance may enter any such water.
Powers on entry
(3.1) The inspector may, for a purpose related to verifying compliance with this Act, examine any substance or product in the place or premises, take samples of it and conduct tests and measurements.
Duty to notify — alteration, disruption, destruction
(4) Every person shall without delay notify an inspector, a fishery officer or an authority prescribed by the regulations of a harmful alteration or disruption or a destruction of fish habitat that is not authorized under this Act, or of a serious and imminent danger of such an occurrence, if the person at any material time
(a) owns or has the charge, management or control of the work, undertaking or activity that resulted in the alteration, disruption or destruction of fish habitat or the danger of the alteration, disruption or destruction; or
(b) causes or contributes to the occurrence or the danger of the occurrence.
Duty to notify — deleterious substance
(5) If there occurs a deposit of a deleterious substance in water frequented by fish that is not authorized under this Act, or if there is a serious and imminent danger of such an occurrence, and detriment to fish habitat or fish or to the use by humans of fish results or may reasonably be expected to result from the occurrence, then every person shall without delay notify an inspector, a fishery officer or an authority prescribed by the regulations if the person at any material time
(a) owns or has the charge, management or control of
(i) the deleterious substance, or
(ii) the work, undertaking or activity that resulted in the deposit or the danger of the deposit; or
(b) causes or contributes to the occurrence or the danger of the occurrence.
Duty to take corrective measures
(6) Any person described in paragraph (4)(a) or (b) or (5)(a) or (b) shall, as soon as feasible, take all reasonable measures consistent with public safety and with the conservation and protection of fish and fish habitat to prevent the occurrence or to counteract, mitigate or remedy any adverse effects that result from the occurrence or might reasonably be expected to result from it.
Report
(7) As soon as feasible after the occurrence or after learning of the danger of the occurrence, the person shall provide an inspector, fishery officer or an authority prescribed by the regulations with a written report on the occurrence or danger of the occurrence.
Corrective measures
(7.1) If an inspector or fishery officer, whether or not they have been notified under subsection (4) or (5) or provided with a report under subsection (7), is satisfied on reasonable grounds that immediate action is necessary in order to take any measures referred to in subsection (6), the inspector or officer may, subject to subsection (7.2), take any of those measures at the expense of any person described in paragraph (4)(a) or (b) or (5)(a) or (b) or direct such a person to take them at that person’s expense.
Inconsistency
(7.2) Any direction of an inspector or fishery officer under this section that is inconsistent with any direction under the Canada Shipping Act, 2001 is void to the extent of the inconsistency.
Access to property
(8) For the purposes of subsections (4) to (7.1), any inspector or other person may enter and have access through any place or premises, including a vehicle or vessel — other than a private dwelling-place or any part of any place or premises, including a vehicle or vessel, used as a permanent or temporary private dwelling-place — and may take all reasonable measures in order to ensure that those subsections are complied with. However, nothing in this subsection relieves any person from liability at law for illegal or negligent acts or omissions or for loss or damage caused to others by the entry, access or measure.
Regulations
(9) The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing
(a) the authority for the purposes of subsection (4) or (5), the manner in which the notification under those subsections is to be made, the information to be contained in the notification and the circumstances in which no notification need be made;
(b) the authority for the purposes of subsection (7), the manner in which the report under that subsection is to be made, the information to be contained in the report and the circumstances in which no report need be made;
(c) the manner in which inspectors and fishery officers may take any measures or give any directions under subsection (7.1) and the conditions to which those measures are subject;
(d) the manner and circumstances in which any measures taken or directions given under subsection (7.1) may be reviewed, rescinded or varied; and
(e) any other matters necessary for or incidental to carrying out the purposes and provisions of this section.
Assistance to inspectors
(10) The owner or person in charge of any place or premises entered by an inspector under subsection (3) and every person found there shall give the inspector all reasonable assistance to enable the inspector to carry out their duties and functions under this section and shall provide the inspector with any information with respect to verifying compliance with this Act that the inspector requires.
(2) Subparagraph 38(3)(b)(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) serious harm to fish that are part of a commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fishery, or to fish that support such a fishery,
(3) The portion of subsection 38(4) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Duty to notify — serious harm to fish
(4) Every person shall without delay notify an inspector, a fishery officer or an authority prescribed by the regulations of an occurrence that results in serious harm to fish that are part of a commercial, recreational or Aboriginal fishery, or to fish that support such a fishery, that is not authorized under this Act, or of a serious and imminent danger of such an occurrence, if the person at any material time
(a) owns or has the charge, management or control of the work, undertaking or activity that resulted in the occurrence or the danger of the occurrence; or
(4) Paragraph 38(4)(b) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
b) celle qui est à l’origine des dommages, ou y contribue.
146. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 38:
Search
39. (1) A fishery officer or inspector who has a warrant issued under subsection (2) in which the officer or inspector is named may enter any place or premises, including a vehicle or vessel — other than a private dwelling-place or any part of any place or premises, including a vehicle or vessel, used as a permanent or temporary private dwelling-place — in which the officer or inspector has reasonable grounds to believe that an offence under subsection 40(1), (2) or (3) is being or has been committed and search the place, premises, vehicle or vessel for evidence of the offence.
Authority to issue warrant
(2) On ex parte application, a justice of the peace may issue a warrant authorizing any fishery officer or inspector named in the warrant to enter and search any place or premises referred to in subsection (1), subject to any conditions that are specified in the warrant, if the justice is satisfied by information on oath that there are reasonable grounds to believe that there is in the place or premises
(a) anything on or in respect of which an offence under subsection 40(1), (2) or (3) is being or has been committed; or
(b) anything that there are reasonable grounds to believe will afford evidence with respect to the commission of an offence under subsection 40(1), (2) or (3).
Use of force
(3) In executing a warrant issued under subsection (2), an inspector named in the warrant may use force only if they are accompanied by a peace officer and the use of force has been specifically authorized in the warrant.
When warrant not necessary
(4) A fishery officer or inspector may exercise the powers of entry and search referred to in subsection (1) without a warrant issued under subsection (2) if the conditions for obtaining the warrant exist but by reason of exigent circumstances it would not be practical to obtain the warrant.
Exigent circumstances
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), exigent circumstances include circumstances in which the delay necessary to obtain a warrant would result in danger to human life or safety or the loss or destruction of evidence.
1991, c. 1, s. 10(1)
147. (1) The portion of subsection 40(1) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Offence and punishment
40. (1) Every person who contravenes subsection 35(1) is guilty of an offence and liable
1991, c. 1, s. 10(1)
(2) Paragraphs 40(1)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) on conviction on indictment,
(i) in the case of an individual,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $15,000 and not more than $1,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $30,000 and not more than $2,000,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years, or to both,
(ii) in the case of a person, other than an individual or a corporation referred to in subparagraph (iii),
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $500,000 and not more than $6,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $1,000,000 and not more than $12,000,000, and
(iii) in the case of a corporation that the court has determined to be a small revenue corporation,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $75,000 and not more than $4,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $150,000 and not more than $8,000,000; or
(b) on summary conviction,
(i) in the case of an individual,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $5,000 and not more than $300,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $10,000 and not more than $600,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months, or to both,
(ii) in the case of a person, other than an individual or a corporation referred to in subparagraph (iii),
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $100,000 and not more than $4,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $200,000 and not more than $8,000,000, and
(iii) in the case of a corporation that the court has determined to be a small revenue corporation,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $25,000 and not more than $2,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $50,000 and not more than $4,000,000.
1991, c. 1, s. 10(1)
(3) The portion of subsection 40(2) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Offence and punishment
(2) Every person who contravenes subsection 36(1) or (3) is guilty of an offence and liable
1991, c. 1, s. 10(1)
(4) Paragraphs 40(2)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) on conviction on indictment,
(i) in the case of an individual,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $15,000 and not more than $1,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $30,000 and not more than $2,000,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years, or to both,
(ii) in the case of a person, other than an individual or a corporation referred to in subparagraph (iii),
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $500,000 and not more than $6,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $1,000,000 and not more than $12,000,000, and
(iii) in the case of a corporation that the court has determined to be a small revenue corporation,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $75,000 and not more than $4,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $150,000 and not more than $8,000,000; or
(b) on summary conviction,
(i) in the case of an individual,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $5,000 and not more than $300,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $10,000 and not more than $600,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months, or to both,
(ii) in the case of a person, other than an individual or a corporation referred to in subparagraph (iii),
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $100,000 and not more than $4,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $200,000 and not more than $8,000,000, and
(iii) in the case of a corporation that the court has determined to be a small revenue corporation,
(A) for a first offence, to a fine of not less than $25,000 and not more than $2,000,000, and
(B) for a second or subsequent offence, to a fine of not less than $50,000 and not more than $4,000,000.
(5) Section 40 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Small revenue corporation status
(2.1) For the purpose of subsections (1) and (2), a court may determine a corporation to be a small revenue corporation if the court is satisfied that the corporation’s gross revenues for the 12 months immediately before the day on which the subject matter of the proceedings arose — or, if it arose on more than one day, for the 12 months immediately before the first day on which the subject matter of the proceedings arose — were not more than $5,000,000.
Relief from minimum fine
(2.2) The court may impose a fine that is less than the minimum amount provided for in subsection (1) or (2) if it is satisfied, on the basis of evidence submitted to the court, that the minimum fine would cause undue financial hardship. The court shall provide reasons if it imposes a fine that is less than the minimum amount provided for in either of those subsections.
(6) Paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) in carrying on a work, undertaking or activity, fails to comply with a prescribed condition of an authorization under paragraph 35(2)(a) or (c), with a condition established by the Minister under paragraph 35(2)(b), or with a condition set out in the regulations or established under any other authorization issued under this Act,
(a.1) fails to provide any material or information as requested by the Minister under subsection 37(1) within a reasonable time after the request is made,
(7) Paragraph 40(3)(a.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a.1) fails to provide any material or information as requested by the Minister under subsection 37(1) or (1.1) within a reasonable time after the request is made,
(8) Paragraphs 40(3)(c) to (f) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(c) fails to provide notification that he or she is required to provide under subsection 38(4) or (5),
(d) carries on any work, undertaking or activity described in subsection 37(1)
(i) otherwise than in accordance with any material or information relating to the work, undertaking or activity that he or she provides to the Minister under subsection 37(1),
(ii) otherwise than in accordance with any such material or information as required to be modified by any order of the Minister under paragraph 37(2)(a), or
(iii) contrary to any order made by the Minister under subsection 37(2),
(e) fails to take any reasonable measures that he or she is required to take under subsection 38(6) or fails to take those measures in the required manner,
(f) fails to provide a report that he or she is required to provide under subsection 38(7), or
(g) fails to comply with the whole or any part of a direction of an inspector or a fishery officer under subsection 38(7.1),
(9) The portion of paragraph 40(3)(d) of the Act before subparagraph (ii) is replaced by the following:
(d) carries on any work, undertaking or activity described in subsection 37(1) or (1.1)
(i) otherwise than in accordance with any material or information relating to the work, undertaking or activity that he or she provides to the Minister under subsection 37(1) or (1.1),
(10) Subsection 40(3) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (f), by adding “or” and the end of paragraph (g) and adding the following after paragraph (g):
(h) fails to comply with a request of the Minister made under section 20,
1991, c. 1, s. 11.1
148. Subsection 42.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
42.1 (1) The Minister shall, as soon as feasible after the end of each fiscal year, prepare and cause to be laid before each house of Parliament a report on the administration and enforcement of the provisions of this Act relating to fisheries protection and pollution prevention for that year.
149. (1) Section 43 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (i):
(i.1) for the purposes of paragraphs 32(2)(a) and 35(2)(a), prescribing anything that is authorized to be prescribed;
(i.2) respecting applications for the authorizations referred to in paragraph 32(2)(c) or (d) or 35(2)(b) or (c);
(i.3) prescribing the conditions under which and requirements subject to which persons or entities referred to in paragraph 32(2)(d) or 35(2)(c) may grant the authorization;
(i.4) respecting time limits for issuing authorizations referred to in paragraph 32(2)(c) or (d) or 35(2)(b) or (c), or for refusing to do so;
(2) Paragraphs 43(1)(i.1) to (i.4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(i.01) excluding fisheries from the definitions “Aboriginal”, “commercial” and “rec-reational”;
(i.1) for the purposes of paragraph 35(2)(a), prescribing anything that is authorized to be prescribed;
(i.2) respecting applications for the authorizations referred to in paragraph 35(2)(b) or (c);
(i.3) prescribing the conditions under which and requirements subject to which persons or entities referred to in paragraph 35(2)(c) may grant the authorization;
(i.4) respecting time limits for issuing authorizations referred to in paragraph 35(2)(b) or (c), or for refusing to do so;
(3) Section 43 of the Act is amended by deleting “and” at the end of paragraph (l) and by adding the following after paragraph (m):
(n) establishing a list of aquatic invasive species;
(o) respecting the control of aquatic invasive species, including regulations
(i) respecting the prevention of the spread of such species,
(ii) respecting the possession of members of such species, and their import, export and transport,
(iii) respecting the release of members of such species into Canadian fisheries waters,
(iv) respecting the handling of members of such species, or
(v) requiring any person to keep any record, book or other document containing any information relevant to the control of such species, and respecting where, how and how long they are to be kept; and
(p) prescribing anything that is required or authorized by this Act to be prescribed.
(4) Section 43 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 43(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Regulations — Governor in Council
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations establishing conditions for the exercise of the Minister’s power to make regulations under subsection (3).
Amendments to list of aquatic invasive species
(3) The Minister may, by regulation, add species to the list of aquatic invasive species established by regulations made under paragraph (1)(n) or remove species from that list, and vary the places to which regulations made under paragraph (1)(o) apply.
Statutory Instruments Act
(4) Regulations made under subsection (3) are exempt from section 3 of the Statutory Instruments Act.
(5) Section 43 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Regulations exempting certain Canadian fisheries waters
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations exempting any Canadian fisheries waters from the application of sections 20, 21 and 35 and subsection 38(4).
150. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 43:
Recommendation
43.1 Orders and regulations under subsections 4.2(1) and (3), 34(2), 36(5) and (5.1), 37(3) and 38(9) and section 43 are made on the recommendation of the Minister or, if they are made for the purposes of and in relation to the subject matters set out in an order made under section 43.2, on the recommendation of the minister designated under that section.
Designation
43.2 (1) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister and any other federal minister, by order, designate that other minister as the minister responsible for the administration and enforcement of subsections 36(3) to (6) for the purposes and in relation to the subject-matters set out in the order.
Designated minister’s powers, duties and functions
(2) The order may set out any powers, duties or functions of the Minister under this Act that the designated minister may exercise or perform — or any provisions of this Act in which a reference to the Minister is a reference to the designated minister — for the purposes of administering and enforcing subsections 36(3) to (6).
1991, c. 1, s. 18
151. Subsection 63(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
False statements
63. (1) No person shall make a false or misleading statement, whether orally or in writing, to an inspector, a fishery officer, a fishery guardian, any authority designated by a fishery officer or a fishery guardian or any authority prescribed under paragraph 38(9)(a) or (b) who is carrying out duties or functions under this Act.
1991, c. 1, s. 19
152. The heading before section 66 and sections 66 and 67 of the Act are repealed.
1991, c. 1, s. 21
153. Section 69 of the Act is repealed.
1991, c. 1, s. 26
154. Section 82 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limitation period
82. A proceeding by way of summary conviction in respect of an offence under this Act may not be commenced later than five years after the day on which the offence was committed.
155. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 88:
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Externally produced material
89. (1) A regulation made under this Act may incorporate by reference material produced by a person or body other than the Minister, including by a government, a government agency or an international body.
Jointly produced material
(2) A regulation made under this Act may incorporate by reference material produced jointly by the Minister and a government or government agency for the purpose of harmonizing the regulation with other laws.
Internally produced standards
(3) A regulation made under this Act may incorporate by reference technical or explanatory material produced by the Minister, such as specifications, test methods, procedures, construction standards, operational standards, safety standards and performance standards of a technical nature.
Incorporation as amended from time to time
(4) Material may be incorporated by reference as it exists on a particular date or as it is amended from time to time.
Transmission and publication
(5) For greater certainty, a document that is incorporated by reference in a regulation is not required to be transmitted for registration or publication in the Canada Gazette by reason only that it is incorporated by reference.
Interpretation
(6) Subsections (1) to (5) do not limit any authority to make regulations incorporating material by reference that exists apart from those subsections.
Defence
90. A person is not liable to be found guilty of an offence for any contravention in respect of which a document that is incorporated by reference in a regulation is relevant unless, at the time of the alleged contravention, it was accessible as required by section 91 or was accessible to the person.
Accessibility of incorporated documents
91. The Minister shall ensure that any document that is incorporated by reference under subsection 89(1) is accessible.
Coming into Force
Order in council
156. Section 132, subsections 133(1), (3) and (4), sections 135 to 138, subsection 139(2), sections 140 and 141, subsections 142(2) to (4), 144(2) to (6), 145(2) to (4) and 147(1) to (5), (7), (9) and (10), section 148, subsections 149(2) and (5) and sections 152 and 153 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 6
1999, c. 33
Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999
Amendments to the Act
157. (1) Subsection 127(1) of the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 is replaced by the following:
Permit
127. (1) The Minister may, on application, issue a permit authorizing the loading for disposal and disposal of waste or other matter and, subject to the regulations, renew it no more than four times.
(2) The portion of subsection 127(2) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Application
(2) The application must
(3) Subsection 127(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Factors for consideration
(3) Before issuing a permit under subsection (1) or renewing it, the Minister shall comply with Schedule 6 and shall take into account any factors that the Minister considers necessary.
158. Subsection 129(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Duration of permit
(2) A Canadian permit shall specify that it is valid for a particular date or dates or for a particular period that shall not exceed one year. For greater certainty, this subsection applies to each renewal of a permit issued under subsection 127(1).
159. (1) Subsection 133(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Publication
133. (1) When issuing a Canadian permit or varying any of its conditions, the Minister shall publish the text of the permit or the varied condition, as the case may be, in the Environmental Registry.
(2) Subsection 133(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Publication
133. (1) When issuing a Canadian permit or varying any of its conditions or renewing a permit issued under subsection 127(1), the Minister shall publish the text of the permit, the varied condition or the renewed permit, as the case may be, in the Environmental Registry.
(3) Paragraph 133(2)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) in every other case, at least seven days before the effective date of the permit or of the variation of its conditions.
(4) Paragraph 133(2)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) in every other case, at least seven days before the effective date of the permit, the variation of its conditions or its renewal.
160. (1) Subsection 134(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
(a.1) renews or refuses to renew a permit issued under subsection 127(1); or
(2) The portion of subsection 134(2) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Time for filing notice of objection
(2) The notice of objection shall be filed within seven days after
(a) the date the text of the Canadian permit is published in the Environmental Registry; or
(3) Paragraph 134(2)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) the date the text of the Canadian permit or the permit renewed under subsection 127(1), as the case may be, is published in the Environmental Registry; or
(4) Paragraph 134(2)(b) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the date the person receives a notice from the Minister that the Canadian permit has been refused, suspended or revoked, that its conditions have been varied or that the renewal of a permit issued under subsection 127(1) has been refused.
161. (1) Subsection 135(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(b.1) respecting time limits for issuing permits under subsection 127(1) or for refusing to issue them, specifying the circumstances under which any of those time limits do not apply and authorizing the Minister to extend any of those time limits or to decide that a time limit does not apply when the Minister considers that it is appropriate to do so;
(2) Subsection 135(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following before paragraph (c):
(b.2) respecting the renewal of permits under subsection 127(1), including regulations respecting time limits for renewing them or for refusing to renew them, specifying the circumstances under which any of those time limits do not apply and authorizing the Minister to extend any of those time limits or to decide that a time limit does not apply when the Minister considers that it is appropriate to do so;
2005, c. 23 s. 26
(3) Paragraph 135(3)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) prescribing the form of an application for a Canadian permit or for the renewal of a permit issued under subsection 127(1);
2005, c. 23 s. 26
(4) Paragraph 135(3)(b) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) specifying the information required to be contained in or to accompany an application referred to in paragraph (a);
Coming into Force
Order in council
162. Sections 157 and 158 and subsections 159(2) and (4), 160(1), (3) and (4) and 161(2) and (3) come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 7
2002, c. 29
Species at Risk Act
163. (1) Section 73 of the Species at Risk Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6):
Date of expiry
(6.1) The agreement or permit must set out the date of its expiry.
(2) Subsection 73(9) of the Act is repealed.
(3) Section 73 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (10):
Time limits
(11) The regulations may include provisions
(a) respecting time limits for issuing or renewing permits, or for refusing to do so;
(b) specifying the circumstances under which any of those time limits does not apply; and
(c) authorizing the competent minister to extend any of those time limits or to decide that a time limit does not apply, when the competent minister considers that it is appropriate to do so.
164. Paragraph 74(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) before it is entered into, issued or made, the competent minister is of the opinion that the requirements of subsections 73(2) to (6.1) are met; and
165. Section 77 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Non-application
(1.1) Subsection (1) does not apply to the National Energy Board when it issues a certificate under an order made under subsection 54(1) of the National Energy Board Act.
166. Paragraph 78(1)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) before it is entered into, issued or made, the provincial or territorial minister determines that the requirements of subsections 73(2), (3), (6) and (6.1) are met;
167. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 78:
Clarification — renewals
78.1 For greater certainty, a reference in any of sections 73 to 78 to the entering into, issuing, making or approving of any agreement, permit, licence, order or other similar document or authorization, includes renewing it, and a reference in any of those sections or in paragraph 97(1)(c) to any such document or authorization includes one that has been renewed.
168. (1) Subsection 97(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Offences
97. (1) Every person commits an offence who
(a) contravenes subsection 32(1) or (2), section 33, subsection 36(1), 58(1), 60(1) or 61(1) or section 91 or 92;
(b) contravenes a prescribed provision of a regulation or an emergency order;
(c) fails to comply with a term or condition of a permit issued under subsection 73(1); or
(d) fails to comply with an alternative measures agreement that the person has entered into under this Act.
Penalty
(1.1) Every person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable
(a) on conviction on indictment,
(i) in the case of a corporation, other than a non-profit corporation, to a fine of not more than $1,000,000,
(ii) in the case of a non-profit corporation, to a fine of not more than $250,000, and
(iii) in the case of any other person, to a fine of not more than $250,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than five years, or to both; or
(b) on summary conviction,
(i) in the case of a corporation, other than a non-profit corporation, to a fine of not more than $300,000,
(ii) in the case of a non-profit corporation, to a fine of not more than $50,000, and
(iii) in the case of any other person, to a fine of not more than $50,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than one year, or to both.
Exception
(1.2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in respect of the failure to comply with any term or condition of any agreement, permit, licence, order or other similar document referred to in section 74 or subsection 78(1).
(2) Subsection 97(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Subsequent offence
(3) For a second or subsequent conviction, the amount of the fine may, despite subsection (1.1), be double the amount set out in that subsection.
(3) Subsection 97(7) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definition of “non-profit corporation”
(7) For the purposes of subsection (1.1), “non-profit corporation” means a corporation, no part of the income of which is payable to, or is otherwise available for, the personal benefit of any proprietor, member or shareholder of the corporation.
169. Paragraph 126(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) all agreements entered into or renewed under section 73, all permits issued or renewed under that section and all agreements and permits amended under section 75 or exempted under section 76;
PART 4
VARIOUS MEASURES
Division 1
Measures with Respect to the Auditor General of Canada
R.S., c. C-13
Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety Act
170. Section 25 of the Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety Act and the heading before it are repealed.
171. Subsection 26(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
26. (1) Within four months after the end of each year, the Council shall submit to the Minister a report on the activities of the Centre for that year, including a summary of the disposition of briefs and other written representations considered by the Centre as required by subsection 6(2) and the financial statements of the Centre.
R.S., c. C-52
Currency Act
2005, c. 30, s. 114
172. Subsection 21(2) of the Currency Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (d), by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (e) and by repealing paragraph (f).
2005, c. 30, s. 115
173. Subsection 22(2) of the Act is repealed.
R.S., c. N-21
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council Act
174. Section 17 of the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council Act and the heading before it are repealed.
175. Subsection 18(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
18. (1) The President shall, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, submit to the Minister a report on the activities of the Council for that fiscal year, including the financial statements of the Council.
R.S., c. N-26
Northern Pipeline Act
176. The heading before section 13 of the Northern Pipeline Act is replaced by the following:
Annual Report
177. Sections 13 and 14 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Annual report
14. The Minister shall, on or before December 31 next following the end of each fiscal year, prepare a report on the operations of the Agency for that fiscal year and the Minister shall cause the report to be laid before each House of Parliament on that date or, if a House is not then sitting, on any of the first 15 days that it is sitting after that date.
R.S., c. S-12
Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council Act
178. Section 19 of the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council Act and the heading before it are repealed.
179. Subsection 20(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
20. (1) The President shall, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, submit to the Minister a report on the activities of the Council for that fiscal year, including the financial statements of the Council.
1989, c. 3
Canadian Transportation Accident Investigation and Safety Board Act
180. Subsection 13(2) of the Canadian Transportation Accident Investigation and Safety Board Act is repealed.
1991, c. 6
Canadian Polar Commission Act
181. Section 20 of the Canadian Polar Commission Act and the heading before it are repealed.
182. Subsection 21(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
21. (1) Within the first four months after the commencement of each fiscal year, the Chairperson shall submit to the Minister a report on the activities of the Commission for the preceding fiscal year, including the financial statements of the Commission, and the Commission shall make the annual report available for public scrutiny at the offices of the Commission.
1993, c. 31
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act
183. Section 22 of the National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act is repealed.
184. Subsection 23(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
23. (1) Within four months after the end of each fiscal year, the Chairperson shall submit to the Minister a report on the activities of the Round Table during that fiscal year, including the financial statements of the Round Table.
1994, c. 43
Yukon Surface Rights Board Act
185. Subsection 23(5) of the Yukon Surface Rights Board Act is repealed.
1997, c. 6
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Act
186. Paragraphs 23(2)(a) and (b) of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency Act are replaced by the following:
(a) the financial statements of the Agency;
(b) information about the Agency’s perform-ance with respect to the objectives established in the corporate business plan; and
187. The heading before section 31 of the Act is replaced by the following:
ACCOUNTING
188. Section 32 of the Act is repealed.
1999, c. 17; 2005, c. 38, s. 35
Canada Revenue Agency Act
189. Section 87 of the Canada Revenue Agency Act is replaced by the following:
Audits
87. The Auditor General of Canada is the auditor for the Agency and must
(a) annually audit and provide an opinion to the Agency and the Minister on the financial statements of the Agency; and
(b) provide the Minister, the Commissioner and the Board with copies of reports of audits carried out under this section.
190. Paragraph 88(2)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) information about the Agency’s perform-ance with respect to the objectives established in the corporate business plan;
2000, c. 6
Canadian Institutes of Health Research Act
191. Section 31 of the Canadian Institutes of Health Research Act is repealed.
192. Subsection 32(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
32. (1) The Governing Council shall, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, submit to the Minister a report on the operations and activities of the CIHR in that fiscal year and its strategic directions and goals, and shall include the CIHR’s financial statements.
Transitional Provisions
Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety Act
193. The obligations under sections 25 and 26 of the Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Currency Act
194. The obligations under subsections 21(2) and 22(2) of the Currency Act, as those subsections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council Act
195. The obligations under sections 17 and 18 of the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Northern Pipeline Act
196. The obligations under sections 13 and 14 of the Northern Pipeline Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council Act
197. The obligations under sections 19 and 20 of the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Canadian Transportation Accident Investigation and Safety Board Act
198. The obligation under subsection 13(2) of the Canadian Transportation Accident Investigation and Safety Board Act, as that subsection read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continues to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2011 but does not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Canadian Polar Commission Act
199. The obligations under sections 20 and 21 of the Canadian Polar Commission Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act
200. The obligations under sections 22 and 23 of the National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2011 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Yukon Surface Rights Board Act
201. The obligation under subsection 23(5) of the Yukon Surface Rights Board Act, as that subsection read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continues to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2011 but does not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Act
202. The obligations under sections 23 and 32 of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2011 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Canada Revenue Agency Act
203. The obligations under sections 87 and 88 of the Canada Revenue Agency Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Canadian Institutes of Health Research Act
204. The obligations under sections 31 and 32 of the Canadian Institutes of Health Research Act, as those sections read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent, continue to apply in respect of the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 but do not apply in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.
Division 2
Life Annuity-like Products
1991, c. 45
Trust and Loan Companies Act
205. Subsection 416(6) of the Trust and Loan Companies Act is replaced by the following:
Definition of “business of insurance”
(6) In this section, “business of insurance” includes
(a) the issuance of any annuity if the liability in respect of the annuity is contingent on the death of a person; and
(b) the issuance of any debt obligation, any of whose terms and conditions are established on the basis of mortality considerations, under which the issuer is obliged to make periodic payments.
1991, c. 46
Bank Act
206. Subsection 416(6) of the Bank Act is replaced by the following:
Definition of “business of insurance”
(6) In this section, “business of insurance” includes
(a) the issuance of any annuity if the liability in respect of the annuity is contingent on the death of a person; and
(b) the issuance of any debt obligation, any of whose terms and conditions are established on the basis of mortality considerations, under which the issuer is obliged to make periodic payments.
1999, c. 28, s. 35(1)
207. Subsection 549(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definition of “business of insurance”
(5) In this section, “business of insurance” includes
(a) the issuance of any annuity if the liability in respect of the annuity is contingent on the death of a person; and
(b) the issuance of any debt obligation, any of whose terms and conditions are established on the basis of mortality considerations, under which the issuer is obliged to make periodic payments.
1991, c. 48
Cooperative Credit Associations Act
208. Subsection 381(6) of the Cooperative Credit Associations Act is replaced by the following:
Definition of “business of insurance”
(6) In this section, “business of insurance” includes
(a) the issuance of any annuity if the liability in respect of the annuity is contingent on the death of a person; and
(b) the issuance of any debt obligation, any of whose terms and conditions are established on the basis of mortality considerations, under which the issuer is obliged to make periodic payments.
Division 3
PPP Canada Inc.
Definitions
209. For the purposes of this Division, “appropriate Minister”, “Crown corporation” and “department” have the same meanings as in section 2 of the Financial Administration Act.
Status of PPP Canada Inc.
210. Except as provided in this Division, PPP Canada Inc., incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, is not an agent of Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Agent for certain activities
211. PPP Canada Inc. is an agent of Her Majesty in right of Canada in relation to the following activities:
(a) assessing public-private partnership opportunities for departments and Crown corporations in accordance with criteria established by the Treasury Board;
(b) advising departments and Crown corporations on the implementation of public-private partnership projects; and
(c) acting as a source of expertise and advice for departments and Crown corporations on public-private partnership issues.
Her Majesty not liable
212. Her Majesty in right of Canada is not liable for any obligation or liability incurred by PPP Canada Inc. in relation to any activity other than an activity referred to in section 211.
Restrictions
213. Neither PPP Canada Inc. nor its shareholders or directors are authorized, without the Governor in Council’s prior approval given on the recommendation of the appropriate Minister and the Treasury Board,
(a) to apply for continuance in another jurisdiction; or
(b) to apply for articles that would add to, or otherwise make a material change in, the objects or purposes for which PPP Canada Inc. was incorporated, or the restrictions on the businesses or activities that PPP Canada Inc. may carry on, as set out in its articles of incorporation.
Division 4
Territorial Borrowing Limits
R.S., c. N-27
Northwest Territories Act
214. (1) Subsection 20(2) of the Northwest Territories Act is replaced by the following:
Restriction
(2) The aggregate of all borrowings shall not exceed the maximum amount set under subsection (4).
(2) Section 20 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Maximum amount — borrowings
(4) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, set the maximum amount of the aggregate of all borrowings.
Regulations
(5) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, make regulations respecting borrowings for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4), including regulations respecting
(a) what constitutes, or is deemed to constitute, borrowing;
(b) the entities, or classes of entities, whose borrowings shall be taken into account; and
(c) the manner in which the value of a borrowing is determined.
1993, c. 28
Nunavut Act
215. (1) Subsection 27(2) of the Nunavut Act is replaced by the following:
Restriction
(2) The aggregate of all borrowings must not exceed the maximum amount set under subsection (4).
(2) Section 27 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Maximum amount — borrowings
(4) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, set the maximum amount of the aggregate of all borrowings.
Regulations
(5) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, make regulations respecting borrowings for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4), including regulations respecting
(a) what constitutes, or is deemed to constitute, borrowing;
(b) the entities, or classes of entities, whose borrowings must be taken into account; and
(c) the manner in which the value of a borrowing is determined.
2002, c. 7
Yukon Act
216. (1) Subsection 23(2) of the Yukon Act is replaced by the following:
Restriction
(2) The aggregate of all borrowings must not exceed the maximum amount set under subsection (4).
(2) Section 23 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Maximum amount — borrowings
(4) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, set the maximum amount of the aggregate of all borrowings.
Regulations
(5) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance, make regulations respecting borrowings for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4), including regulations respecting
(a) what constitutes, or is deemed to constitute, borrowing;
(b) the entities, or classes of entities, whose borrowings must be taken into account; and
(c) the manner in which the value of a borrowing is determined.
Coming into Force
Order in council
217. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 5
Reporting Requirements
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
2003, c. 22, ss. 8 and 239
218. Section 12.4 of the Financial Administration Act is repealed.
2009, c. 31, s. 60
219. (1) Subsection 131.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Quarterly financial reports
131.1 (1) Each parent Crown corporation shall, in respect of itself and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, if any, cause to be prepared, in the form and manner provided for by the Treasury Board, a quarterly financial report for each of the first three quarters of each financial year of the parent Crown corporation.
2009, c. 31, s. 60
(2) Paragraphs 131.1(2)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) a financial statement for the quarter and for the period from the start of the financial year to the end of that quarter;
(b) comparative financial information for the preceding financial year; and
2009, c. 31, s. 60
(3) Subsection 131.1(3) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Report to be made public
(3) The parent Crown corporation shall cause the report to be made public within 60 days after the end of the quarter to which the report relates.
1991, c. 24, s. 44
220. Sections 151 and 152 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Consolidated quarterly reports
151. (1) The President of the Treasury Board shall, as soon as feasible after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, make public a consolidated quarterly report on the business and activities of all parent Crown corporations, based on the quarterly financial reports that have been made public under subsection 131.1(3), and the annual reports of those corporations that were laid before Parliament under subsection 150(1), in that fiscal quarter.
Contents
(2) The consolidated quarterly report shall include
(a) a list naming all Crown corporations;
(b) the names of all or any corporations of which any shares are held by, on behalf of or in trust for the Crown or a Crown corporation, as the President of the Treasury Board considers appropriate;
(c) financial data in respect of the parent Crown corporations, including their aggregate borrowings;
(d) information indicating, in respect of the summaries and annual reports that were to be laid before each House of Parliament under this Part during the fiscal quarter to which the consolidated quarterly report relates, the time at, before or within which they were to be laid and the time that they were in fact laid before that House;
(e) a list naming any parent Crown corporation that does not make public a report as required by subsection 131.1(3), if the 60-day period to do so ends in the fiscal quarter to which the consolidated quarterly report relates; and
(f) any other information that the President of the Treasury Board may require.
1995, c. 20
Alternative Fuels Act
221. Section 8 of the Alternative Fuels Act is repealed.
2003, c. 22, ss. 12 and 13
Public Service Employment Act
222. Section 28 of the Public Service Employment Act and the heading before it are repealed.
Division 6
Social Security Tribunal and Service Delivery
2005, c. 34
Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act
223. Section 2 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“Tribunal”« Tribunal »
“Tribunal” means the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44.
2005, c. 34, par. 82(1)(b)(E) and ss. 83(3) and (11)
224. Part 6 of the Act is replaced by the following:
PART 5
SOCIAL SECURITY TRIBUNAL
Establishment and Administration
Establishment of Tribunal
44. (1) There is established a tribunal to be known as the Social Security Tribunal, consisting of a General Division and an Appeal Division.
General Division
(2) The General Division consists of the Income Security Section and the Employment Insurance Section.
Composition
45. (1) The Tribunal consists of not more than 74 full-time members to be appointed by the Governor in Council.
Chairperson and Vice-chairpersons
(2) The Governor in Council designates one of the full-time members to hold office as the Chairperson and three full-time members to hold office as Vice-chairpersons, one of whom is responsible for the Appeal Division, one of whom is responsible for the Income Security Section and one of whom is responsible for the Employment Insurance Section.
Part-time members
(3) In addition, the Tribunal consists of any number of part-time members, to be appointed by the Governor in Council if, in the Governor in Council’s opinion, the workload of the Tribunal so requires, so long as the combined time devoted to their functions and duties does not exceed the combined time that would be devoted by 11 full-time members.
Mandate
(4) Each full-time member of the Tribunal is to be appointed for a term of not more than five years, and each part-time member is to be appointed for a term of not more than two years. A member may be reappointed for one or more additional terms.
Tenure
(5) Each member of the Tribunal holds office during good behaviour and may be removed for cause by the Governor in Council at any time.
Vice-chairpersons
46. (1) Each Vice-chairperson exercises any powers and performs any duties and functions that the Chairperson may assign.
Members
(2) Each member exercises any powers and performs any duties and functions that the Vice-chairperson who is responsible for the Division or Section for which they hear matters may assign.
Assignment
(3) Subject to section 47, the Chairperson may assign members to hear matters in the Appeal Division, the Income Security Section or the Employment Insurance Section.
Employment Insurance Section
47. The Minister must consult a committee composed of the Chairperson of the Tribunal and the commissioners referred to in paragraphs 20(2)(c) and (d) before recommending to the Governor in Council any person to be appointed as a member of the Tribunal who may hear matters in the Employment Insurance Section.
Full-time occupation
48. (1) Each full-time member of the Tribunal must devote the whole of their time to the performance of their duties under this Act.
Part-time members
(2) A part-time member of the Tribunal must not accept or hold any office or employment inconsistent with their duties under this Act.
Remuneration
49. (1) Each member of the Tribunal is paid the remuneration fixed by the Governor in Council.
Expenses — full-time members
(2) Each full-time member of the Tribunal is entitled to be paid reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by them while absent from their ordinary place of work in the course of performing their duties under this Act.
Expenses — part-time members
(3) Each part-time member of the Tribunal is entitled to be paid reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by them while absent from their ordinary place of residence in the course of performing their duties under this Act.
Federal public administration
(4) Members of the Tribunal are deemed to be employed in the federal public administration for the purposes of the Government Employees Compensation Act and any regulations made under section 9 of the Aeronautics Act.
Not employed in public service 
(5) Unless the Governor in Council otherwise orders in a class of cases, members of the Tribunal are deemed not to be employed in the public service for the purposes of the Public Service Superannuation Act.
Immunity
50. No civil proceedings lie against any member of the Tribunal for anything done or said in good faith in the exercise or purported exercise of a power or in the performance or purported performance of a duty or function of the Tribunal.
Absence — Chairperson
51. (1) In the event of the absence or incapacity of the Chairperson or if the office of Chairperson is vacant, the Vice-chairperson of the Appeal Division acts as Chairperson and may exercise all the powers and perform all the duties and functions of the Chairperson.
Absence — other
(2) If subsection (1) does not apply owing to the absence or incapacity of the Vice-chairperson of the Appeal Division, or if the office of Vice-chairperson of the Appeal Division is vacant, the Minister may authorize another Vice-chairperson to act as Chairperson and that Vice-chairperson may exercise all the powers and perform all the duties and functions of the Chairperson.
Absence — Vice-chairperson
(3) In the event of the absence or incapacity of a Vice-chairperson or if the office of a Vice-chairperson is vacant, the Chairperson may authorize a member to act, on any terms and conditions that the Chairperson may specify, as Vice-chairperson for the time being.
Organization of Tribunal
Appeal to Tribunal — General Division
Appeal — time limit
52. (1) An appeal of a decision must be brought to the General Division in the prescribed form and manner and within,
(a) in the case of a decision made under the Employment Insurance Act, 30 days after the day on which it is communicated to the appellant; and
(b) in any other case, 90 days after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
Extension
(2) The General Division may allow further time within which an appeal may be brought, but in no case may an appeal be brought more than one year after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
Dismissal
53. (1) The General Division must summarily dismiss an appeal if it is satisfied that it has no reasonable chance of success.
Decision
(2) The General Division must give written reasons for its decision and send copies to the appellant and the Minister or the Commission, as the case may be, and any other party.
Appeal
(3) The appellant may appeal the decision to the Appeal Division.
Decision
54. (1) The General Division may dismiss the appeal or confirm, rescind or vary a decision of the Minister or the Commission in whole or in part or give the decision that the Minister or the Commission should have given.
Reasons
(2) The General Division must give written reasons for its decision and send copies to the appellant and the Minister or the Commission, as the case may be, and any other party.
Appeal Division
Appeal
55. Any decision of the General Division may be appealed to the Appeal Division by any person who is the subject of the decision and any other prescribed person.
Leave
56. (1) An appeal to the Appeal Division may only be brought if leave to appeal is granted.
Exception
(2) Despite subsection (1), no leave is necessary in the case of an appeal brought under subsection 53(3).
Appeal — time limit
57. (1) An application for leave to appeal must be made to the Appeal Division in the prescribed form and manner and within,
(a) in the case of a decision made by the Employment Insurance Section, 30 days after the day on which it is communicated to the appellant; and
(b) in the case of a decision made by the Income Security Section, 90 days after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
Extension
(2) The Appeal Division may allow further time within which an application for leave to appeal is to be made, but in no case may an application be made more than one year after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
Grounds of appeal
58. (1) The only grounds of appeal are that
(a) the General Division failed to observe a principle of natural justice or otherwise acted beyond or refused to exercise its jurisdiction;
(b) the General Division erred in law in making its decision, whether or not the error appears on the face of the record; or
(c) the General Division based its decision on an erroneous finding of fact that it made in a perverse or capricious manner or without regard for the material before it.
Criteria
(2) Leave to appeal is refused if the Appeal Division is satisfied that the appeal has no reasonable chance of success.
Decision
(3) The Appeal Division must either grant or refuse leave to appeal.
Reasons
(4) The Appeal Division must give written reasons for its decision to grant or refuse leave and send copies to the appellant and any other party.
Leave granted
(5) If leave to appeal is granted, the application for leave to appeal becomes the notice of appeal and is deemed to have been filed on the day on which the application for leave to appeal was filed.
Decision
59. (1) The Appeal Division may dismiss the appeal, give the decision that the General Division should have given, refer the matter back to the General Division for reconsideration in accordance with any directions that the Appeal Division considers appropriate or confirm, rescind or vary the decision of the General Division in whole or in part.
Reasons
(2) The Appeal Division must give written reasons for its decision and send copies to the appellant and any other party.
General
Head office
60. (1) The head office of the Tribunal is in the National Capital Region described in the schedule to the National Capital Act or at any other place within Canada that may be designated by the Governor in Council.
Residence
(2) The Chairperson and the Vice-chairpersons must reside within the distance from the place referred to in subsection (1) that is determined by the Governor in Council.
Tribunal sittings
61. Every application to the Tribunal is to be heard before a single member.
Tribunal hearings
62. All or part of a Tribunal hearing may be held in private if the Tribunal is of the opinion that the circumstances of the case so require.
Expenses and allowances
63. The Chairperson may in any particular case for special reasons reimburse any party required to attend a hearing for travel or living expenses or pay to them any other allowance, including compensation for lost remuneration, as are fixed by the Minister.
Powers of tribunal
64. (1) The Tribunal may decide any question of law or fact that is necessary for the disposition of any application made under this Act.
Canada Pension Plan
(2) Despite subsection (1), in the case of an application relating to the Canada Pension Plan, the Tribunal may only decide questions of law or fact as to
(a) whether any benefit is payable to a person or its amount;
(b) whether any person is eligible for a division of unadjusted pensionable earnings or its amount; and
(c) whether any person is eligible for an assignment of a contributor’s retirement pension or its amount.
Employment Insurance Act
(3) If a question specified in section 90 of the Employment Insurance Act arises in the consideration of an application, it must be determined by an authorized officer of the Canada Revenue Agency, as provided by that section.
Canada Pension Plan
65. If, in the Minister’s opinion, a person in addition to the appellant may be directly affected by the decision of the Tribunal relating to any of the following appeals, the Minister must notify the Tribunal of all such persons, and the Tribunal must add as a party to the appeal any such person who is not already a party to it:
(a) an appeal in respect of a survivor’s pension payable to the survivor of a deceased contributor within the meaning of the Canada Pension Plan;
(b) an appeal in respect of a division of unadjusted pensionable earnings under section 55, 55.1 or 55.2 of the Canada Pension Plan; or
(c) an appeal in respect of an assignment of a contributor’s retirement pension under section 65.1 of the Canada Pension Plan.
Amendment of decision
66. (1) The Tribunal may rescind or amend a decision given by it in respect of any particular application if
(a) in the case of a decision relating to the Employment Insurance Act, new facts are presented to the Tribunal or the Tribunal is satisfied that the decision was made without knowledge of, or was based on a mistake as to, some material fact; or
(b) in any other case, a new material fact is presented that could not have been discovered at the time of the hearing with the exercise of reasonable diligence.
Time limit
(2) An application to rescind or amend a decision must be made within one year after the day on which a decision is communicated to the appellant.
Limit
(3) Each person who is the subject of a decision may make only one application to rescind or amend that decision.
Division
(4) A decision is rescinded or amended by the same Division that made it.
Time limits
67. The Chairperson or a Vice-Chairperson may in any particular case for special reasons extend the time within which the Tribunal is required by regulation to make a decision under subsections 54(1), 58(3) and 59(1).
Decision final
68. The decision of the Tribunal on any application made under this Act is final and, except for judicial review under the Federal Courts Act, is not subject to appeal to or review by any court.
Regulations
Governor in Council
69. The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the manner in which the Tribunal may conduct its business, including regulations respecting
(a) the procedure to be followed on appeals to the Tribunal;
(b) the circumstances under which information is deemed to have been communicated or received;
(c) the time within which the Tribunal must make a decision under subsections 54(1), 58(3) and 59(1);
(d) any special reasons for the purposes of section 63;
(e) the power to exclude any person from a hearing when oral evidence concerning a circumstance of sexual or other harassment is being given; and
(f) anything that, by this Part, is to be prescribed by regulation.
Regulations — electronic documents and electronic information
70. (1) The Governor in Council may, for the purposes of this Part, make regulations referred to in paragraphs 73(1)(c), (d) and (f).
Regulations — definitions
(2) The Governor in Council may, for the purposes of regulations made under subsection (1), make regulations defining “electronic”, “electronic document”, “electronic information”, “electronic signature” and “technology”.
Incorporation by reference
(3) Subsections 73(2) to (5) apply to regulations made under this section.
PART 6
ELECTRONIC ADMINISTRATION OR ENFORCEMENT
Powers
71. (1) Subject to the regulations, the Minister may administer or enforce electronically the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act, the Employment Insurance Act and any program which is supported by grants or contributions under section 7, and the Commission may administer or enforce electronically the Employment Insurance Act, including for the purposes of
(a) creating, communicating, making available, collecting, receiving, storing, or manag-ing or otherwise dealing with documents or information;
(b) providing any services, benefits or other assistance;
(c) providing notifications;
(d) verifying the identity of a person or entity;
(e) entering into agreements or arrangements; and
(f) making, receiving or verifying an elec­tronic signature.
Restriction
(2) The Minister and the Commission must not require persons or entities to apply electron-ically for, or receive electronically, services, benefits or other assistance except for classes of persons or entities and those services, benefits or other assistance that are prescribed by the regulations.
Electronic manner of filing documents
72. (1) Unless another manner of filing a document or information is expressly required by a provision of the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act or the Employment Insurance Act or any of their regulations, or a term or condition of any program which is supported by grants or contributions under section 7, the filing of an electronic version of the document or information is to be considered as the filing of a document or information in accordance with the provision or the term or condition.
Power to prescribe form or manner of filing
(2) A provision of the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act or the Employment Insurance Act or any of their regulations, or a term or condition of any program which is supported by grants or contributions under section 7, that provides for a power to issue, prescribe or in any other manner establish a form or to establish the manner of filing a document or information includes the power to do so with respect to an electronic document or information.
Written documents or information
(3) A requirement under a provision of the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act or the Employment Insurance Act or any of their regulations, or a term or condition of any program which is supported by grants or contributions under section 7, that a document be in writing or information be provided in writing is satisfied by an electronic document or information if the electronic document or information
(a) is readable or perceivable so as to be usable for subsequent reference;
(b) is in a format that does not prevent it from being retained by the recipient; and
(c) meets the prescribed requirements, if any.
Signatures
(4) A requirement under a provision of the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act or the Employment Insurance Act or any of their regulations, or a term or condition of any program which is supported by grants or contributions under section 7, for a signature is satisfied by an electronic signature if the electronic signature
(a) is reliable for the purposes for which it is required;
(b) is reliably linked with the electronic document in respect of which the signature is required; and
(c) meets the prescribed requirements, if any.
Meaning of “filing”
(5) In this section, “filing” includes all manner of transmitting, regardless of how it is designated.
Regulations
73. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) providing for circumstances in which subsection 71(1) does not apply;
(b) defining, enlarging or restricting the meaning of any word or expression used but not defined in this Part;
(c) respecting the creation, communication, making available, collection, reception, stor-age or management of, or any other method of dealing with, electronic documents or electronic information, and their admissibility in any proceedings, including establishing
(i) criteria for the reliability of electronic documents, electronic information or electronic signatures,
(ii) the date and hour when an electronic document or electronic information is considered to be sent or received and the place where it is considered to be sent or received,
(iii) the technology to be used and process to be followed for making, receiving or verifying an electronic signature, and
(iv) whether an electronic document must be signed with an electronic signature;
(d) establishing criteria for the validity of an agreement or arrangement entered into electronically;
(e) respecting terms and conditions for providing or receiving electronically services, benefits or other assistance, including the payment of amounts electronically;
(f) respecting the technology to be used and the process to be followed for verifying electronically the identity of any person or entity;
(g) respecting the establishment and operation of electronic systems or any other technology to be used in the administration or enforcement of the Canada Pension Plan, the Old Age Security Act and the Employment Insurance Act and any program which is supported by grants or contributions under section 7 and respecting the manner in which and the extent to which any provision of those Acts or their regulations or any term or condition of those programs applies to the electronic systems; and
(h) prescribing anything that by this Part is to be prescribed.
Incorporation by reference
(2) A regulation made under this section may incorporate by reference any document, regardless of its source, either as it exists on a particular date or as it is amended from time to time.
Accessibility
(3) The Minister shall ensure that any document that is incorporated by reference in the regulation is accessible.
Defence
(4) A person is not liable to be found guilty of an offence for any contravention in respect of which a document that is incorporated by reference in the regulation is relevant unless, at the time of the alleged contravention, the document was accessible as required by subsection (3) or it was otherwise accessible to the person.
No registration or publication
(5) For greater certainty, a document that is incorporated by reference in the regulation is not required to be transmitted for registration or published in the Canada Gazette by reason only that it is incorporated by reference.
R.S., c. C-8
Canada Pension Plan
1995, c. 33, s. 25
225. The definitions “Pension Appeals Board” and “Review Tribunal” in subsection 2(1) of the Canada Pension Plan are repealed.
2007, c. 11, s. 1
226. Section 4.1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister’s power
4.1 The Minister of National Revenue may use electronic means to create, communicate, make available, collect, receive, store or otherwise deal with documents or information under this Act.
2009, c. 31, s. 30(1)
227. (1) Subsection 38(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Refund of overpayment
38. (1) If an overpayment has been made by an employee on account of the employee’s contribution under this Act for a year, the Minister must, if application in writing is made to the Minister by the employee not later than four years — or, in the case of an employee who, in respect of a disability pension, is notified after September 1, 2010 of a decision under subsection 60(7) or 81(2), a decision under subsection 82(11) or 83(11) as those subsections read immediately before their repeal or a decision under section 54 or 59 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act, 10 years — after the end of the year, refund to the employee the amount of the overpayment.
2009, c. 31, s. 30(2)
(2) Subsection 38(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Refund of excess — employee
(3) Despite anything in this Part, if an employee applies to the Minister and satisfies the Minister that, for any year, the amount deducted from the employee’s remuneration exceeds the contribution for the year required of the employee under subsection 8(1), the Minister may refund the amount of the excess. The application must be made within four years — or, in the case of an employee who, in respect of a disability pension, is notified after September 1, 2010 of a decision under subsection 60(7) or 81(2), a decision under subsection 82(11) or 83(11) as those subsections read immediately before their repeal or a decision under section 54 or 59 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act, 10 years — after the end of the year.
2010, c. 25, s. 70
(3) Paragraph 38(4)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) must make such a refund after sending the notice of assessment, if application is made in writing by the contributor not later than four years — or, in the case of a contributor who, in respect of a disability pension, is notified after September 1, 2010 of a decision under subsection 60(7) or 81(2), a decision under subsection 82(11) or 83(11) as those subsections read immediately before their repeal or a decision under section 54 or 59 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act, 10 years — after the end of the year.
228. Section 81 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Rescission or amendment of decision
(3) The Minister may, on new facts, rescind or amend a decision made by him or her under this Act.
R.S., c. 30 (2nd Supp.), ss. 45(1) and 46(1); 1990, c. 8, s. 46; 1991, c. 44, s. 22(2); 1995, c. 33, ss. 35(2), (3), 36(2), 37 and 38; 1997, c. 40, s. 85.1; 2000, c. 12, ss. 60 and 61 and par. 64(k) and (l); 2002, c. 8, s. 121 and par. 182(1)(f); 2010, c. 12, ss. 1668 and 1669
229. Sections 82 to 86.1 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Appeal to Social Security Tribunal
82. A party who is dissatisfied with a decision of the Minister made under section 81, including a decision in relation to further time to make a request, or, subject to the regulations, any person on their behalf, may appeal the decision to the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
Stay of benefits pending judicial review
83. If a decision is made by the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act in respect of a benefit, the Minister may stay payment of the benefit until the latest of
(a) the expiry of the period allowed for making an application for leave to appeal to the Appeal Division of that Tribunal,
(b) the expiry of the period allowed for making an application under the Federal Courts Act for judicial review of the decision, and
(c) if Her Majesty has made an application under the Federal Courts Act for judicial review of the decision, the month in which all proceedings in relation to the judicial review have been completed.
R.S., c. 30 (2nd Supp.), s. 49
230. (1) Paragraph 89(1)(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) setting out the circumstances in which the Minister may allow a longer period to make a request under subsection 81(1) or (1.1);
2007, c. 11. s. 5(1)
(2) Paragraphs 89(1)(l.1) and (l.2) of the Act are repealed.
2007, c. 11, s. 5(2)
(3) Subsection 89(3) of the Act is repealed.
231. Subsection 96(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application of sections 81 and 82
(2) Sections 81 and 82 apply with any modifications that the circumstances require to any request made under subsection (1) as though it were an application for a benefit.
232. Subsection 97(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice of rectification to be given
(4) Whenever any reduction is made in the amount of the unadjusted pensionable earnings of a contributor shown to their account in the Record of Earnings, whether under subsection (3) or otherwise, and it appears from the Record of Earnings that before the making of the reduction the contributor had been informed under section 96 of the amount of the earnings shown to their account in the Record of Earnings, the Minister must notify the contrib- utor in prescribed manner of his or her action and if the contributor is not satisfied with the amount of the reduction so made, they may request that such action be reconsidered by the Minister and sections 81 and 82 apply with any modifications that the circumstances require to that request as though it were an application for a benefit.
2007, c. 11, s. 10(1)
233. (1) Paragraphs 101(1)(d.2) and (d.3) of the Act are repealed.
2007, c. 11, s. 10(2)
(2) Subsection 101(2) of the Act is repealed.
1995, c. 33, s. 46(2)
234. (1) Subsection 108(2.1) of the Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection 108(3) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (c), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (d) and by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(e) the costs of administering Part 5 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act in respect of appeals respecting this Act.
R.S., c. O-9
Old Age Security Act
1995, c. 33, s. 1(2)
235. The definition “Review Tribunal” in section 2 of the Old Age Security Act is repealed.
1995, c. 33, s. 16; 1997, c. 40, s. 101; 2000, c. 12, par. 207(1)(k); 2002, c. 8, par. 182(1)(z.5)
236. (1) Subsections 28(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Appeal — benefits
28. (1) A person who is dissatisfied with a decision of the Minister made under section 27.1, including a decision in relation to further time to make a request, or, subject to the regulations, any person on their behalf, may appeal the decision to the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
Reference as to income
(2) If, on an appeal to the Social Security Tribunal, it is a ground of the appeal that the decision made by the Minister as to the income or income from a particular source or sources of an applicant or beneficiary or of the spouse or common-law partner of the applicant or beneficiary was incorrectly made, the appeal on that ground must, in accordance with the regulations, be referred for decision to the Tax Court of Canada, whose decision, subject only to variation by that Court in accordance with any decision on an appeal under the Tax Court of Canada Act relevant to the appeal to the Social Security Tribunal, is final and binding for all purposes of the appeal to the Social Security Tribunal except in accordance with the Federal Courts Act.
1995, c. 33, s. 16
(2) The portion of subsection 28(3) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Stay of benefits pending judicial review
(3) If a decision is made by the Social Security Tribunal in respect of a benefit, the Minister may stay payment of the benefit until the later of
237. (1) Section 34 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (m):
(m.1) setting out the circumstances in which the Minister may allow a longer period to make a request under subsection 27.1(1) or (1.1);
2007, c. 11, s. 26(2)
(2) Section 34 of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (p) and by repealing paragraphs (r) and (s).
2007, c. 11, s. 27
238. Section 34.1 of the Act is repealed.
2007, c. 11, s. 35
239. Section 46.1 of the Act is repealed.
1996, c. 23
Employment Insurance Act
240. The definitions “board of referees” and “umpire” in subsection 2(1) of the Employment Insurance Act are repealed.
241. Subsection 24(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
No appeal
(2) A special or general direction of the Commission approving or disapproving a work sharing agreement for the purposes of subsection (1) is not subject to review under section 112.
242. Subsection 25(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
No appeal
(2) A decision of the Commission about the referral of a claimant to a course, program or other employment activity mentioned in subsection (1) is not subject to review under section 112.
243. Subsections 52(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Reconsideration of claim
52. (1) Despite section 111, but subject to subsection (5), the Commission may reconsider a claim for benefits within 36 months after the benefits have been paid or would have been payable.
Decision
(2) If the Commission decides that a person has received money by way of benefits for which the person was not qualified or to which the person was not entitled, or has not received money for which the person was qualified and to which the person was entitled, the Commission must calculate the amount of the money and notify the claimant of its decision.
244. Section 64 of the Act is replaced by the following:
No appeal
64. A decision of the Commission made in relation to employment benefits or support measures, other than a decision under section 65.1, is not subject to review under section 112.
245. Subsection 77(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (e), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(g) the costs of administering Part 5 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act in respect of appeals respecting this Act.
246. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 90:
Determination of questions
90.1 If a question specified in section 90 arises in the consideration of a claim for benefits, a ruling must be made by an authorized officer of the Canada Revenue Agency, as set out in that section.
1999, c. 31, s. 81(F); 2002, c. 8, s. 135 and par. 182(1)(o); 2005, c. 38, subpar. 138(g)(viii)
247. The heading “Board of Referees” before section 111 and sections 111 to 123 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Administrative Review
Rescission or amendment of decision
111. The Commission may rescind or amend a decision given in any particular claim for benefits if new facts are presented or if it is satisfied that the decision was given without knowledge of, or was based on a mistake as to, some material fact.
Reconsideration — Commission
112. (1) A claimant or other person who is the subject of a decision of the Commission, or the employer of the claimant, may make a request to the Commission in the prescribed form and manner for a reconsideration of that decision at any time within
(a) 30 days after the day on which a decision is communicated to them; or
(b) any further time that the Commission may allow.
Reconsideration
(2) The Commission must reconsider its decision if a request is made under subsection (1).
Regulations
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations setting out the circumstances in which the Commission may allow a longer period to make a request under subsection (1).
Appeal to Social Security Tribunal
113. A party who is dissatisfied with a decision of the Commission made under section 112, including a decision in relation to further time to make a request, may appeal the decision to the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
Payment of benefit pending appeal
114. (1) If a claim for benefits is allowed by the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act, benefits are payable in accordance with the decision of the Tribunal even though an appeal is pending, and any benefits paid under this section after the Tribunal’s decision are to be treated as having been duly paid and are not recoverable from the claimant, even if the final determination of the question is adverse to the claimant.
Exception
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply
(a) if the appeal to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal was brought within 21 days after the day on which the decision of the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal was given and on the ground that the claimant ought to be disentitled under section 36; and
(b) in any other case that the Commission may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, prescribe by regulation.
Regulations
115. The Commission may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make regulations prescribing the procedure to be followed in the reconsideration of decisions under section 112.
248. Subsection 125(15) of the Act is repealed.
249. Section 129 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Privilege
129. When an employer, claimant or other person gives the Commission written, oral or documentary evidence required for the proper determination of the entitlement of a claimant to benefits, the giving of the evidence is an occasion of qualified privilege.
250. Section 143 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
Transitional Provisions
Interpretation and General
Definitions
251. The following definitions apply in sections 252 to 270.
“board of referees”« conseil arbitral »
“board of referees” means a board of referees established under Part VI of the Employment Insurance Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247.
“Pension Appeals Board”« Commission d’appel des pensions »
“Pension Appeals Board” means the Pension Appeals Board established under section 83 of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229.
“Review Tribunal”« tribunal de révision »
“Review Tribunal” means a Review Tribunal established under section 82 of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229.
“Social Security Tribunal”« Tribunal de la sécurité sociale »
“Social Security Tribunal” means the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
“umpire”« juge-arbitre »
“umpire” means an umpire appointed under Part VI of the Employment Insurance Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247.
Information
252. The Pension Appeals Board, a Review Tribunal, a board of referees or an umpire must transfer to the Social Security Tribunal any information under their control that either relates to an application of which that Tribunal is seized or that the Governor in Council has, by regulation, prescribed.
Canada Pension Plan
Review Tribunal
253. (1) The members of a Review Tribunal referred to in subsection 255(1) continue to hold office until the earlier of the end of the term for which they were appointed and April 1, 2014.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a member of the Review Tribunal, other than the Commissioner of Review Tribunals and the Deputy Commissioner of Review Tribunals, has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
Earlier date
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), the Governor in Council may, by order, fix a day earlier than April 1, 2014.
Pension Appeals Board
254. (1) The members of the Pension Appeals Board continue to hold office until April 1, 2014.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a member of the Pension Appeals Board has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
Appeals — Review Tribunal
255. (1) A Review Tribunal remains seized of any appeal filed and heard before April 1, 2013 under subsection 82(1) of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229.
Time limit
(2) A Review Tribunal must make its decision no later than March 31, 2014 or, if an order is made under subsection 253(3), the day before the day fixed by that order.
Failure to decide
(3) The General Division of the Social Security Tribunal becomes seized of any appeal referred to in subsection (1) if no decision is made by the day referred to in subsection (2). The appeal is deemed to be an appeal filed with the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal on April 1, 2014 or, if an order is made under subsection 253(3), the day fixed by that order.
Appeals — Social Security Tribunal
(4) A person who is dissatisfied with a decision made under subsection (1) may appeal the decision to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal.
Appeals — Pension Appeals Board
256. An appeal from a decision of a Review Tribunal that could have been appealed to the Pension Appeals Board, but for the repeal of subsection 83(1) of the Canada Pension Plan by section 229, may be brought to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal.
Appeals — Social Security Tribunal
257. Any appeal filed before April 1, 2013 under subsection 82(1) of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229, is deemed to have been filed with the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal on April 1, 2013, if section 255 does not apply to it.
Appeals — Pension Appeals Board
258. (1) The Pension Appeals Board remains seized of any appeal filed and heard before April 1, 2013 under subsection 83(1) of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229.
Time limit
(2) The Pension Appeals Board must make its decision no later than March 31, 2014.
Failure to decide
(3) The Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal becomes seized of any appeal referred to in subsection (1) if no decision has been made by the day referred to in subsection (2). The Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal is deemed to have granted leave to appeal on April 1, 2014.
Appeals — Social Security Tribunal
259. The Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal is deemed to have granted leave to appeal on April 1, 2013 with respect to any application for leave to appeal filed before April 1, 2013 under subsection 83(1) of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229, if leave to appeal to the Pension Appeals Board has been granted but that Board has not yet heard that appeal.
Leave to appeal — Social Security Tribunal
260. Any application for leave to appeal filed before April 1, 2013 under subsection 83(1) of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229, is deemed to be an application for leave to appeal filed with the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal on April 1, 2013, if no decision has been rendered with respect to leave to appeal.
Request for reconsideration
261. (1) If no decision has been made before April 1, 2013, in respect of a request made under subsection 84(2) of the Canada Pension Plan, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 229, it is deemed to be an application made on April 1, 2013 under section 66 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act and is deemed to relate to a decision made, as the case may be, by
(a) the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by a Review Tribunal; or
(b) the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by the Pension Appeals Board.
Deeming
(2) An application made under section 66 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act after March 31, 2013 is deemed to relate to a decision made, as the case may be, by
(a) the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by a Review Tribunal; or
(b) the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by the Pension Appeals Board.
Continued application
262. The provisions of the Canada Pension Plan and the Old Age Security Act repealed by this Act, and their related regulations, continue to apply to appeals of which a Review Tribunal or the Pension Appeals Board remains seized under this Act, with any necessary adaptations.
Employment Insurance Act
Board of referees — chairpersons
263. (1) The chairpersons of a board of referees referred to in subsection 265(1) continue to hold office until the earlier of the end of the term for which they were appointed and November 1, 2013.
Board of referees — members
(2) Persons on panels referred to in subsection 111(3) of the Employment Insurance Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247, continue to hold office until the earlier of the end of the term for which they were appointed and November 1, 2013.
No compensation
(3) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person either appointed to hold office as chairperson of a board of referees or referred to in subsection (2) has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
Earlier date
(4) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), the Governor in Council may, by order, fix a day earlier than November 1, 2013.
Umpires
264. (1) Umpires continue to hold office until April 1, 2014.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as umpire has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
Appeals — board of referees
265. (1) The board of referees remains seized of any appeal filed and not decided before April 1, 2013 under subsection 114(1) of the Employment Insurance Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247.
Time limit
(2) The board of referees must make its decision no later than October 31, 2013 or, if an order is made under subsection 263(4), the day before the day fixed by that order.
Failure to decide
(3) The General Division of the Social Security Tribunal becomes seized of any appeal referred to in subsection (1) if no decision has been made by the day referred to in subsection (2). The appeal is deemed to be an appeal filed with the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal on November 1, 2013 or, if an order is made under subsection 263(4), the day fixed by that order.
Appeals — Social Security Tribunal
(4) A person who is dissatisfied with a decision made under subsection (1) may appeal the decision to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal.
Appeals — umpire
266. An appeal from a decision of a board of referees that could have been appealed to an umpire, but for the repeal of subsection 115(1) of the Employment Insurance Act by section 247, may be appealed to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal.
Appeals — umpire
267. (1) An umpire remains seized of any appeal filed and heard before April 1, 2013 under subsection 115(1) of the Employment Insurance Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247.
Time limit
(2) An umpire must make his or her decision no later than March 31, 2014.
Failure to decide
(3) The Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal becomes seized of any appeal referred to in subsection (1) if no decision has been made by the day referred to in subsection (2). The Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal is deemed to have granted leave to appeal on April 1, 2014.
Appeals — Social Security Tribunal
268. The Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal is deemed to have granted leave to appeal on April 1, 2013 with respect to any appeal filed and not heard before April 1, 2013 under subsection 115(1) of the Employment Insurance Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247.
Request for reconsideration
269. (1) If no decision has been made before April 1, 2013 in respect of a request made under section 120 of the Employment Insurance Act as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 247, it is deemed to be an application made on April 1, 2013 under section 66 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act and is deemed to relate to a decision made, as the case may be, by
(a) the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by a board of referees; or
(b) the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by an umpire.
Deeming
(2) An application made under section 66 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act after March 31, 2013 is deemed to relate to a decision made, as the case may be, by
(a) the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by a board of referees; or
(b) the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal, in the case of a decision made by an umpire.
Continued application
270. The provisions of the Employment Insurance Act repealed by this Act, and their related regulations, continue to apply to appeals of which the board of referees or an umpire remains seized under this Act, with any necessary adaptations.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
271. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Pension Appeals Board
Commission d’appel des pensions
R.S., c. F-7; 2002, c. 8, s.14
Federal Courts Act
1990, c. 8, s. 8
272. (1) Paragraph 28(1)(d) of the Federal Courts Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection 28(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(g) the Appeal Division of the Social Secu- rity Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act, unless the decision is made under subsection 57(2) or section 58 of that Act or relates to an appeal brought under subsection 53(3) of that Act or an appeal respecting a decision relating to further time to make a request under subsection 52(2) of that Act, section 81 of the Canada Pension Plan, section 27.1 of the Old Age Security Act or section 112 of the Employment Insurance Act;
1990, c. 8, s. 8; 1996, c. 23, par. 187(c)
(3) Paragraph 28(1)(m) of the Act is repealed.
R.S., c. L-1
Labour Adjustment Benefits Act
1996, c. 23, s. 177
273. (1) The definition “board of referees” in subsection 2(1) of the Labour Adjustment Benefits Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection 2(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“Social Security Tribunal”« Tribunal de la sécurité sociale »
“Social Security Tribunal” means the Social Security Tribunal established under section 44 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act;
1996, c. 23, par. 187(f)
274. Subsections 13(6) and (7) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Reference to Social Security Tribunal
(6) The Commission may at any time within 14 days after receiving an application under subsection (1) refer the application or a question arising from it to the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal for a decision on it.
Proceedings before Social Security Tribunal
(7) If an application or question is referred to the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal under subsection (6), the Tribunal must conduct its proceedings in respect of that application or question in accordance with the procedure for appeals under the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
1996, c. 23, par. 187(f)
275. Subsections 31(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Appeal of Commission decision
(2) Any person may, at any time within 30 days after the day a decision of the Commission under this Act, other than subsection 14(2) or (3), is communicated to him or her, or within any further time that the Commission may in any particular case for special reason allow, appeal to the Social Security Tribunal.
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
276. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Pension Appeals Board
Commission d’appel des pensions
R.S., c. 1 (5th Supp.)
Income Tax Act
277. (1) Subparagraph 56(1)(l)(ii) of the Income Tax Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) reimbursement of costs incurred in relation to a decision of the Canada Employment Insurance Commission under the Employment Insurance Act or to an appeal of such a decision to the Social Security Tribunal,
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of
(a) appeals to the Social Security Tribunal filed, and decisions made by the Canada Employment Insurance Commission, after March 2013; and
(b) appeals for which leave has been granted under section 267 or 268.
278. (1) Subparagraph 60(o)(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) a decision of the Canada Employment Insurance Commission under the Employment Insurance Act or to an appeal of such a decision to the Social Security Tribunal,
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of
(a) appeals to the Social Security Tribunal filed, and decisions made by the Canada Employment Insurance Commission, after March 2013; and
(b) appeals for which leave has been granted under section 267 or 268.
1991, c. 30
Public Sector Compensation Act
279. Schedule I to the Public Sector Compensation Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER PORTIONS OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE”:
Office of the Umpire 
Bureau du juge-arbitre 
Pension Appeals Board
Commission d’appel des pensions
280. Schedule I to the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order under the heading “OTHER PORTIONS OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE”:
Social Security Tribunal
Tribunal de la sécurité sociale
Coming into Force
April 1, 2013
281. (1) Sections 225 and 227 to 229, subsection 230(1), sections 231, 232, 235 and 236, subsection 237(1) and sections 240 to 244, 246 to 249 and 279 come into force on April 1, 2013.
April 1, 2014
(2) Sections 271 and 276 come into force on April 1, 2014.
May 1, 2014
(3) Subsections 272(1) and (3) come into force on May 1, 2014.
Division 7
Consolidation of Privacy Codes
2005, c. 34
Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act
282. (1) The definition “programme” in subsection 30(1) of the French version of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act is replaced by the following:
« programme »“program”
« programme » Sauf au paragraphe (2), s’entend de tout programme dont la mise en oeuvre ou l’exécution relèvent du ministre ou de la Commission; y sont assimilées les lois, politiques ou activités dont la mise en oeuvre ou l’exécution relèvent de l’un ou de l’autre.
(2) Subsection 30(2) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Précision
(2) Pour l’application de la présente partie, toute mention du ministre vaut mention du ministre du Travail pour ce qui est des programmes, des lois, des politiques ou des activités dont la mise en oeuvre ou l’exécution relèvent de lui.
(3) Subsection 30(3) of the Act is repealed.
283. Sections 32 and 33 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Protection of information
32. Information is privileged and shall not be made available unless
(a) it is authorized under subsection 28.2(5) or by this Part, or by an agreement under section 105 or paragraph 107(1)(a) of the Canada Pension Plan or paragraph 40(1)(a) of the Old Age Security Act; or
(b) it may be made available under any of paragraphs 33.1(a) to (c) of the Old Age Security Act.
Availability of information — individuals and representatives
33. (1) In addition to an individual’s right of access under section 12 of the Privacy Act, and subject to the exemptions and exclusions provided in that Act, information may be made available to the individual or their representative on their request in writing to the Minister.
Availability of information — individuals, representatives and members of Parliament
(2) On the conditions that the Minister considers advisable, and subject to the exemptions and exclusions provided in the Privacy Act, if the information is relevant to the making of an application or the receipt of a benefit or other assistance by the individual under a program, to a division of unadjusted pensionable earnings or an assignment of a retirement pension that affects the individual or to any other matter that affects the individual under a program, it may be made available to
(a) the individual;
(b) the individual’s representative; or
(c) a member of Parliament who is inquiring on behalf of the individual.
284. Section 35 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Availability of information — federal institutions
35. (1) Information may be made available to a minister or a public officer of a prescribed federal institution for the administration or enforcement of a prescribed federal or provincial law or activity if the Minister considers it advisable and the information is made available subject to conditions that are agreed on by the Minister and the federal institution.
Secondary release of information
(2) Information obtained under subsection (1) shall not be made available to any other person or body unless the Minister considers it advisable, the information is made available for the same purpose and it is subject to conditions that are agreed on by the Minister and the federal institution.
285. Subsection 36(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Availability of information — provincial authorities
36. (1) Information may be made available to the government of a province, or to a public body created under the law of a province, for the administration or enforcement of a federal law or activity or of a provincial law or prescribed provincial activity, if the Minister considers it advisable and the information is made available subject to conditions that are agreed on by the Minister and the government or body.
286. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 36:
Information relative to Social Insurance Numbers
36.1 Despite any other Act or law, the minister or other authority charged with the administration or enforcement of an Act under which Social Insurance Numbers may be assigned and the Minister may exchange the information contained in any applications for such numbers and the numbers so assigned, and may make available any of that information or those numbers in any manner that may be authorized by that Act.
Availability of information — certain persons or bodies
36.2 (1) If the Minister considers it advisable, information may, for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of a federal law or activity or of a provincial law or prescribed provincial activity, be made available to any person or body — other than one to whom it could be made available under subsection 28.2(5) or any of sections 34 to 36.1 — on the conditions set out in an agreement between the Minister and the person or body.
Secondary release of information
(2) Information obtained under subsection (1) shall not be made available to any other person or body unless the Minister considers it advisable, the information is made available for the same purpose and it is subject to conditions that are agreed on by the Minister and the person or body that obtained the information.
287. Subsection 37(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Public interest
37. (1) Despite sections 33 to 36.2, information may be made available if the Minister is of the opinion that the public interest in disclosure clearly outweighs any invasion of privacy that could result from the disclosure or that disclosure would clearly benefit the individual to whom the information relates.
288. The portion of section 38 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Research or statistical purposes
38. Information may be made available for research or statistical purposes to any person or body, including a person or body referred to in section 35, 36 or 36.2 of this Act or in section 105 of the Canada Pension Plan, if
289. Paragraph 39(1)(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) the results of the policy analysis, research or evaluation will be made available only in accordance with the provisions of this Part, section 105 of the Canada Pension Plan, and any agreements under which the information was obtained;
290. Subsection 42(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Offence
42. (1) Every person or body commits an offence if they knowingly make available information that is privileged under this Part, or knowingly use or allow such information to be used, otherwise than in accordance with this Part or subsection 28.2(5) or (6), or a condition or agreement referred to
(a) in subsection 33(2) or any of sections 35, 36, 36.2 and 38 of this Act;
(b) in section 104.1 or 105 of the Canada Pension Plan; or
(c) in section 39 of the Old Age Security Act.
291. Section 43 of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a) and by replacing paragraph (b) with the following:
(b) federal institutions, for the purposes of subsection 35(1), to which the information referred to in that subsection may be made available, and the federal or provincial laws or activities for whose administration or enforcement the information may be made available; and
(c) provincial activities, for the purposes of subsections 36(1) and 36.2(1), in respect of which the information referred to in those subsections may be made available.
R.S., c. C-8
Canada Pension Plan
1997, c. 40, s. 88
292. The heading before section 104 of the Canada Pension Plan is replaced by the following:
Availability of Information
1997, c. 40, s. 88
293. (1) The portion of subsection 104(1) of the Act before the definition “administration” is replaced by the following:
Definitions
104. (1) The following definitions apply in this section and sections 104.1 and 105.
2005, c. 35, s. 45
(2) Subsection 104(3) of the Act is repealed.
1997, c. 40, s. 88; 2000, c. 34, par. 94(b)(F); 2005, c. 35, ss. 46 to 48, 49(F), 50 to 52 and subpar. 66(a)(iii), c. 38, subpar. 138(c)(vi) and (vii); 2007, c. 11, s. 11
294. Sections 104.01 to 104.11 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Availability of information within federal institutions
104.1 (1) Despite any other Act or law, any information obtained by a public officer of the Canada Revenue Agency, the Department of Finance, the Department of Public Works and Government Services or the Department of Citizenship and Immigration for the purpose of the administration of this Act may be made available to a public officer of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development, the Canada Revenue Agency, the Department of Finance, the Department of Public Works and Government Services, the Department of Citizenship and Immigration or the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions for the purpose of the administration of this Act.
Secondary release of information
(2) Information obtained under this section shall not be made available to any other person or body unless the information is made available only for the same purpose and on any conditions that the Minister may specify.
Agreements with Provinces
295. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 105:
Oaths, Affidavits, Declarations and Affirmations
R.S., c. O-9
Old Age Security Act
2010, c. 22, s. 3
296. Paragraph 5(3)(b) of the Old Age Security Act is replaced by the following:
(b) that exceeds 90 days and is to be served in a prison, as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Prisons and Reformatories Act, if the government of the province in which the prison is located has entered into an agreement under section 41 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
2010, c. 22, s. 7(3)
297. Subparagraph 19(6)(f)(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) that exceeds 90 days and is to be served in a prison, as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Prisons and Reformatories Act, if the government of the province in which the prison is located has entered into an agreement under section 41 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
2010, c. 22, s. 8(1)
298. Subparagraph 21(9)(d)(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) that exceeds 90 days and is to be served in a prison, as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Prisons and Reformatories Act, if the government of the province in which the prison is located has entered into an agreement under section 41 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act.
1997, c. 40, s. 102; 2000, c. 12, par. 207(1)(l), c. 34, par. 94(h)(F); 2001, c. 27, s. 267; 2003, c. 22, s. 178; 2005, c. 35, ss. 55 to 58, 59(F), 60 to 62 and par. 66(e), c. 38, par. 138(o), c. 49, s. 7; 2007, c. 11, s. 25; 2010, c. 22, s. 11
299. The heading before section 33 and sections 33 to 33.13 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Availability of Information
Definitions
33. (1) The following definitions apply in this section and sections 33.1 and 39.
“administration”« mise en oeuvre »
“administration” includes the development, operation, evaluation and enforcement of policies and programs.
“federal institution”« institution fédérale »
“federal institution” means a department or any other body referred to in Schedule I, I.1, II or III to the Financial Administration Act.
“public officer”« fonctionnaire public »
“public officer” means an officer or employee of a federal institution, or a prescribed individual or a member of a prescribed class of individuals.
Interpretation
(2) The definition of a word or expression in subsection (1) does not affect its interpretation in any other provision of this Act.
Information obtained under other Acts
33.1 Despite any other Act or law,
(a) the Minister of National Revenue or any person that he or she designates may make available to the Minister, or to a public officer of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development that is designated by the Minister, a report providing information that is available to the Minister of National Revenue, if the information is necessary for the administration of this Act;
(b) the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration and officers and employees of the Department of Citizenship and Immigration may make available to the Minister, or to a public officer of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development, any information that was obtained in the administration of the Citizenship Act or the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act, if the information is necessary for the administration of this Act; and
(c) the Commissioner of Corrections or staff members of the Correctional Service of Canada may make available to the Minister or a public officer of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development any personal information that was obtained in the administration of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act, if the information is necessary for the administration of this Act.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
2005, c. 35, s. 43
300. Schedule II to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the reference to
Canada Pension Plan
Régime de pensions du Canada
and the corresponding reference to “subsection 104.01(1)”.
2005, c. 35, s. 44
301. Schedule II to the Act is amended by striking out the reference to
Old Age Security Act
Loi sur la sécurité de la vieillesse
and the corresponding reference to “subsection 33.01(1)”.
R.S., c. 1 (5th Supp.)
Income Tax Act
302. Subparagraph 241(4)(e)(viii) of the Income Tax Act is replaced by the following:
(viii) paragraph 33.1(a) of the Old Age Security Act,
Coming into Force
Order in council
303. Sections 282 to 302 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 8
Social Insurance Number Cards
2005, c. 34
Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act
304. The Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act is amended by adding the following after section 28:
Social Insurance Number
Registration
28.1 (1) Any person who is employed in insurable employment as defined in the Employment Insurance Act or who is a self-employed person in respect of whom Part VII.1 of that Act applies must be registered with the Commission.
Register
(2) The Commission shall maintain a register containing the names of the persons referred to in subsection (1) and any other information that it determines is necessary to accurately identify them.
Social Insurance Number
(3) The Commission shall assign to each person registered with it a number that is suitable for use as a file number or account number or for data processing purposes, and that number is the person’s Social Insurance Number for any purpose for which a Social Insurance Number is required.
Social Insurance Number card
(4) The Commission may issue to each person registered with it a card containing the person’s name and Social Insurance Number.
Social Insurance Register
28.2 (1) The Commission may maintain a Social Insurance Register containing
(a) the names of persons registered in the registry referred to in section 28.1;
(b) the names of persons to whom a Social Insurance Number has been assigned under the Canada Pension Plan; and
(c) the names of persons for whom an application has been made to the Commission for a Social Insurance Number.
Additional information
(2) The Social Insurance Register may, subject to any regulations that the Governor in Council may make in that regard, contain any other information in addition to the names and Social Insurance Numbers of persons that is necessary to accurately identify all persons who are registered.
Issuing number and card
(3) When a Social Insurance Number is assigned to a person by the Commission in the course of maintaining the registers mentioned in this section and section 28.1, the Commission may issue a Social Insurance Number card to that person and that number is the person’s Social Insurance Number for all purposes for which a Social Insurance Number is required.
Regulations
(4) The Commission may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make regulations respecting
(a) the registration of persons under this section and section 28.1, including applications for that registration;
(b) the assignment and use of Social Insurance Numbers;
(c) the issuance, custody, production and use of Social Insurance Number cards;
(d) periods of validity, and the extension of those periods, of Social Insurance Numbers and Social Insurance Number cards; and
(e) the replacement of Social Insurance Number cards that have been lost, destroyed or defaced.
Availability of information — social insurance registers
(5) The Commission may make available any information contained in the registers maintained under this section and section 28.1 that the Commission considers necessary for the accurate identification of persons and for the effective use by those persons of Social Insurance Numbers to any persons that the Commission thinks appropriate to accomplish that purpose.
Secondary release of information
(6) Information obtained under subsection (5) shall not be made available to a person or body unless the Commission considers it advisable, the information is made available for the same purpose and it is subject to conditions agreed on by the Commission and the person who obtained the information.
Agreements still in force
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply to information made available in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Commission before the coming into force of this section.
New Social Insurance Number
(8) A person who has been assigned a Social Insurance Number may subsequently be assigned a new Social Insurance Number, in accordance with and subject to any regulations that the Commission may make, if
(a) the number first assigned has been assigned to another person;
(b) wrongful use by another person of the number first assigned has created a situation in which the person to whom the number was first assigned is or may be caused embarrassment or hardship; or
(c) there are other special or unusual circumstances that would make the issuance of a new number desirable.
Voiding
(9) When a new Social Insurance Number is assigned to a person, any number previously assigned to that person becomes void.
More than one number assigned
(10) If a person has inadvertently been assigned more than one Social Insurance Number, the Commission shall determine which number is the official number and shall void the others.
Change of name
28.3 When the name of a person to whom a Social Insurance Number has been assigned changes because of marriage or otherwise, the person shall inform the Commission of their new name within 60 days after the day on which the change of name becomes effective, unless they have already so informed another authority empowered to receive that information.
Prohibitions
28.4 (1) No person
(a) shall, knowing that they already have a Social Insurance Number, make an application to be again assigned a Social Insurance Number, whether the person gives information that is the same as or different from that contained in their previous application on which the Social Insurance Number had been assigned;
(b) shall, with intent to defraud or deceive any person, present, loan or use a Social Insurance Number or Social Insurance Number card;
(c) shall, without the authority of the Commission, manufacture a Social Insurance Number card or a substantially similar card, or duplicate a Social Insurance Number card, except by making a paper photocopy for record purposes only; or
(d) shall, without the authority of the Commission, sell a Social Insurance Number, a Social Insurance Number card or a substantially similar card.
Offence and punishment
(2) Every person who contravenes subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $1,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than one year, or to both.
R.S., c. C-8
Canada Pension Plan
305. Subsections 98(4) to (6) of the Canada Pension Plan are replaced by the following:
Assignment of Number
(4) The Minister shall, on application by an individual to whom a Social Insurance Number has not earlier been assigned, cause a Social Insurance Number to be assigned to the individual and a Social Insurance Number Card may be issued to the individual.
Employer to maintain record of Social Insurance Number
(5) Every employer who employs an employee in pensionable employment shall, in the case of an employee to whom subsection (2) applies, within 30 days after the day on which the employee reaches 18 years of age or becomes employed in pensionable employment, whichever is the later, require the employee to inform the employer of their Social Insurance Number, and the employer shall maintain a record of the Social Insurance Number of each employee.
Employee to provide Social Insurance Number
(6) Every employee who is required under subsection (5) to inform the employer of their Social Insurance Number shall do so within 30 days after the day on which they are required to do so by the employer.
306. Subsection 99(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Change of name
(2) When the name of an individual to whom a Social Insurance Number has been assigned changes, by reason of marriage or otherwise, the individual shall inform the Minister of their new name, unless they have already so informed another authority empowered to receive that information,
(a) if the individual is employed in pensionable employment, within 60 days after the day on which the change of name becomes effective; or
(b) if the individual is not employed in pensionable employment but later becomes so employed, or is required to make a contribution under this Act in respect of their self-employed earnings, within 60 days after the day on which the individual becomes so employed or after the first day on or before which they are required under section 33 to pay any amount as or on account of the contribution required to be made by them in respect of those earnings, as the case may be.
1996, c. 23
Employment Insurance Act
307. Subsection 77(1) of the Employment Insurance Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(d.1) the costs of administering sections 28.1 and 28.2 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act;
308. Sections 138 to 141 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Obligation
138. Every person employed in insurable employment, and every self-employed person in respect of whom Part VII.1 applies, must have a Social Insurance Number that has been assigned to that person under an Act of Parliament.
Change of name
139. When the name of a person to whom a Social Insurance Number has been assigned changes because of marriage or otherwise, the person shall inform the Commission of their new name within 60 days after the day on which the change of name becomes effective, unless they have already so informed another authority empowered to receive that information.
Regulations
140. For the purposes of sections 138 and 139, the Commission may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make regulations respecting
(a) applications for a Social Insurance Number;
(b) the assignment and use of Social Insurance Numbers;
(c) requirements that must be met by persons who have been assigned Social Insurance Numbers; and
(d) requirements that must be met by employers.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. C-24
Canadian Wheat Board Act
1998, c. 17, s. 28(E)
309. Subsections 67(3) and (4) of the Canadian Wheat Board Act are replaced by the following:
Assignment of Number
(3) The Corporation shall, on application by a producer, other than a corporation, to whom a Social Insurance Number has not earlier been assigned, cause a Social Insurance Number to be assigned to that producer.
Change of name
(4) When, at any time, the name of a producer to whom a Social Insurance Number has been assigned changes, by reason of marriage or otherwise, that producer shall inform the Corporation within 60 days after the day on which the change of name becomes effective, unless the producer has already so informed another authority empowered to receive that information.
1991, c. 22
Farm Income Protection Act
310. Subsections 10(2) and (3) of the Farm Income Protection Act are replaced by the following:
Assignment of number
(2) The Minister shall, on application by a producer to whom a Social Insurance Number has not been assigned, cause a Social Insurance Number to be assigned to the producer.
Change of name
(3) When, at any time, the name of a producer participating directly or indirectly as part of a corporation or other entity in a program under an agreement and to whom a Social Insurance Number has been assigned changes, by reason of marriage or otherwise, that producer shall inform the Minister of their new name within 60 days after the day on which the change of name becomes effective, unless the producer has already so informed another authority empowered to receive that information.
2001, c. 27
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act
311. Section 90 of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
Social Insurance Numbers
Minister directs special numbers to be issued
90. The Minister may direct the Canada Employment Insurance Commission to assign to persons, other than Canadian citizens or permanent residents, Social Insurance Numbers identifying those persons as persons who may be required under this Act to obtain authorization to work in Canada.
2005, c. 47, s. 1
Wage Earner Protection Program Act
2005, c. 47, s. 140(2)
312. Section 27 of the Wage Earner Protection Program Act is replaced by the following:
Information must be made available to Minister
27. Personal information relating to an applicant that is collected or obtained by the Canada Employment Insurance Commission must, if requested by the Minister, be made available to the Minister to determine the applicant’s eligibility to receive a payment under this Act.
Coordinating Amendment
2011, c. 25, Part 2
313. Section 309 of this Act is repealed if the day on which this Act receives royal assent is after August 1, 2012.
Coming into Force
Order in council
314. Sections 304 to 312 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 9
Amendments Relating to the Parks Canada Agency
1998, c. 31
Parks Canada Agency Act
315. The Parks Canada Agency Act is amended by adding the following after section 6:
Other Acts and regulations
6.1 (1) If considerations of geography make it impractical for the body or minister responsible for administering and enforcing an Act listed in Part 3 of the schedule — or any regulation made under that Act — or any regulation listed in Part 4 of the schedule to do so in a part of Canada, the Agency may enter into an agreement with that body or minister under which the Agency may assist that body or minister in the administration and enforcement of the Act or regulation in that part of Canada.
Park wardens
(2) For the purposes of an agreement entered into under subsection (1), persons designated as park wardens under section 18 of the Canada National Parks Act may, with the Chief Executive Officer’s approval,
(a) be designated under the Acts listed in Part 3 of the schedule to exercise powers set out in the designation in relation to the administration and enforcement of those Acts and any regulations made under them; and
(b) be designated under the Acts under which the regulations listed in Part 4 of the schedule are made to exercise powers set out in the designation in relation to the administration and enforcement of those regulations.
Meaning of “part of Canada”
(3) In this section, “part of Canada” means a part of Canada that is outside national parks, national historic sites, national marine conservation areas and other protected heritage areas.
316. Section 7 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 7(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Additions to or deletions from schedule
(2) For the purposes of section 6.1, the Governor in Council may, by order, add to or delete from the schedule any Act of Parliament or regulation made under an Act of Parliament, or part of such an Act or regulation, that relates to the environment.
317. The portion of subsection 21(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Payments out of New Parks and Historic Sites Account
(3) Despite any other Act of Parliament, amounts may be paid out of the New Parks and Historic Sites Account for the following purposes:
2002, c. 18, s. 39.
318. Section 31 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Report — heritage areas and programs
31. At least every five years, the Chief Executive Officer shall provide the Minister with a report, to be tabled in each House of Parliament, on the state of national parks, national historic sites, national marine conservation areas and other protected heritage areas and heritage protection programs, and on the Agency’s performance in carrying out its responsibilities under section 6.
319. Subsection 32(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Review of management plans by Minister
(2) The Minister shall review the management plan for each national historic site or other protected heritage area at least every 10 years and shall cause any amendments to the plan to be tabled in each House of Parliament.
320. Sections 33 and 34 of the Act are repealed.
321. Section 36 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
322. The schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the references after the heading “SCHEDULE” with the following:
(Sections 6, 6.1 and 7)
323. The schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following after Part 2:
PART 3
ACTS
PART 4
REGULATIONS
2000, c. 32
Canada National Parks Act
324. Subsection 11(2) of the Canada National Parks Act is replaced by the following:
Review of management plans by Minister
(2) The Minister shall review the management plan for each park at least every 10 years and shall cause any amendments to the plan to be tabled in each House of Parliament.
2002, c. 18
Canada National Marine Conservation Areas Act
325. Subsection 9(2) of the Canada National Marine Conservation Areas Act is replaced by the following:
Review of management plans by Minister
(2) The Minister shall review the management plan for each marine conservation area at least every 10 years and shall cause any amendments to the plan to be tabled in each House of Parliament.
Division 10
Financial Institutions
1991, c. 45
Trust and Loan Companies Act
326. Section 164 of the Trust and Loan Companies Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(f.1) a person who is an officer, director, employee or agent of — or any other person nominated by or acting on behalf of — an eligible agent within the meaning of section 374.1;
1994, c. 47, s. 205
327. Section 374.1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
374.1 The following definitions apply in this Part.
“agent”« mandataire »
“agent” means
(a) in relation to Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province, any agent of Her Majesty in either of those rights, and includes a municipal or public body empowered to perform a function of government in Canada or any entity empowered to perform a function or duty on behalf of Her Majesty in either of those rights, but does not include
(i) an official or entity performing a function or duty in connection with the administration or management of the estate or property of a natural person,
(ii) an official or entity performing a function or duty in connection with the administration, management or investment of a fund established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons, or moneys derived from such a fund, or
(iii) the trustee of any trust for the administration of a fund to which Her Majesty in either of those rights contributes and of which an official or entity that is an agent of Her Majesty in either of those rights is a trustee; and
(b) in relation to the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof, a person empowered to perform a function or duty on behalf of the government of the foreign country or political subdivision, other than a function or duty in connection with the administration or management of the estate or property of a natural person.
“eligible agent”« mandataire admissible »
“eligible agent” means an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or an agent or agency of a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country
(a) whose mandate is publicly available;
(b) that controls the assets of an investment fund in a manner intended to maximize long-term risk-adjusted returns and that fund is
(i) one to which, as the case may be, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or the government of a foreign country or political subdivision contributes, or
(ii) established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons; and
(c) whose decisions with respect to the assets of the fund referred to in paragraph (b) are not influenced in any significant way by, as the case may be, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of the province or the government of the foreign country or the political subdivision.
Associates
374.2 (1) For the purpose of determining ownership of a company by an eligible agent, where two persons, at least one of whom is an eligible agent, are associated with each other, those persons are deemed to be a single eligible agent who beneficially owns the aggregate number of shares of the company beneficially owned by them.
Associates
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), a person is associated with another person if
(a) each person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada;
(b) each person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of the same province;
(c) each person is an agent or agency of a government of the same foreign country or a political subdivision of the same foreign country;
(d) one person is Her Majesty in right of Canada and the other person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in that right;
(e) one person is Her Majesty in right of a province and the other person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of that province; or
(f) one person is a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country and the other person is its agent or agency.
328. Section 396 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(3) Despite subsection (1), a company may, with the Minister’s approval, record in its securities register the issue of any share of the company to an eligible agent.
Ministerial approval
(4) The Minister, in determining whether to grant the approval referred to in subsection (3), shall take into account all matters that he or she considers relevant, including those set out in paragraphs 388(1)(a) to (g).
329. Section 399 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Exception — eligible agent
(5) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of the exercise of voting rights attached to any share referred to in subsection 396(3).
1991, c. 46
Bank Act
330. Section 160 of the Bank Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(f.1) a person who is an officer, director, employee or agent of — or any other person nominated by or acting on behalf of — an eligible agent within the meaning of subsection 370(1);
331. Subsection 370(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“eligible agent”« mandataire admissible »
“eligible agent” means an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or an agent or agency of a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country
(a) whose mandate is publicly available;
(b) that controls the assets of an investment fund in a manner intended to maximize long-term risk-adjusted returns and that fund is
(i) one to which, as the case may be, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or the government of a foreign country or political subdivision contributes, or
(ii) established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons; and
(c) whose decisions with respect to the assets of the fund referred to in paragraph (b) are not influenced in any significant way by, as the case may be, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of the province or the government of the foreign country or the political subdivision.
332. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 371:
Associates
371.1 (1) Despite section 371, for the purpose of determining ownership of a bank by an eligible agent, where two persons, at least one of whom is an eligible agent, are associated with each other, those persons are deemed to be a single eligible agent who beneficially owns the aggregate number of shares of the bank beneficially owned by them.
Associates
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), a person is associated with another person if
(a) each person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada;
(b) each person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of the same province;
(c) each person is an agent or agency of a government of the same foreign country or a political subdivision of the same foreign country;
(d) one person is Her Majesty in right of Canada and the other person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in that right;
(e) one person is Her Majesty in right of a province and the other person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of that province; or
(f) one person is a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country and the other person is its agent or agency.
333. Section 401.2 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(3) Despite subsection (1), a bank may, with the Minister’s approval, record in its securities register the issue of any share of the bank to an eligible agent.
Ministerial approval
(4) The Minister, in determining whether to grant the approval referred to in subsection (3), shall take into account all matters that he or she considers relevant, including those set out in paragraphs 396(1)(a) to (h).
334. Section 401.3 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception — eligible agent
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of the exercise of voting rights attached to any share referred to in subsection 401.2(3).
335. Section 750 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(f.1) a person who is an officer, director, employee or agent of — or any other person nominated by or acting on behalf of — an eligible agent within the meaning of subsection 370(1);
2001, c. 9, s. 183
336. Section 873 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Sections 370 to 371.1 apply
873. Sections 370 to 371.1 apply in respect of bank holding companies, except that references to “bank” in sections 371 and 371.1 are to be read as references to “bank holding company”.
337. Section 913 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(3) Despite subsection (1), a bank holding company may, with the Minister’s approval, record in its securities register the issue of any share of the bank holding company to an eligible agent.
Ministerial approval
(4) The Minister, in determining whether to grant the approval referred to in subsection (3), shall take into account all matters that he or she considers relevant, including those set out in paragraphs 906(1)(a) to (g).
338. Section 914 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception — eligible agent
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of the exercise of voting rights attached to any share referred to in subsection 913(3).
1991, c. 47
Insurance Companies Act
339. Subsection 168(1) of the Insurance Companies Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(f.1) a person who is an officer, director, employee or agent of — or any other person nominated by or acting on behalf of — an eligible agent within the meaning of section 406.1;
1994, c. 47, s. 122
340. Section 406.1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
406.1 The following definitions apply in this Part.
“agent”« mandataire »
“agent” means
(a) in relation to Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province, any agent of Her Majesty in either of those rights, and includes a municipal or public body empowered to perform a function of government in Canada or any entity empowered to perform a function or duty on behalf of Her Majesty in either of those rights but does not include
(i) an official or entity performing a function or duty in connection with the administration or management of the estate or property of a natural person,
(ii) an official or entity performing a function or duty in connection with the administration, management or investment of a fund established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons, or moneys derived from such a fund, or
(iii) the trustee of any trust for the administration of a fund to which Her Majesty in either of those rights contributes and of which an official or entity that is an agent of Her Majesty in either of those rights is a trustee; and
(b) in relation to the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof, a person empowered to perform a function or duty on behalf of the government of the foreign country or political subdivision, other than a function or duty in connection with the administration or management of the estate or property of a natural person.
“eligible agent”« mandataire admissible »
“eligible agent” means an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or an agent or agency of a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country
(a) whose mandate is publicly available;
(b) that controls the assets of an investment fund in a manner intended to maximize long-term risk-adjusted returns and that fund is
(i) one to which, as the case may be, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or the government of a foreign country or political subdivision contributes, or
(ii) established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons; and
(c) whose decisions with respect to the assets of the fund referred to in paragraph (b) are not influenced in any significant way by, as the case may be, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of the province or the government of the foreign country or the political subdivision.
Associates
406.2 (1) For the purpose of determining ownership of a company by an eligible agent, where two persons, at least one of whom is an eligible agent, are associated with each other, those persons are deemed to be a single eligible agent who beneficially owns the aggregate number of shares of the company beneficially owned by them.
Associates
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), a person is associated with another person if
(a) each person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada;
(b) each person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of the same province;
(c) each person is an agent or agency of a government of the same foreign country or a political subdivision of the same foreign country;
(d) one person is Her Majesty in right of Canada and the other person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in that right;
(e) one person is Her Majesty in right of a province and the other person is an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of that province; or
(f) one person is a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country and the other person is its agent or agency.
341. Section 428 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(3) Despite subsection (1), a company may, with the Minister’s approval, record in its securities register the issue of any share of the company to an eligible agent.
Ministerial approval
(4) The Minister, in determining whether to grant the approval referred to in subsection (3), shall take into account all matters that he or she considers relevant, including those set out in paragraphs 420(1)(a) to (h).
342. Section 430 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Exception — eligible agent
(5) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of the exercise of voting rights attached to any share referred to in subsection 428(3).
2001, c. 9, s. 415(1)
343. Subsection 432(1) of the English ver- sion of the Act is replaced by the following:
Disposition of shareholdings
432. (1) If, with respect to any company, a person contravenes subsection 407(1), (4), (9), (11) or (15) or section 407.03, 407.1 or 407.2 or fails to comply with an undertaking referred to in subsection 416(2) or with any term or condition imposed under section 421, the Minister may, if the Minister considers it in the public interest to do so, by order, direct that person and any person controlled by that person to dispose of any number of shares of the company beneficially owned by any of those persons that the Minister specifies in the order, within the time specified in the order and in the proportion, if any, as between the person and the persons controlled by that person that is specified in the order.
344. Section 797 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(f.1) a person who is an officer, director, employee or agent of — or any other person nominated by or acting on behalf of — an eligible agent within the meaning of section 406.1;
2001, c. 9, s. 465
345. Section 926 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Sections 406.1 and 406.2 apply
926. Sections 406.1 and 406.2 apply in respect of insurance holding companies, except that references to “company” in that section 406.2 are to be read as references to “insurance holding company”.
346. Section 954 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(3) Despite subsection (1), an insurance holding company may, with the Minister’s approval, record in its securities register the issue of any share of the insurance holding company to an eligible agent.
Ministerial approval
(4) The Minister, in determining whether to grant the approval referred to in subsection (3), shall take into account all matters that he or she considers relevant, including those set out in paragraphs 947(1)(a) to (g).
347. Section 955 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 955(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Exception — eligible agent
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of the exercise of voting rights attached to any share referred to in subsection 954(3).
Coordinating Amendments
2010, c. 12
348. (1) In this section, “other Act” means the Jobs and Economic Growth Act.
(2) On the first day on which both subsection 401.3(3) of the Bank Act, as enacted by section 2072 of the other Act, and subsection 401.3(3) of the Bank Act, as enacted by section 334 of this Act, are in force, subsection 401.3(3) of the Bank Act, as enacted by section 334 of this Act, is renumbered as subsection 401.3(4) and is repositioned accordingly if required.
2012, c. 5
349. (1) In this section, “other Act” means the Financial System Review Act.
(2) If section 157 of the other Act comes into force before section 347 of this Act, then
(a) that section 347 is deemed never to have come into force and is repealed; and
(b) section 955 of the Insurance Companies Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception — eligible agent
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of the exercise of voting rights attached to any share referred to in subsection 954(3).
(3) If section 347 of this Act comes into force before section 157 of the other Act, then that section 157 is replaced by the following:
157. Section 955 is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exception
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a foreign institution that is controlled by the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country, or by any agent or agency of a foreign government, if the shares referred to in subsection (1) are beneficially owned by the foreign institution or by an entity controlled by the foreign institution.
(4) If section 157 of the other Act comes into force on the same day as section 347 of this Act, then that section 157 is deemed to have come into force before that section 347 and subsection (2) applies as a consequence.
Division 11
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation
R.S., c. N-11
National Housing Act
R.S., c. 25 (4th Supp.), s. 1(3)
350. The definition “regulation” in section 2 of the National Housing Act is repealed.
1999, c. 27, s. 3
351. Section 7 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
7. The following definitions apply in this Part.
“Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation”« président de la Société d’assurance-dépôts du Canada »
“Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation” means the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation appointed under section 6 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act.
“Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada”« commissaire de l’Agence de la consommation en matière financière du Canada »
“Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada” means the Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada appointed under section 4 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act.
“Governor of the Bank of Canada”« gouverneur de la Banque du Canada »
“Governor of the Bank of Canada” means the Governor of the Bank of Canada appointed under section 6 of the Bank of Canada Act.
“housing loan”« prêt à l’habitation »
“housing loan” means a loan that
(a) relates to a housing project;
(b) is secured at least in part by security on or affecting a housing project or by an agreement relating to the use, occupancy or disposal of a housing project;
(c) is made for the purpose of acquiring a financial interest in a person who, directly or indirectly, owns, leases or operates a housing project; or
(d) is made for the purpose of refinancing a debt that the Corporation is of the opinion relates to a housing project or to a financial interest referred to in paragraph (c).
“Superintend- ent”« surintendant »
“Superintendent” means the Superintendent of Financial Institutions appointed under section 5 of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act.
Objects
7.1 The Corporation has the following objects in carrying on any activities under this Part or Part I.1:
(a) to promote the efficient functioning and competitiveness of the housing finance market;
(b) to promote and contribute to the stability of the financial system, including the housing market; and
(c) to have due regard to the Corporation’s exposure to loss.
1999, c. 27, s. 3
352. Section 14 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Guarantee
14. (1) The Corporation may — with the Minister of Finance’s approval and on any terms or conditions that are specified by him or her — guarantee payment of any or all of the principal or interest, or both, in respect of securities issued on the basis of housing loans. The terms and conditions may, among others, relate to the amount and price of the guarantee, the characteristics of the securities to be guaranteed and the manner in which the securities are to be issued.
Regulations — Governor in Council
(2) The Governor in Council may, on the Minister of Finance’s recommendation, make regulations respecting the characteristics of those who may issue or sell the securities.
Regulations — Minister of Finance
(3) The Minister of Finance may make regulations respecting the characteristics of the housing loans.
Compensation
(4) The Minister of Finance may fix a fee to be paid by the Corporation to the Receiver General to compensate Her Majesty for Her exposure to the risks arising from a guarantee referred to in subsection (1). That Minister shall notify the Corporation in writing of the fee.
353. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 14:
Prohibition
14.1 It is prohibited for the Corporation to guarantee payment of any or all of the principal or interest, or both, in respect of a covered bond as defined in section 21.5.
1999, c. 27, s. 3
354. Section 15 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Maximum total
15. (1) Despite anything in this Act other than subsection (2), the total of the outstanding guaranteed amounts of principal for all issues of securities in respect of which guarantees that have been given under section 14 are in force may not exceed the total amount provided for in section 11.
Maximum total — other Acts
(2) The total of the outstanding guaranteed amounts of principal may not exceed the amount authorized by Parliament under an appropriation Act or other Act of Parliament.
355. The portion of section 19 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Terms and conditions
19. Subject to any regulations made under this Part, the Corporation may
356. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 21.4:
PART I.1
COVERED BONDS
Definitions
Definitions
21.5 The following definitions apply in this Part.
“affiliate”« groupe »
“affiliate” means an affiliate as defined in section 2 of the Bank Act.
“covered bond”« obligation sécurisée »
“covered bond” means, except in paragraph 21.53(b), a debt obligation in relation to which the principal and interest owing are guaranteed to be paid from the loans or other assets held by a guarantor entity.
“covered bond collateral”« garantie d’obligations sécurisées »
“covered bond collateral” means the loans or other assets that secure the payment of principal, interest and any other amounts owing in relation to the covered bonds that are issued under a registered program.
“derivatives agreement”« contrat dérivé »
“derivatives agreement” means a financial agreement whose obligations are derived from, referenced to, or based on, one or more underlying reference items.
“guarantor entity”« societé garante »
“guarantor entity” means an entity that is created and organized for the principal purpose of holding loans or other assets as the covered bond collateral for a registered program with the intention of legally isolating those loans or other assets from the registered issuer.
“registered issuer”« émetteur inscrit »
“registered issuer” means an institution that is registered in the registry under section 21.53.
“registered program”« programme inscrit »
“registered program” means a program that is registered in the registry under section 21.55.
“registry”« registre »
“registry” means the registry established under section 21.51.
Establishment of Legal Framework
Registry
21.51 (1) The Corporation must establish and maintain a registry containing
(a) the names and business addresses of registered issuers;
(b) a list of registered programs and information relating to those programs, including the name of each essential service provider to the guarantor entity;
(c) a list of registered issuers whose right to issue covered bonds is suspended under subsection 21.62(1) and the reasons for the suspension;
(d) any other information that, in the Corporation’s opinion, is necessary; and
(e) any prescribed information.
Accessible to public
(2) The Corporation must make the registry accessible to the public through the Internet and by any other means that it considers appropriate.
Application for registration of issuers
21.52 (1) Any of the following institutions may apply for registration as a registered issuer:
(a) a federal financial institution as defined in section 2 of the Bank Act; and
(b) a cooperative credit society that is incorporated and regulated by or under an Act of the legislature of a province.
Requirements
(2) The applicant must provide the Corporation, in the time, manner and form required by the Corporation, with the required fees and any information that, in the Corporation’s opinion, is required for the purposes of the registration.
Registration of issuers
21.53 The Corporation may register an institution in the registry if
(a) in the Corporation’s opinion, all of the requirements under this Part have been met; and
(b) the institution gives an undertaking to not issue any debt obligation that is commonly known as a covered bond except under a registered program.
Application for registration of program
21.54 (1) A registered issuer may apply for registration of a program under which covered bonds are to be issued.
Requirements
(2) The registered issuer must provide the Corporation, in the time, manner and form required by the Corporation, with the required fees and the information referred to in subsection (3).
Contents of program
(3) An application must contain a complete description of the program, including the following information:
(a) the name of the entity that will act as the guarantor entity and the type of entity;
(b) a description of the loans or other assets to be held as the covered bond collateral and their value;
(c) the minimum and maximum ratio required under the program of the value of the covered bonds to be issued to the value of the loans or other assets to be held as covered bond collateral;
(d) a description of the contractual relationships between the registered issuer and the entity that will act as the guarantor entity;
(e) the names of all essential service provid-ers to the entity that will act as the guarantor entity, a description of the services to be provided and, if a registered issuer or one of its affiliates is acting as a service provider, the circumstances in which it must be replaced;
(f) the names of any parties to a derivatives agreement with the entity that will act as the guarantor entity; and
(g) any other information that, in the Corporation’s opinion, is required.
Registration of programs
21.55 The Corporation may register the program in the registry if, in the Corporation’s opinion, all of the requirements under this Part have been met.
Application — issuer or program
21.56 (1) The Corporation must notify the applicant in writing of its decision with respect to the application to register the applicant or the program.
Withdrawal of application
(2) An applicant may withdraw the application for registration by so notifying the Corporation in writing at any time before the day on which the applicant receives notice of the Corporation’s decision.
Deregistration of program
21.57 (1) The Corporation may deregister a registered program on the request of the registered issuer only if there are no covered bonds outstanding under the program.
Deregistration of issuer
(2) The Corporation may deregister a registered issuer on the request of the issuer only if the issuer has no registered programs.
Conditions and restrictions
21.58 The Corporation may, at any time, establish conditions or restrictions applicable to registered issuers and registered programs.
Fees
21.59 (1) The Corporation may establish fees for registration applications under subsection 21.52(1) and subsection 21.54(1) as well as other fees to be paid by registered issuers.
Limitation
(2) The fees must be established, in accord-ance with any regulations, to be commensurate with the costs incurred by the Corporation in exercising its powers and performing its duties and functions under this Part.
Eligible assets
21.6 (1) Only the following assets may be held as covered bond collateral:
(a) loans made on the security of residential property that is located in Canada and consists of not more than four residential units; or
(b) any prescribed assets.
Substitute assets
(2) Despite subsection (1), covered bond collateral may include securities that are issued by the Government of Canada and any prescribed assets.
Maximum ratio
(3) Unless regulations have been made under paragraph 21.66(g), the value of the assets described in subsection (2) must not exceed 10 per cent of the total value of the loans or other assets held as covered bond collateral.
Exceptions
(4) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the following loans must not be held as covered bond collateral:
(a) a loan made on the security of residential property if the loan is insured by the Corporation;
(b) a loan made on the security of residential property if the loan is insured by the Canada Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, the Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada, the PMI Mortgage Insurance Company Canada or any successor to any of those companies; and
(c) a loan made on the security of residential property if the amount of the loan, together with the amount then outstanding of any mortgage or hypothecary loan having an equal or prior claim against the property, exceeds 80 per cent of the value of the property at the time of the loan.
Confidentiality
21.61 (1) Subject to any other provision of this Part or Part I, any information that is collected by the Corporation under this Part is confidential and must be treated accordingly.
Use of information
(2) Information that is collected by the Corporation under this Part must be used by the Corporation only for the purpose for which it is collected.
Suspension
21.62 (1) The Corporation may suspend the right of a registered issuer to issue further covered bonds under a registered program.
Notice
(2) In the case where the Corporation decides to suspend that right, it must provide the registered issuer with a written notice of and the reasons for the intended suspension, no later than 30 days before the day on which the suspension is to take effect.
Copies to regulator
(3) The Corporation must provide a copy of the notice and reasons to,
(a) in the case of a federal financial institution as defined in section 2 of the Bank Act, the Superintendent of Financial Institutions appointed under subsection 5(1) of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act; and
(b) in the case of a cooperative credit society incorporated and regulated by or under an Act of the legislature of a province, the body that regulates that society.
Revoking suspension
(4) The Corporation may revoke a suspension and, in that case, must provide the registered issuer with written notice of the revocation of the suspension.
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Protection
Covered bonds
21.63 Nothing in any law of Canada or a province relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or any order of a court made in relation to a reorganization, arrangement or receivership involving bankruptcy or insolvency, prevents or prohibits the following actions from being taken in accordance with the provisions of contracts relating to covered bonds that are issued under a registered program:
(a) the making of any payments, including a payment to a registered issuer;
(b) the netting or setting off or compensation of obligations;
(c) any dealing with covered bond collateral, including
(i) the sale or foreclosure or, in Quebec, the surrender of covered bond collateral, and
(ii) the setting off or compensation of covered bond collateral or the application of the proceeds or value of covered bond collateral; and
(d) the termination of those contracts.
Transfer not voidable and not subject to remedies
21.64 Despite anything in any law of Canada or a province relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or any order of a court made in relation to a reorganization, arrangement or receivership involving bankruptcy or insolvency, the transfer of loans or other assets to a guarantor entity — to be held as covered bond collateral — by a registered issuer, any of its affiliates or any prescribed entity
(a) is effective against every person;
(b) is not voidable or, in Quebec, annullable;
(c) is not subject to any other remedies available to creditors of the registered issuer; and
(d) does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance, unjust preference or other reviewable transaction.
Non-application
21.65 Sections 21.63 and 21.64 do not apply to contracts relating to covered bonds that are issued under a registered program, nor to the transfer of loans or other assets to a guarantor entity to be held as covered bond collateral for those covered bonds, if those covered bonds are issued by a registered issuer during the period in which its right to issue covered bonds has been suspended under section 21.62.
Regulations
Regulations
21.66 The Minister of Finance may make regulations for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Part, including regulations
(a) excluding, from the definition “covered bond”, certain debt obligations;
(b) excluding, from the definition “covered bond collateral”, certain payments from the guarantor entity to the registered issuer;
(c) establishing requirements that an institution, or a program under which covered bonds are to be issued, must meet to be registered in the registry;
(d) respecting applications made under section 21.52 or 21.54;
(e) respecting cost recovery for the purposes of section 21.59;
(f) establishing additional requirements with respect to the loans referred to in paragraph 21.6(1)(a);
(g) respecting the circumstances in which guarantor entities may hold the assets described in subsection 21.6(2) and, according to each circumstance, the maximum ratio of the value of those assets relative to the total value of the loans or other assets being held as covered bond collateral; and
(h) prescribing anything that is to be prescribed under this Part.
2011, c. 15
Supporting Vulnerable Seniors and Strengthening Canada’s Economy Act
357. Section 23 of the Supporting Vulnerable Seniors and Strengthening Canada’s Economy Act is amended by replacing the subsection 8.1(1) that it enacts with the following:
Regulations — Minister of Finance
8.1 (1) The Minister of Finance may, after consulting the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Superintendent, make regulations respecting classes of housing loans and the criteria to be met by loans in each of those classes in order for the Corporation to be able to provide insurance against risks relating to those loans.
358. Section 24 of the Act is amended by replacing the section 21.1 that it enacts with the following:
Obligation to retain information, books and records
21.1 (1) The Corporation shall keep and retain books and records, and retain information, in respect of its activities under this Part and Part I.1, including any books, records or information that are prescribed by regulation.
Obligation to provide information or copies
(2) At the request of the Minister of Finance, the Corporation shall, without delay, provide that Minister with any information or copies of any books or records that it is required to retain.
Power to disclose
(3) The Minister of Finance may disclose to the Superintendent, the Governor of the Bank of Canada, the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada any information or copies of any books or records received under subsection (2).
Public information
(4) The Corporation shall make available to the public the books, records and information that are prescribed by regulation.
Regulations
(5) The Governor in Council may, on the Minister of Finance’s recommendation, make regulations respecting the manner in which books and records are to be kept and retained, the manner in which information is to be retained and the manner in which books, records and information are to be made available to the public.
Examination or inquiry
21.2 (1) The Superintendent, from time to time but at least once in each calendar year, shall make or cause to be made any examination or inquiry that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the Corporation is carrying on any or all of its activities under this Part and Part I.1 in a safe and sound manner, including whether it is carrying on those activities with due regard to its exposure to loss.
Access to records
(2) For the purposes of the examination or inquiry, the Superintendent or a person acting under his or her direction
(a) has a right of access to any books or records that are held by or on behalf of the Corporation in respect of its activities; and
(b) may require the Corporation’s directors, officers and auditors to provide information and explanations to the Superintendent, to the extent that they are reasonably able to do so, in respect of the Corporation’s activities.
Report to Corporation and Ministers
(3) The Superintendent shall report the results of the examination or inquiry, including any recommendations, to
(a) the Corporation’s board of directors; and
(b) the Minister and the Minister of Finance.
Proposal in corporate plan
(4) The Corporation’s corporate plan that is required under section 122 of the Financial Administration Act must contain a proposal indicating how the Corporation will address the recommendations.
Obligation to provide information or copies
(5) At the request of the Superintendent, the Corporation shall, without delay, provide him or her with any information or copies of any books or records that it is required to retain in respect of its activities under this Part and Part I.1.
Confidentiality
(6) Subject to any other provision of this Act, all information in respect of the Corporation’s activities under this Part and Part I.1, including regarding a person dealing with the Corporation, that is obtained by the Superintendent or a person acting under his or her direction is confidential and shall be treated accordingly.
Power to disclose
(7) The Superintendent may disclose any information or copies of any books or records that are received under this Part or Part I.1 to
(a) the Minister and the Minister of Finance;
(b) the Governor of the Bank of Canada;
(c) the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
(d) the Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada.
Superintendent to ascertain expenses
21.3 (1) The Superintendent shall, before December 31 in each year, ascertain the total amount of expenses incurred during the preceding fiscal year in connection with the administration of section 21.2.
Obligation to pay
(2) The Corporation shall pay the amount within 30 days after the day on which the Superintendent notifies it in writing of the amount.
Fiscal year
(3) For the purpose of subsection (1), the fiscal year is the period beginning on April 1 in one year and ending on March 31 in the next year.
Regulations
21.4 The Governor in Council may, on the Minister of Finance’s recommendation, make regulations respecting the Corporation’s activities under this Part, including regulations
(a) respecting the conditions and limitations to which those activities are subject; 
(b) respecting the terms and conditions on which and manner in which the Corporation may exercise its powers under this Part; and 
(c) prescribing anything that is to be prescribed by this Part.
Coming into force
359. Despite section 26 of the Supporting Vulnerable Seniors and Strengthening Canada’s Economy Act, sections 22 to 24 of that Act come into force on the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
R.S., c. C-7
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation Act
1999, c. 27, s. 25(1); 2006, c. 9, par. 233(a)(E)
360. Subsection 6(1) of the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation Act is replaced by the following:
Board of Directors
6. (1) The Board of Directors shall consist of
(a) the Chairperson;
(b) the President;
(c) the Minister’s Deputy Minister;
(d) the Deputy Minister of Finance; and
(e) eight other directors.
Exception
(1.1) Subsections (4) to (6) do not apply to the directors referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d).
Alternate director
(1.2) A director referred to in paragraph (1)(c) or (d) may designate an alternate to attend in the director’s absence at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
1991, c. 45
Trust and Loan Companies Act
361. The Trust and Loan Companies Act is amended by adding the following after section 415:
Prohibition
415.1 (1) It is prohibited for a company to issue a debt obligation in relation to which the amounts of principal and interest owing are guaranteed to be paid from loans or other assets held by an entity that is created and organized for the principal purpose of holding those loans or other assets and with the intention of legally isolating those loans or other assets from the company, unless
(a) the debt obligation is a covered bond as defined in section 21.5 of the National Housing Act;
(b) the company is a registered issuer as defined in section 21.5 of that Act other than one whose right to issue covered bonds has been suspended; and
(c) the debt obligation is issued under a registered program as defined in section 21.5 of that Act.
Exception
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations exempting any type of debt obligation from the application of subsection (1).
1991, c. 46
Bank Act
362. The Bank Act is amended by adding the following after section 415:
Prohibition
415.1 (1) It is prohibited for a bank to issue a debt obligation in relation to which the amounts of principal and interest owing are guaranteed to be paid from loans or other assets held by an entity that is created and organized for the principal purpose of holding those loans or other assets and with the intention of legally isolating those loans or other assets from the bank, unless
(a) the debt obligation is a covered bond as defined in section 21.5 of the National Housing Act;
(b) the bank is a registered issuer as defined in section 21.5 of that Act other than one whose right to issue covered bonds has been suspended; and
(c) the debt obligation is issued under a registered program as defined in section 21.5 of that Act.
Exception
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations exempting any type of debt obligation from the application of subsection (1).
1991, c. 47
Insurance Companies Act
363. The Insurance Companies Act is amended by adding the following after section 468:
Prohibition
468.1 (1) It is prohibited for a company to issue a debt obligation in relation to which the amounts of principal and interest owing are guaranteed to be paid from loans or other assets held by an entity that is created and organized for the principal purpose of holding those loans or other assets and with the intention of legally isolating those loans or other assets from the company, unless
(a) the debt obligation is a covered bond as defined in section 21.5 of the National Housing Act;
(b) the company is a registered issuer as defined in section 21.5 of that Act other than one whose right to issue covered bonds has been suspended; and
(c) the debt obligation is issued under a registered program as defined in section 21.5 of that Act.
Exception
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations exempting any type of debt obligation from the application of subsection (1).
1991, c. 48
Cooperative Credit Associations Act
364. The Cooperative Credit Associations Act is amended by adding the following after section 380:
Prohibition
380.1 (1) It is prohibited for an association to issue a debt obligation in relation to which the amounts of principal and interest owing are guaranteed to be paid from loans or other assets held by an entity that is created and organized for the principal purpose of holding those loans or other assets and with the intention of legally isolating those loans or other assets from the association, unless
(a) the debt obligation is a covered bond as defined in section 21.5 of the National Housing Act;
(b) the association is a registered issuer as defined in section 21.5 of that Act other than one whose right to issue covered bonds has been suspended; and
(c) the debt obligation is issued under a registered program as defined in section 21.5 of that Act.
Exception
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations exempting any type of debt obligation from the application of subsection (1).
Transitional Provision
Guarantees made before section 352 comes into force
365. A guarantee made by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation under section 14 of the National Housing Act before the day on which section 352 of this Act comes into force does not require the Minister’s approval.
Coordinating Amendment
2011, c. 15
366. On the first day on which both Part 7 of the Supporting Vulnerable Seniors and Strengthening Canada’s Economy Act and subsection 21.6(4) of the National Housing Act, as enacted by section 356, are in force, the National Housing Act is amended by replacing that subsection 21.6(4) with the following:
Exceptions
(4) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the following loans must not be held as covered bond collateral:
(a) a loan made on the security of residential property if the loan is insured by the Corporation;
(b) a loan made on the security of residential property if the loan is insured and that insurance is protected under the Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Insurance Act; and
(c) a loan made on the security of residential property if the amount of the loan, together with the amount then outstanding of any mortgage or hypothecary loan having an equal or prior claim against the property, exceeds 80 per cent of the value of the property at the time of the loan.
Coming into Force
January 1, 2013 or royal assent
367. (1) Sections 352 and 354 come into force on the later of January 1, 2013 and the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
Order in council
(2) Paragraph 21.52(1)(b) of the National Housing Act, as enacted by section 356, comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Order in council
(3) Sections 361 to 364 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 12
Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act
Enactment of Act
Enactment
368. The Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act is enacted as follows:
An Act to implement a Framework Agreement on Integrated Cross-Border Law Enfor-ment Operations between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act.
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
2. The following definitions apply in this Act.
“Agreement”« accord »
“Agreement” means the Framework Agree-ment on Integrated Cross-Border Maritime Law Enforcement Operations between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America signed on May 26, 2009.
“designated officer”« agent désigné »
“designated officer” means an individual appointed as a cross-border maritime law enforcement officer by
(a) the Central Authority for Canada under subsection 7(1) or 8(1); and
(b) the person designated as the Central Authority for the United States for the application of the Agreement.
“integrated cross-border operation”« opération transfrontalière intégrée »
“integrated cross-border operation” means the deployment of a vessel crewed jointly by designated officers from Canada and the United States for cross-border law enforcement purposes in undisputed areas of the sea or internal waters along the international boundary between Canada and the United States.
PURPOSE
Purpose
3. The purpose of this Act is to implement the Agreement, the objectives of which are to provide additional means to prevent, detect and suppress criminal offences and violations of the law in undisputed areas of the sea or internal waters along the international boundary between Canada and the United States and to facilitate the investigation and prosecution of such offences and violations.
PRINCIPLES
Statement
4. It is recognized and declared that
(a) Canada and the United States have a common interest in the security of the undisputed areas of the sea or internal waters along the international boundary between Canada and the United States;
(b) integrated cross-border operations must
(i) respect the sovereignty of Canada and the United States,
(ii) be conducted in accordance with the rule of law, and
(iii) be conducted as directed by a designated officer from the host country; and
(c) in Canada, integrated cross-border operations must be conducted in a manner respecting the rights and freedoms guaranteed by the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
CENTRAL AUTHORITY FOR CANADA
Designation
5. For the purposes of implementing the Agreement, the Central Authority for Canada is the Commissioner of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police or his or her delegate.
Direction and management
6. The Central Authority for Canada has, in cooperation with the person designated as the Central Authority for the United States for the purposes of implementing the Agreement, responsibility for the direction and management of integrated cross-border operations.
Appointment of officers from Canada
7. (1) The Central Authority for Canada may appoint as a cross-border maritime law enforcement officer an individual who is
(a) a member of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police;
(b) a police officer appointed or employed under the law of a province; or
(c) a pilot, co-pilot, observer or other member of the crew of an aircraft that is operated by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police or a police service established under the law of a province and that is used to provide aerial support in an integrated cross-border operation.
Criterion for appointment
(2) An individual may be appointed under subsection (1) only if they have satisfactorily completed the required training, approved by the Central Authority for Canada, for appointment as a designated officer.
Appointment of officers from United States
8. (1) The Central Authority for Canada may appoint as a cross-border maritime law enforcement officer an individual who is
(a) a commissioned, warrant or petty officer of the United States Coast Guard;
(b) a police officer or other law enforcement officer appointed or employed under the law of the United States or of a state of the United States; or
(c) a pilot, co-pilot, observer or other member of the crew of an aircraft that is operated by the United States Coast Guard or a police service, or other law enforcement agency of the United States or of a state of the United States, and that is used to provide aerial support in an integrated cross-border operation.
Criteria for appointment
(2) An individual may be appointed under subsection (1) only if
(a) they have been recommended for appointment by the person designated as the Central Authority for the United States for the application of the Agreement; and
(b) they have satisfactorily completed the required training, approved by the Central Authority for Canada, for appointment as a designated officer.
Suspension or revocation
9. The Central Authority for Canada may suspend or revoke the appointment of any designated officer.
Certificates
10. (1) The Central Authority for Canada may issue a certificate to any designated officer stating that the person to whom it is issued is a designated officer for the purposes of this Act.
Evidence of appointment or designation
(2) Any document purporting to be a certif-icate referred to in subsection (1) is evidence in all courts and in all proceedings of the facts stated in it.
Recommendation for appointment
11. The Central Authority for Canada may recommend, to the person designated as the Central Authority for the United States for the purposes of implementing the Agreement, that an individual described in paragraph 7(1)(a), (b) or (c) be appointed as a cross-border maritime law enforcement officer in the United States.
POWERS OF DESIGNATED OFFICERS
Powers — designated officer
12. Every designated officer has the same power to enforce an Act of Parliament as a member of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police when
(a) participating in an integrated cross-border operation; or
(b) engaging in an activity incidental to such an operation, including travel for the purpose of participating in the operation and appearances in court arising from the operation.
DETENTION OF PERSONS
Persons taken into custody
13. (1) The laws of Canada apply to any person detained or taken into custody within Canada in the course of an integrated cross-border operation.
Removal from Canada
(2) No person referred to in subsection (1) may be removed from Canada, except in accordance with the laws of Canada.
SEIZURE
Vessel, etc., seized in Canada
14. (1) The laws of Canada apply to any vessel or other thing seized within Canada in the course of an integrated cross-border operation.
Removal from Canada
(2) Subject to subsection (3), no vessel or other thing referred to in subsection (1) may be removed from Canada, except in accordance with the laws of Canada.
Exception
(3) A vessel or other thing referred to in subsection (1) may be removed from Canada in situations of operational or geographical necessity, including situations in which
(a) before delivering the vessel or thing to the place where it is to be delivered in Canada, designated officers are required to participate in a continuing integrated cross-border operation or respond to an emergency in the waters of the United States;
(b) due to poor weather or mechanical difficulties with a vessel operated by designated officers, it is necessary to transit through the waters of the United States in order to reach the nearest port; or
(c) the navigable shipping channels between the location in Canada where the vessel or thing was seized and the place where the vessel or thing is to be delivered in Canada pass through the waters of the United States.
Vessel, etc., seized in United States
15. A vessel or other thing seized in the United States in the course of an integrated cross-border operation remains in the custody and control of the American designated officer if it is brought into Canada in situations of operational or geographical necessity, including situations in which
(a) before delivering the vessel or thing to the place where it is to be delivered in the United States, designated officers are required to participate in a continuing integrated cross-border operation or respond to an emergency in the waters of Canada;
(b) due to poor weather or mechanical difficulties with a vessel operated by designated officers, it is necessary to transit through the waters of Canada in order to reach the nearest port; or
(c) the navigable shipping channels between the location in the United States where the vessel or thing was seized and the place where the vessel or thing is to be delivered in the United States pass through the waters of Canada.
Non-application of certain laws
16. No Act of Parliament relating to the import or export of goods applies to the import or export of a vessel or other thing by a designated officer in the circumstances described in subsection 14(3) or section 15.
R.S., c. R-10
Amendments to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police Act
369. The Royal Canadian Mounted Police Act is amended by adding the following after section 45.47:
Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act
Definitions
45.48 The following definitions apply in sections 45.49 to 45.51.
“Central Authority”« autorité centrale »
“Central Authority” means the Central Authority for Canada, as designated under section 5 of the Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act.
“designated officer”« agent désigné »
“designated officer” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act.
“integrated cross-border operation”« opération transfrontalière intégrée »
“integrated cross-border operation” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act.
Complaints by public
45.49 (1) Any member of the public who has a complaint concerning the conduct of a designated officer in the performance of any duty or function in the course of an integrated cross-border operation may, whether or not that member of the public is affected by the subject matter of the complaint, make a complaint to
(a) the Commission;
(b) any member, as defined in subsection 2(1) or other person appointed or employed under the authority of this Act; or
(c) the provincial authority in the province in which the subject matter of the complaint arose that is responsible for the receipt and investigation of complaints by the public against police.
Acknowledgment of complaint
(2) Every complaint under subsection (1) shall be acknowledged in writing.
Notification — Central Authority and Commission
(3) The Central Authority shall be notified of every complaint made under subsection (1), and the Commission shall be notified of every complaint made under paragraph (1)(b) or (c).
Notification — designated officer
(4) On being notified of the complaint, the Central Authority shall notify, in writing, the designated officer whose conduct is the subject matter of the complaint of its substance unless, in the Central Authority’s opinion, to do so might adversely affect or hinder any investigation that is being or may be carried out in respect of the complaint.
Application of certain sections
45.5 (1) Sections 45.36 to 45.47 apply in respect of a complaint made under subsection 45.49(1), with the following modifications:
(a) a reference to the Commissioner is a reference to the Central Authority;
(b) a reference to a member or other person whose conduct is the subject matter of the complaint is a reference to a designated officer whose conduct is the subject matter of the complaint;
(c) a reference to subsection 45.35(1) is a reference to subsection 45.49(1);
(d) a reference, other than in paragraph 45.41(2)(b), to the Force is a reference to the person or persons designated for that purpose by the Central Authority; and
(e) the reference in paragraph 45.41(2)(b) to the Force is a reference to the Central Authority.
Joint investigation
(2) An investigation under paragraph 45.42(3)(c) may be carried out jointly with a body designated by the Commission Chairman.
Reports
(3) Reports referred to in section 45.4 and subsection 45.46(3) shall also be sent to the minister responsible for policing in the province where the conduct that is the subject matter of the complaint took place.
Annual report
45.51 The Commission Chairman shall send the report referred to in section 45.34 to the minister responsible for policing in each province where integrated cross-border operations took place during that year.
370. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 50:
Exception
50.1 Paragraph 50(a) does not apply to a designated officer as defined in section 45.48 who was appointed under subsection 8(1) of the Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. C-46
Criminal Code
371. The definition “peace officer” in section 2 of the Criminal Code is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(c.1) a designated officer as defined in section 2 of the Integrated Cross-border Law Enforcement Operations Act, when
(i) participating in an integrated cross-border operation, as defined in section 2 of that Act, or
(ii) engaging in an activity incidental to such an operation, including travel for the purpose of participating in the operation and appearances in court arising from the operation;
R.S., c. 1 (2nd Supp.)
Customs Act
2001, c. 25, s. 10(2)
372. Paragraphs 11(6)(a) and (b) of the Customs Act are replaced by the following:
(a) holds an authorization issued by the Minister under subsection 11.1(1) to present himself or herself in a prescribed alternative manner and who presents himself or herself in the manner authorized for that person; or
(b) is a member of a prescribed class of persons authorized by regulations made under subsection 11.1(3) to present himself or herself in a prescribed alternative manner and who presents himself or herself in the manner authorized for that class.
2001, c. 25, s. 11
373. Paragraph 11.1(3)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) prescribing classes of persons who are, and classes of persons who may be, authorized to present themselves in alternative manners;
Coming into Force
Order in council
374. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 13
R.S., c. B-7
Bretton Woods and Related Agreements Act
1998, c. 21, s. 127
375. Section 7 of the Bretton Woods and Related Agreements Act is replaced by the following:
Payment to International Monetary Fund
7. The Minister of Finance may provide for payment out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund to the International Monetary Fund in the manner and at the times provided for by the Agreement set out in Schedule I of a sum or sums of money, not exceeding in the whole an amount equivalent to the subscriptions required from or permitted to be made by Canada, namely, eleven billion, twenty-three million, nine hundred thousand Special Drawing Rights.
1993, c. 34, s. 11
376. Section 13 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
13. The Minister of Finance shall cause to be laid before Parliament, on or before September 30 next following the end of each calendar year or, if Parliament is not then sitting, on any of the first thirty days next thereafter that either House of Parliament is sitting, a report containing a general summary of operations under this Act and details of all those operations that directly affect Canada, including the resources and lending of the World Bank Group, the funds subscribed or contributed by Canada, borrowings in Canada and procurement of Canadian goods and services.
Division 14
R.S., c. C-6
Canada Health Act
377. Paragraph (b) of the definition “insured person” in section 2 of the Canada Health Act is repealed.
Division 15
R.S., c. C-23
Canadian Security Intelligence Service Act
Amendments to the Act
378. The definition “Inspector General” in section 2 of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service Act is repealed.
379. Section 6 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Periodic reports by Director
(4) The Director shall, in relation to every 12-month period or any lesser period that is specified by the Minister, submit to the Minister, at any times that the Minister specifies, reports with respect to the Service’s operational activities during that period, and shall cause the Review Committee to be given a copy of each such report.
380. The heading before section 30 and sections 30 to 33 of the Act are repealed.
381. (1) Subparagraph 38(a)(i) of the Act is repealed.
(2) Section 38 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 38(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Review Committee’s other functions
(2) As soon as the circumstances permit after receiving a copy of a report referred to in subsection 6(4), the Review Committee shall submit to the Minister a certificate stating the extent to which it is satisfied with the report and whether any of the Service’s operational activities described in the report, in its opinion,
(a) is not authorized by or under this Act or contravenes any directions issued by the Minister under subsection 6(2); or
(b) involves an unreasonable or unnecessary exercise by the Service of any of its powers.
382. Paragraph 39(2)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) to have access to any information under the control of the Service that relates to the performance of the duties and functions of the Committee and to receive from the Director and employees such information, reports and explanations as the Committee deems necessary for the performance of its duties and functions; and
383. (1) Paragraphs 40(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) direct the Service to conduct a review of the Service’s specific activities and provide the Committee with a report on the review; or
(b) if it considers that a review by the Service would be inappropriate, conduct such a review itself.
(2) Section 40 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 40(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Report of findings
(2) On completion of a review conducted under subsection (1), the Review Committee shall provide the Minister and the Director with the following:
(a) in the case of a review conducted by the Service, the Service’s report to the Committee along with any recommendations that the Committee considers appropriate; and
(b) in the case of a review conducted by the Committee, its own report, which is to contain the findings of the review and any recommendations that the Committee considers appropriate.
384. Section 54 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister’s briefings
54. (1) At least once a year, and at any other time at the Minister’s request, the Review Committee, or a person engaged by it and designated by it for the purposes of this section, shall meet the Minister and brief him or her on any matter that relates to the performance by the Service of its duties and functions.
Special reports
(2) The Review Committee may, on request by the Minister or at any other time, furnish the Minister with a special report concerning any matter that relates to the performance of its duties and functions.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
SOR/86-137, s.1(1)
385. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Office of the Inspector General of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service
Bureau de l’Inspecteur général du service canadien du renseignement de sécurité
R.S., c. O-5; 2001, c. 41, s. 25
Security of Information Act
2001, c. 41, s. 30
386. The schedule to the Security of Information Act is amended by striking out the following:
Office of the Inspector General of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service
Bureau de l’Inspecteur général du Service canadien du renseignement de sécurité
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
SOR/86-136, s. 1(1)
387. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Office of the Inspector General of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service
Bureau de l’Inspecteur général du service canadien du renseignement de sécurité
Division 16
R.S., c. C-52
Currency Act
388. Subsection 8(4) of the Currency Act is repealed.
R.S., c. 35 (3rd Supp.), s. 19; 1999, c. 4, s. 13(F)
389. Section 9 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Calling in of coins
9. (1) The Governor in Council may, by order, call in coins of any date and denomination.
Effect of call in
(2) A coin that has been called in is not current.
Redemption of coins
9.01 (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for the redemption by the Minister of coins of the currency of Canada that are or that have at any time been current in Canada.
Payments for redemption of coins
(2) Payments for the redemption of coins, including related costs, shall be made out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund on the authorization of the Minister.
Division 17
R.S., c. F-8; 1995, c. 17, s. 45(1)
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act
Amendments to the Act
390. Section 3.12 of the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Additional fiscal equalization payment — 2012-2013 fiscal year
(3) An additional fiscal equalization payment may be paid for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2012 equal to,
(a) for Quebec, $362,127,000;
(b) for Nova Scotia, $13,471,000;
(c) for New Brunswick, $102,767,000; and
(d) for Manitoba, $201,295,000.
1991, c. 51. s. 4; 1995, c. 17, s. 48, ss. 49(1), (3) and (4) and ss. 50 and 51; 1999, c. 26, s. 3(1), ss. 4 to 8 and 9(F), c. 31, ss. 238(1)(F), (2), (3)(F) and (4); 2000, c. 14, ss. 13 to 15, c. 35, s. 5(1) and s. 6; 2003, c. 15, ss. 3.1 to 5, 6(F) and 7; 2004, c. 4, ss. 3 to 7; 2005, c. 7, s. 3, c. 35, subpar. 67(c)(i) to (iii)
391. Part V of the Act is repealed.
2005, c. 30, s. 29
392. The heading “CANADA HEALTH TRANSFER, CANADA SOCIAL TRANSFER, HEALTH REFORM TRANSFER, WAIT TIMES REDUCTION TRANSFER AND EARLY LEARNING AND CHILD CARE TRANSFER” of Part V.1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
CANADA HEALTH TRANSFER, CANADA SOCIAL TRANSFER AND WAIT TIMES REDUCTION TRANSFER
2005, c. 11, s. 3(1)
393. Paragraph 24.1(1)(a) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (iii) and by replacing subparagraph (iv) with the following:
(iv) the product obtained by multiplying the cash contribution for the immediately preceding year by 1.06, rounded to the nearest thousand, for each fiscal year in the period beginning on April 1, 2006 and ending on March 31, 2017, and
(v) for each fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2017, the product, rounded to the nearest thousand, obtained by multiplying the cash contribution for the immediately preceding fiscal year by the greater of 1.03, and
(1 + A)
where
A      is the average of the annual rates of growth of the nominal gross domestic product of Canada, as determined by the Minister, for the calendar year that ends during the fiscal year in question and for the two previous calendar years; and
2003, c. 15, s. 8; 2009, c. 2, s. 388
394. The portion of subsection 24.2(1) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:
Provincial share — fiscal years 2004-2005 to 2013-2014
24.2 (1) The cash contribution established under paragraph 24.1(1)(a) that may be provided to a province for each fiscal year in the period beginning on April 1, 2004 and ending on March 31, 2014 is the amount determined by the formula
2007, c. 29, s. 66
395. The portion of section 24.21 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Provincial share — fiscal year 2014-2015 and later
24.21 The cash contribution established under paragraph 24.1(1)(a) that may be provided to a province for each fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2014 is the amount determined by multiplying the total of the cash contributions to be provided to all the provinces for that fiscal year by the quotient obtained by dividing
2003, c. 15, s. 8
396. Paragraph 24.3(1)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) maintaining the national standard, set out in section 25.1, that no period of minimum residency be required or allowed with respect to social assistance; and
2007, c. 29, s. 68(1)
397. Subparagraph 24.4(1)(a)(vii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(vii) the product obtained by multiplying the cash contribution for the immediately preceding fiscal year by 1.03, rounded to the nearest thousand, for each fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2009.
2003, c. 15, s. 8; 2005, c. 11, s. 4
398. Section 24.6 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
399. Section 24.701 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Prevention of transfer declines — fiscal year 2014-2015 and later
(1.1) The Minister may pay to a province an additional cash payment for each fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2014 equal to the amount by which
(a) the cash contribution established under paragraph 24.1(1)(a) to be provided to that province for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2013, as determined by the Minister between September 1, 2013 and October 12, 2013,
exceeds
(b) the cash contribution established under paragraph 24.1(1)(a) to be provided to that province for each of those fiscal years as calculated under this Act as it reads on the day on which this subsection comes into force.
2005, c. 30, s. 28
400. Section 24.71 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
2003, c.15, s. 8
401. The portion of section 25 of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Reduction or withholding — Canada Health Transfer and Canada Social Transfer
25. The cash contribution that may be provided to a province under section 24.2, 24.21, 24.5 or 24.51 is to be reduced or withheld for the purposes of giving effect to
(a) any order made by the Governor in Council in respect of the province under section 15 or 16 of the Canada Health Act or, in the case of a cash contribution under section 24.5 or 24.51, section 25.3 or 25.4 of this Act; or
2003, c. 15, s. 8
402. (1) The portion of subsection 25.1(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Criteria for eligibility — Canada Social Transfer
25.1 In order that a province may qualify for a full cash contribution under sections 24.5 and 24.51 for a fiscal year, the laws of the province must not
2003, c.15, s. 8
(2) Subsection 25.1(2) of the Act is repealed.
2003, c.15, s. 8
403. Paragraphs 25.3(1)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) direct that any cash contribution under section 24.5 or 24.51 to that province for a fiscal year be reduced, in respect of each non-compliance, by an amount that the Governor in Council considers to be appropriate, having regard to the gravity of the non-compliance; or
(b) if the Governor in Council considers it appropriate, direct that the whole of any cash contribution under section 24.5 or 24.51 to that province for a fiscal year be withheld.
2003, c.15, s. 8
404. Section 25.7 of the Act is replaced by the following:
References in other Acts
25.7 Every reference to “Canada Health and Social Transfer” in any other Act of Parliament is to be read as a reference to “Canada Health Transfer and the Canada Social Transfer”.
1995, c. 17, s. 55
405. Sections 28 to 30 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Recovery
28. The amount of additional tax abatement applicable in respect of a province in a fiscal year, as determined by the Minister under section 27, must be recovered out of any moneys payable to the province under this Act or as a debt due to the Government of Canada by the province.
Over-recovery
29. If the Minister determines that he or she has over-recovered any amount recoverable from a province under this Part, he or she must, within the prescribed time and in the prescribed manner, pay that province an amount equal to the over-recovery.
Under-recovery
29.1 If the Minister determines that he or she has under-recovered any amount recoverable from a province under this Part, he or she must recover an amount equal to the under-recovery either
(a) within the prescribed time and in the prescribed manner, from any amount payable under this Act to that province, or
(b) from that province as a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Payment out of C.R.F.
30. The amounts authorized under this Part to be paid by the Minister must be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund at such times and in such manner as may be prescribed.
2009, c. 2, s. 391
406. Paragraph 40(a.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a.1) respecting the information that must be prepared and submitted by the Chief Statistician of Canada for the purposes of Parts I, I.1 and V.1;
R.S., c. C-6
Consequential Amendments to the Canada Health Act
1999, c. 26, s. 11
407. The definition “cash contribution” in section 2 of the Canada Health Act is replaced by the following:
“cash contribution”« contribution pécuniaire »
“cash contribution” means the cash contribution in respect of the Canada Health Transfer that may be provided to a province under sections 24.2 and 24.21 of the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act;
1995, c. 17, s. 36
408. Section 5 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Cash contribution
5. Subject to this Act, as part of the Canada Health Transfer, a full cash contribution is payable by Canada to each province for each fiscal year.
1995, c. 17, s. 37
409. Paragraph 13(b) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) shall give recognition to the Canada Health Transfer in any public documents, or in any advertising or promotional material, relating to insured health services and extended health care services in the province.
1995, c. 17, s. 40(1)
410. Paragraph 22(1)(d) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) prescribing the manner in which recognition to the Canada Health Transfer is required to be given under paragraph 13(b).
Division 18
R.S., c. F-14
Fisheries Act
411. The Fisheries Act is amended by adding the following after section 9:
FISH ALLOCATION FOR FINANCING PURPOSES
Allocation of fish
10. (1) For the proper management and control of fisheries and the conservation and protection of fish, the Minister may determine a quantity of fish or of fishing gear and equipment that may be allocated for the purpose of financing scientific and fisheries management activities that are described in a joint project agreement entered into with any person or body, or any federal or provincial minister, department or agency.
Quantity in licence
(2) The Minister may specify, in a licence issued under this Act, a quantity of fish or of fishing gear and equipment allocated for the purpose of financing those activities.
Division 19
R.S., c. F-27
Food and Drugs Act
Amendments to the Act
2005, c. 42, s.1
412. Subsection 4(2) of the Food and Drugs Act is replaced by the following:
Exemption
(2) A food does not have a poisonous or harmful substance in or on it for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) — or is not adulterated for the purposes of paragraph (1)(d) — by reason only that it has in or on it a pest control product as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Pest Control Products Act, or any of its components or derivatives, if the amount of the pest control product or the components or derivatives in or on the food being sold does not exceed the maximum residue limit specified under section 9 or 10 of that Act.
413. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 29:
Power of the Minister
List
29.1 (1) Subject to the regulations, the Minister may establish a list that sets out prescription drugs, classes of prescription drugs or both.
Statutory Instruments Act
(2) The list is not a regulation within the meaning of the Statutory Instruments Act.
Incorporation by Reference
Incorporation by reference
29.2 (1) A regulation made under this Act may incorporate by reference the list established under subsection 29.1(1), either as it exists on a particular date or as it is amended from time to time.
Accessibility of incorporated list
(2) The Minister shall ensure that the list that is incorporated by reference in the regulation is accessible.
Defence
(3) A person is not liable to be found guilty of an offence for any contravention in respect of which the list that is incorporated by reference in the regulation is relevant unless, at the time of the alleged contravention, the list was accessible as required by subsection (2) or it was otherwise accessible to the person.
414. (1) Subsection 30(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
(h.1) respecting the establishment by the Minister of the list referred to in subsection 29.1(1), including amendments to it;
2005, c. 42, s. 2
(2) Paragraph 30(1)(r) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(r) respecting marketing authorizations, including establishing the eligibility criteria for submitting an application for such authorizations or for amending such authorizations.
415. Section 30 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Classes
(1.1) A regulation made under this Act may establish classes and distinguish among those classes.
2005, c. 42, s. 3.
416. Section 30.2 of the Act and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
Marketing Authorizations
Marketing authorization — representation
30.2 (1) Subject to regulations made under paragraph 30(1)(r), the Minister may issue a marketing authorization that exempts — if the conditions, if any, to which the marketing authorization is subject are met — an advertisement, or a representation on a label, with respect to a food from the application, in whole or in part, of subsection 3(1) or (2) or any provision of the regulations specified in the marketing authorization.
Condition
(2) The marketing authorization may be subject to any condition that the Minister considers appropriate.
Marketing authorization — food
30.3 (1) Subject to regulations made under paragraph 30(1)(r), the Minister may issue a marketing authorization that exempts — if the conditions to which the marketing authorization is subject are met — a food from the application, in whole or in part, of paragraph 4(1)(a) or (d) or section 6 or 6.1 or any provision of the regulations specified in the marketing authorization.
Condition — amount
(2) The marketing authorization may be subject to any condition relating to the amount of any substance that may or must be in or on the food, including
(a) the maximum residue limit of an agricultural chemical and its components or derivatives, singly or in any combination;
(b) the maximum residue limit of a veterinary drug and its metabolites, singly or in any combination;
(c) the maximum level of use for a food additive; and
(d) the minimum or maximum level, or both, of a vitamin, a mineral nutrient or an amino acid.
Other conditions
(3) The marketing authorization may be subject to any other condition that the Minister considers appropriate.
Classes
30.4 A marketing authorization may establish classes and distinguish among those classes.
Incorporation by Reference
Incorporation by reference
30.5 (1) A regulation made under this Act with respect to a food and a marketing authorization may incorporate by reference any document, regardless of its source, either as it exists on a particular date or as it is amended from time to time.
Accessibility of incorporated documents
(2) The Minister shall ensure that any document that is incorporated by reference in the regulation or marketing authorization is accessible.
Defence
(3) A person is not liable to be found guilty of an offence for any contravention in respect of which a document that is incorporated by reference in the regulation or marketing authorization is relevant unless, at the time of the alleged contravention, the document was accessible as required by subsection (2) or it was otherwise accessible to the person.
No registration or publication
(4) For greater certainty, a document that is incorporated by reference in the regulation or marketing authorization is not required to be transmitted for registration or published in the Canada Gazette by reason only that it is incorporated by reference.
Existing power not limited
30.6 For greater certainty, an express power in this Act to incorporate a document by reference does not limit the power that otherwise exists to incorporate a document by reference in a regulation made under this Act.
Transitional Provisions
Interim marketing authorization
417. (1) An interim marketing authorization that is issued under subsection 30.2(1) of the Food and Drugs Act and in effect immediately before the day on which section 416 comes into force continues to have effect until the earliest of
(a) the day on which the Minister of Health publishes a notice cancelling the interim marketing authorization in the Canada Gazette;
(b) the day on which a marketing authorization — or any part of it — that is issued under subsection 30.3(1) of the Food and Drugs Act, as enacted by section 416, has the same effect as the interim marketing authorization; and
(c) two years after the day on which the interim marketing authorization is published in the Canada Gazette.
Exemption from Statutory Instruments Act
(2) A notice cancelling an interim marketing authorization is exempt from sections 3, 5 and 11 of the Statutory Instruments Act.
R.S., c. E-15
Consequential Amendment to the Excise Tax Act
2008, c. 28, s. 86(1)
418. Paragraph 2(b) of Part I of Schedule VI to the Excise Tax Act is replaced by the following:
(b) a drug that is set out on the list established under subsection 29.1(1) of the Food and Drugs Act or that belongs to a class of drugs set out on that list, other than a drug or mixture of drugs that may, under that Act or the Food and Drug Regulations, be sold to a consumer without a prescription,
Coming into Force
Order in council
419. Sections 412 to 416 and 418 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 20
R.S., c. G-5
Government Employees Compensation Act
Amendments to the Act
420. Paragraphs (b) to (d) of the definition “employee” in section 2 of the English version of the Government Employees Compensation Act are replaced by the following:
(b) any member, officer or employee of any department, corporation or other body that is established to perform a function or duty on the Government of Canada’s behalf who is declared by the Minister with the approval of the Governor in Council to be an employee for the purposes of this Act,
(c) any person who, for the purpose of obtaining employment in any department, corporation or other body that is established to perform a function or duty on the Government of Canada’s behalf, is taking a training course that is approved by the Minister for that person,
(d) any person who is employed by any department, corporation or other body that is established to perform a function or duty on the Government of Canada’s behalf, who is on leave of absence without pay and, for the purpose of increasing the skills used in the performance of their duties, is taking a training course that is approved by the Minister for that purpose, and
1999, c. 35, s. 12
421. Section 9 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Election of claims
9. (1) If an accident happens to an employee in the course of their employment under any circumstances that entitle the employee or their dependants to an action against a third party, the employee or their dependants, if they are entitled to compensation under this Act, may claim compensation under it or may make a claim against the third party.
Election is final
(2) The election made by the employee or their dependants is final.
Application — prescribed corporation or other body
9.1 (1) Subsections (2) to (4) apply to employees who are employed by a corporation or other body that is prescribed under paragraph 13(1)(b).
Entitlement to difference as compensation
(2) If a claim is made against the third party and less is recovered and collected, either on a settlement approved by the employer or under a judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, than the amount of compensation to which the employee or their dependants who made the claim are entitled under this Act, the difference between the amount so recovered and collected and the amount of that compensation shall be paid as compensation to the employee or their dependants.
Subrogation
(3) If the employee or their dependants elect to claim compensation under this Act, the employer shall be subrogated to the rights of the employee or their dependants and may, subject to the Agreement implemented by the Civil International Space Station Agreement Implementation Act, maintain an action, against the third party, in its own name or in the name of the employee or their dependants.
Portion of excess payable to employee
(4) If an action is brought under subsection (3) and the amount recovered and collected exceeds the amount of compensation to which the employee or their dependants are entitled under this Act, the employer may pay to the employee or their dependants any portion of the excess that remains after the employer recovers its costs, but if after that payment has been made the employee becomes entitled to an additional amount of compensation in respect of the same accident, the amount paid under this subsection may be deducted from the additional compensation.
Application — other employers
9.2 (1) Subsections (2) to (4) apply to employees who are not employed by a corporation or other body that is prescribed under paragraph 13(1)(b).
Entitlement to difference as compensation
(2) If a claim is made against the third party and less is recovered and collected, either on a settlement approved by the Minister or under a judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, than the amount of compensation to which the employee or their dependants who made the claim are entitled under this Act, the difference between the amount so recovered and collected and the amount of that compensation shall be paid as compensation to the employee or their dependants.
Subrogation
(3) If the employee or their dependants elect to claim compensation under this Act, Her Majesty shall be subrogated to the rights of the employee or their dependants and may, subject to the Agreement implemented by the Civil International Space Station Agreement Implementation Act, maintain an action in the name of the employee or their dependants or of Her Majesty against the third party and any sum recovered shall be paid into the Consolidated Revenue Fund.
Portion of excess payable to employee
(4) If an action is brought under subsection (3) and the amount recovered and collected exceeds the amount of compensation to which the employee or their dependants are entitled under this Act, there may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund to the employee or their dependants any portion of the excess that the Minister with the approval of the Treasury Board considers necessary, but if after that payment has been made the employee becomes entitled to an additional amount of compensation in respect of the same accident, the amount paid under this subsection may be deducted from the additional compensation.
422. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 12:
Acts or omissions by corporation or other body
12.1 No action lies against Her Majesty for anything done or omitted to be done under this Act by a corporation or other body referred to in subsection 9.1(1).
423. Section 13 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Regulations
13. (1) Subject to the Governor in Council’s approval, the Minister may make regulations for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Act, including regulations
(a) determining the place where an employee is usually employed; and
(b) prescribing corporations or other bodies for the purposes of section 9.1.
Extended application of section 9.2
(2) If a corporation or other body is prescribed under paragraph (1)(b), section 9.2 continues to apply in cases where the notice of election referred to in section 11 is given before the day on which the regulation comes into force.
Extended application of section 9.1
(3) If a regulation is made under paragraph (1)(b) by virtue of which a corporation or other body ceases to be prescribed, section 9.1 continues to apply in cases where the notice of election referred to in section 11 is given before the day on which the regulation comes into force.
424. The portion of section 14 of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Employer contribution
14. The Minister may require any corporation or other body, whose employees are subject to this Act,
Transitional Provision
Notice given before coming into force
425. The Government Employees Compensation Act, as it read immediately before the day on which this section comes into force, applies in cases where the notice of election referred to in section 11 of that Act is given before that day.
Coming into Force
Order in council
426. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 21
R.S., c. I-19
International Development Research Centre Act
2010, c. 12, 1747
427. Section 3 of the International Development Research Centre Act is replaced by the following:
Centre established
3. A corporation is established, to be called the International Development Research Centre, consisting of a Board of Governors that is composed of a Chairperson, the President and not more than 12 other governors.
2010, c. 12, par. 1753(b)(E)
428. Subsection 8(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Temporary substitute governor
8. (1) The Governor in Council may, on any terms and conditions that the Governor in Council prescribes, appoint a temporary substitute governor if a governor, other than the Chairperson or President, is unable to perform the duties of his or her office.
2010, c. 12, s. 1750(1) and (2)(E)
429. (1) Subsections 10(1) to (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Majority of governors
10. (1) The Chairperson, the Vice-chairperson and at least six other governors must be Canadian citizens.
Qualification
(2) At least eight of the governors must have experience in the field of international development or experience or training in the natural or social sciences or technology.
Parliamentary governors
(3) Two of the governors who are Canadian citizens, other than the Chairperson and the Vice-chairperson, may be appointed from among the members of the Senate or the House of Commons.
(2) Subsection 10(4) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Salary and expenses
(4) A member appointed under subsection (3) shall not be paid remuneration but is eligible for expenses and, if he or she is a member of the House of Commons, is not, by reason of being the holder of the office or place in respect of which those expenses are payable, rendered incapable of being elected, or of sitting or voting, as a member of that House.
2010, c. 12, par. 1753(c)(E)
430. (1) Subsection 11(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Executive committee
11. (1) There shall be an executive committee of the Board consisting of the Chairperson, the President and at least three other governors annually elected from the Board by the governors in such a manner that a majority of the members of the committee are Canadian citizens.
(2) Subsection 11(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Quorum
(5) Three members of the executive committee, at least two of whom are Canadian citizens, constitute a quorum.
431. Subsection 16(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Quorum
(3) Seven governors, at least four of whom are Canadian citizens, constitute a quorum of the Board. However, the proceedings of any meeting of the Board that is attended by more than seven governors are not valid unless a majority of those governors are Canadian citizens.
Division 22
R.S., c. L-2
Canada Labour Code
Amendments to the Act
1998, c. 26, s. 51(2)
432. (1) Paragraphs 111(e) and (f) of the Canada Labour Code are replaced by the following:
(e) prescribing the form and content of a notice under section 71 and prescribing any additional information and documents that are to be furnished with such a notice;
(f) prescribing the form and content of a notice under section 87.2 and prescribing any additional information and documents that are to be furnished with such a notice;
(2) Paragraph 111(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) prescribing the form and content of any written request to the Minister under subsection 57(2) or (4) and prescribing any additional information and documents that are to be furnished with such a request;
(3) Section 111 of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (k) and by adding the following after paragraph (l):
(m) prescribing the form and manner in which a copy of a collective agreement shall be filed with the Minister under subsection 115(1) and prescribing any additional information and documents that are to be filed with it;
(n) prescribing the information and documents that the Minister shall provide to the parties to a collective agreement after the Minister has received a copy of the collective agreement;
(o) prescribing the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which, the parties to a collective agreement are exempted from filing a copy of the collective agreement with the Minister; and
(p) prescribing the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which, a collective agreement may come into force even if no party has filed a copy of it with the Minister.
433. Section 115 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Collective agreement to be filed
115. (1) Subject to the regulations made under paragraph 111(o), each party to a collective agreement shall, immediately after it is entered into, renewed or revised, file one copy of the collective agreement with the Minister.
Coming into force conditional on filing
(2) Subject to the regulations made under paragraph 111(p), the collective agreement may come into force only if at least one party has filed a copy of it with the Minister.
Coming into force of provisions
(3) Once the copy is filed with the Minister, the provisions of the collective agreement come into force on the day or days on which they would have come into force were it not for the requirement under subsection (2), even if those days precede the day on which it is filed.
434. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 239.1:
Division XIII.2
Long-term Disability Plans
Employer’s obligation
239.2 (1) Every employer that provides benefits to its employees under a long-term disability plan must insure the plan with an entity that is licensed to provide insurance under the laws of a province.
Exception
(2) However, an employer may provide those benefits under a long-term disability plan that is not insured, in the circumstances and subject to the conditions provided for in the regulations.
Regulations
239.3 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting long-term disability plans, including regulations
(a) specifying what constitutes a long-term disability plan; and
(b) specifying the circumstances and conditions referred to in subsection 239.2(2).
435. Subsection 249(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(c.1) require any employer that provides benefits to its employees under a long-term disability plan that must be insured in accordance with subsection 239.2(1) to furnish proof that the plan is insured in accordance with that subsection;
R.S., c. 9 (1st Supp.), s. 19(1)
436. (1) The portion of subsection 256(1) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Offences and punishment
256. (1) Every person is guilty of an offence who
(a) contravenes any provision of this Part or the regulations, other than a provision of Division IX, subsection 239.1(2), 239.2(1) or 252(2) or any regulation made under section 227 or paragraph 264(a),
R.S., c. 9 (1st Supp.), s. 19(1)
(2) The portion of subsection 256(1) of the English version of the Act after paragraph (c) is repealed.
(3) Subsection 256(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(1.1) Every person who is guilty of an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction
(a) in the case of an employer that is a corporation,
(i) for a first offence, to a fine of not more than $50,000,
(ii) for a second offence, to a fine of not more than $100,000, and
(iii) for each subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $250,000; and
(b) in all other cases,
(i) for a first offence, to a fine of not more than $10,000,
(ii) for a second offence, to a fine of not more than $20,000, and
(iii) for each subsequent offence, to a fine of not more than $50,000.
Second or subsequent offence
(1.2) For the purposes of subsection (1.1), in determining whether a person convicted of an offence has committed a second or subsequent offence, an earlier offence may be taken into account only if the person was convicted of the earlier offence within the five-year period immediately before the day on which the person is convicted of the offence for which sentence is being imposed.
Offences — employers
(2) Every employer that contravenes any provision of Division IX, subsection 239.1(2) or 239.2(1) or any regulation made under section 227 is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and liable to a fine of not more than $250,000.
R.S., c. 9 (1st Supp.), s. 19(2)
(4) The portion of subsection 256(3) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Autre infraction
(3) Commet une infraction et encourt, sur déclaration de culpabilité par procédure sommaire, une amende maximale de mille dollars pour chacun des jours au cours desquels se continue l’infraction l’employeur qui :
(5) Paragraph 256(3)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) fails to keep any record that by subsection 252(2) or any regulation made under paragraph 264(a) the employer is required to keep, or
R.S., c. 9 (1st Supp.), s. 19(2)
(6) The portion of subsection 256(3) of the English version of the Act after paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
is guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $1,000 for each day during which the refusal or failure continues.
R.S., c. 9 (1st Supp.), s. 20
437. Section 259 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Failure to comply with order
259. An employer that fails to comply with an order of a convicting court made under section 258 is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and liable to a fine of not more than $1,000 for each day during which the failure continues.
Transitional Provisions
Existing claims
438. If, before the coming into force of section 239.2 of the Canada Labour Code, as enacted by section 434, an employer provides benefits to its employees under a long-term disability plan that is not insured with an entity that is licensed to provide insurance under the laws of a province and either benefits are being paid to one of those employees under that plan or an application for the payment of benefits under that plan has been submitted by one of those employees, that employer, on the coming into force of that section 239.2, is not required to insure that plan in accordance with that section 239.2 and may continue to provide benefits under that plan but only to the employee who is being paid benefits or to the employee who submitted an application for the payment of benefits.
Limitation — second or subsequent offences
439. Despite subsection 256(1.2) of the Canada Labour Code, as enacted by section 436, in determining whether a person has committed a second or subsequent offence for the purposes of subsection 256(1.1) of that Act as enacted by that section, an earlier offence may be taken into account only if the person is convicted of the earlier offence on or after the day on which that section comes into force.
Coming into Force
Sections 432 and 433
440. (1) Sections 432 and 433 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Sections 434 to 439
(2) Sections 434 to 439 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 23
R.S., c. L-4
Fair Wages and Hours of Labour Act
Repeal 
Repeal of R.S., c. L-4
441. The Fair Wages and Hours of Labour Act is repealed.
Transitional Provision
Rights and obligations not affected
442. The repeal of the Fair Wages and Hours of Labour Act does not affect any rights or obligations acquired or incurred under a contract or agreement to which that Act applied.
1958, c. 23
Consequential Amendment to the Campobello-Lubec Bridge Act
443. Section 6 of the Campobello-Lubec Bridge Act is repealed.
Coming into Force
Order in council
444. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 24
R.S., c. O-9
Old Age Security Act
Amendments to the Act
445. The heading before section 2 of the French version of the Old Age Security Act is replaced by the following:
DÉFINITIONS ET INTERPRÉTATION
446. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 2:
Amount of full pension
2.1 (1) In this Act, a reference to the amount of a full monthly pension means the amount of a full monthly pension that has not been increased under subsection 7.1(1) or (2).
Monthly pension
(2) The terms “pensioner’s monthly pension” in subsections 12(5) and 22(2) and “pension” in subsection 12(5.1) mean, respectively, a pensioner’s monthly pension and a pension that have not been increased under subsection 7.1(1) or (2).
447. The Act is amended by adding the following before the heading “Part I”:
References to “sixty years”
2.2 (1) In this Act, a reference to the age of “sixty years” or “60 years” is to be read for the applicable period set out in column 1 of the table to this subsection as a reference to the corresponding age in column 2.
table
Column 1
Column 2
Period
Age
From April 1, 2023 to June 30, 2023
60 years and one month
From July 1, 2023 to September 30, 2023
60 years and two months
From October 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023
60 years and three months
From January 1, 2024 to March 31, 2024
60 years and four months
From April 1, 2024 to June 30, 2024
60 years and five months
From July 1, 2024 to September 30, 2024
60 years and six months
From October 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024
60 years and seven months
From January 1, 2025 to March 31, 2025
60 years and eight months
From April 1, 2025 to June 30, 2025
60 years and nine months
From July 1, 2025 to September 30, 2025
60 years and 10 months
From October 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025
60 years and 11 months
From January 1, 2026 to March 31, 2026
61 years
From April 1, 2026 to June 30, 2026
61 years and one month
From July 1, 2026 to September 30, 2026
61 years and two months
From October 1, 2026 to December 31, 2026
61 years and three months
From January 1, 2027 to March 31, 2027
61 years and four months
From April 1, 2027 to June 30, 2027
61 years and five months
From July 1, 2027 to September 30, 2027
61 years and six months
From October 1, 2027 to December 31, 2027
61 years and seven months
From January 1, 2028 to March 31, 2028
61 years and eight months
From April 1, 2028 to June 30, 2028
61 years and nine months
From July 1, 2028 to September 30, 2028
61 years and 10 months
From October 1, 2028 to December 31, 2028
61 years and 11 months
After December 31, 2028
62 years
References to “sixty-five years”
(2) In this Act, a reference to the age of “sixty-five years” or “65 years” is to be read for the applicable period set out in column 1 of the table to this subsection as a reference to the corresponding age in column 2.
table
Column 1
Column 2
Period
Age
From April 1, 2023 to June 30, 2023
65 years and one month
From July 1, 2023 to September 30, 2023
65 years and two months
From October 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023
65 years and three months
From January 1, 2024 to March 31, 2024
65 years and four months
From April 1, 2024 to June 30, 2024
65 years and five months
From July 1, 2024 to September 30, 2024
65 years and six months
From October 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024
65 years and seven months
From January 1, 2025 to March 31, 2025
65 years and eight months
From April 1, 2025 to June 30, 2025
65 years and nine months
From July 1, 2025 to September 30, 2025
65 years and 10 months
From October 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025
65 years and 11 months
From January 1, 2026 to March 31, 2026
66 years
From April 1, 2026 to June 30, 2026
66 years and one month
From July 1, 2026 to September 30, 2026
66 years and two months
From October 1, 2026 to December 31, 2026
66 years and three months
From January 1, 2027 to March 31, 2027
66 years and four months
From April 1, 2027 to June 30, 2027
66 years and five months
From July 1, 2027 to September 30, 2027
66 years and six months
From October 1, 2027 to December 31, 2027
66 years and seven months
From January 1, 2028 to March 31, 2028
66 years and eight months
From April 1, 2028 to June 30, 2028
66 years and nine months
From July 1, 2028 to September 30, 2028
66 years and 10 months
From October 1, 2028 to December 31, 2028
66 years and 11 months
After December 31, 2028
67 years
References to “seventy years”
(3) In this Act, a reference to the age of “seventy years” or “70 years” is to be read for the applicable period set out in column 1 of the table to this subsection as a reference to the corresponding age in column 2.
table
Column 1
Column 2
Period
Age
From April 1, 2028 to June 30, 2028
70 years and one month
From July 1, 2028 to September 30, 2028
70 years and two months
From October 1, 2028 to December 31, 2028
70 years and three months
From January 1, 2029 to March 31, 2029
70 years and four months
From April 1, 2029 to June 30, 2029
70 years and five months
From July 1, 2029 to September 30, 2029
70 years and six months
From October 1, 2029 to December 31, 2029
70 years and seven months
From January 1, 2030 to March 31, 2030
70 years and eight months
From April 1, 2030 to June 30, 2030
70 years and nine months
From July 1, 2030 to September 30, 2030
70 years and 10 months
From October 1, 2030 to December 31, 2030
70 years and 11 months
From January 1, 2031 to March 31, 2031
71 years
From April 1, 2031 to June 30, 2031
71 years and one month
From July 1, 2031 to September 30, 2031
71 years and two months
From October 1, 2031 to December 31, 2031
71 years and three months
From January 1, 2032 to March 31, 2032
71 years and four months
From April 1, 2032 to June 30, 2032
71 years and five months
From July 1, 2032 to September 30, 2032
71 years and six months
From October 1, 2032 to December 31, 2032
71 years and seven months
From January 1, 2033 to March 31, 2033
71 years and eight months
From April 1, 2033 to June 30, 2033
71 years and nine months
Column 1
Column 2
Period 
Age 
From July 1, 2033 to September 30, 2033
71 years and 10 months
From October 1, 2033 to December 31, 2033
71 years and 11 months
After December 31, 2033
72 years
448. Subsection 3(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Amount of partial pension
(3) Subject to subsection 7.1(3), the amount of a partial monthly pension, for any month, shall bear the same relation to the full monthly pension for that month as the aggregate period that the applicant has resided in Canada after attaining 18 years of age and before the day on which the application is approved, determined in accordance with subsection (4), bears to 40 years.
449. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 4:
Presumption
4.1 If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a person under subsection 5(4) and the information available to the Minister under this Act with respect to that person includes the prescribed information, the person is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to have met the requirements of
(a) subparagraph 3(1)(b)(iii) or (c)(iii) or paragraph 3(2)(b); or
(b) paragraph 4(1)(a) or (b).
450. Section 5 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Waiver of application
(4) The Minister may, on the day on which a person attains 65 years of age, waive the requirement referred to in subsection (1) for an application if the Minister is satisfied, based on information that is available to him or her under this Act, that the person is qualified under subsection 3(1) or (2) for the payment of a pension.
Notice of intent
(5) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a person, the Minister shall notify the person in writing of that intention and provide them with the information on which the Minister intends to rely to approve the payment of a pension.
Inaccuracies
(6) The person shall, before the day on which they attain 65 years of age, file with the Minister a statement in which the person corrects any inaccuracies in the information provided by the Minister under subsection (5).
Declining waiver
(7) The person may, before the day on which they attain 65 years of age, decline a waiver of the requirement for an application by notifying the Minister in writing of their decision to do so.
Cancellation of waiver
(8) Even if the requirement for an application is intended to be waived in respect of a person under subsection (4), the Minister may, before the day on which the person attains 65 years of age, require that the person make an application for payment of a pension and, in that case, the Minister shall notify the person in writing of that requirement.
451. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 7:
Voluntary deferral — full monthly pension
7.1 (1) If a person applies for their pension after they become qualified to receive a full monthly pension, the amount of that pension, as calculated in accordance with section 7, is increased by 0.6% for each month in the period that begins in the month after the month in which the person becomes qualified for that pension and that ends in the month in which the person’s application is approved.
Voluntary deferral — partial monthly pension
(2) If a person applies for their pension after they become qualified to receive a partial monthly pension, the amount of that pension, as it is calculated in accordance with subsection 3(3) at the time that they become qualified for that pension, is increased by 0.6% for each month in the period that begins in the month after that time and that ends in the month in which the person’s application is approved.
Greatest amount of pension
(3) A person who is qualified to receive a monthly pension shall, unless they decide otherwise, receive the greatest of the following amounts:
(a) the amount of the full monthly pension as it is increased under subsection (1), if the person is qualified to receive a full monthly pension,
(b) the amount of the partial monthly pension as it is increased under subsection (2), and
(c) the amount of the partial monthly pension as it is calculated under subsection 3(3) at the time that the person’s application is approved.
Limitation
(4) Despite subsections (1) and (2), the amount of a pension is not increased for any month
(a) before July 2013;
(b) after the month in which the person attains 70 years of age; or
(c) in which the person’s pension would not be paid by virtue of subsection 5(3), or would be suspended under subsection 9(1) or (3), if the person were a pensioner.
1995, c. 33, s. 3(1)
452. Subsection 8(2) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(2) Toutefois, si le demandeur a déjà atteint l’âge de soixante-cinq ans au moment de la réception de la demande, l’effet de l’agrément peut être rétroactif à la date fixée par règlement, celle-ci ne pouvant être antérieure au jour où il atteint cet âge ni précéder de plus d’un an le jour de réception de la demande.
453. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 9.2:
Request to cancel pension
9.3 (1) A pensioner may, in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time after payment of a pension has commenced, request cancellation of that pension.
Effect of cancellation
(2) If the request is granted and the amount of any pension and related supplement and allowance is repaid within the prescribed time,
(a) the application for that pension is deemed never to have been made; and
(b) the pension is deemed for the purposes of this Act not to have been payable during the period in question.
1995, c. 33, s. 5; 1998, c. 21, par. 119(2)(b)(E)
454. (1) Subsection 11(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Requirement for application
(2) Subject to subsections (3.1) and (4), no supplement may be paid to a pensioner for a month in any payment period unless an application for payment of a supplement has been made by the pensioner and payment of the supplement for months in that year has been approved under this Part.
(2) Section 11 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Waiver of application
(3.1) The Minister may, in respect of a person, waive the requirement referred to in subsection (2) for an application for payment of a supplement for any month or months in a payment period if, on the day on which the person attains 65 years of age, the Minister is satisfied, based on information available to him or her under this Act, that the person is qualified under this section for the payment of a supplement.
Notice of intent
(3.2) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a person under subsection (3.1), the Minister shall notify the person in writing of that intention and provide them with the information on which the Minister intends to rely to approve the payment of a supplement.
Inaccuracies
(3.3) The person shall, before the day on which they attain 65 years of age, file with the Minister a statement in which the person corrects any inaccuracies in the information provided by the Minister under subsection (3.2).
Declining waiver
(3.4) The person may, before the day on which they attain 65 years of age, decline a waiver of the requirement for an application by notifying the Minister in writing of their decision to do so.
Cancellation of waiver
(3.5) Even if the requirement for an application is intended to be waived in respect of a person under subsection (3.1), the Minister may, before the day on which the person attains 65 years of age, require that the person make an application for payment of a supplement and, in that case, the Minister shall notify the person in writing of that requirement.
1995, c. 33, s. 5; 1998, c. 21, par. 119(1)(a)
(3) Subsection 11(5) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Avis
(5) Lorsque le ministre accorde la dispense prévue au paragraphe (4) et que la présentation d’une demande est par la suite requise pour le versement d’un supplément pour un ou plusieurs mois ultérieurs de la même période de paiement, il est tenu, au moins quinze jours avant le mois ultérieur — ou le premier des mois ultérieurs — en question, d’aviser par écrit le pensionné de la nécessité de présenter une demande.
1995, c. 33, s. 6
455. The portion of subsection 14(1.1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Minister may estimate income
(1.1) If the requirement for an application for payment of a supplement for any month has been waived under subsection 11(3.1) or (4), the Minister may, on the basis of the information available to him or her,
456. Section 15 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.2):
Notice of intent
(2.3) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a person under subsection 11(3.1) and the person has a spouse or common-law partner, the Minister shall notify the spouse or common-law partner in writing of that intention and provide the spouse or common-law partner with the information regarding them on which the Minister intends to rely to approve the payment of a supplement.
Inaccuracies
(2.4) The person’s spouse or common-law partner shall, before the day on which the person attains 65 years of age, file with the Minister a statement in which the spouse or common-law partner corrects any inaccuracies in the information provided by the Minister under subsection (2.3).
1995, c 33, s. 8
457. Subsection 16(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Consideration of application or waiver
16. (1) The Minister shall, without delay after receiving an application for payment of a supplement under subsection 11(2) or after waiving the requirement for an application for payment of a supplement under subsection 11(3.1) or (4), as the case may be, consider whether the applicant is entitled to be paid a supplement, and may approve payment of a supplement and fix its amount, or may determine that no supplement may be paid.
458. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 18:
Cessation of Payment
Request that supplement cease to be payable
18.1 If a pensioner makes a request to the Minister in writing that their supplement cease to be payable, it shall cease to be payable on the last day of the month in which the Minister approves the request and shall not resume until the later of the month after the month in which the Minister receives a new application for the supplement and the month chosen by the pensioner in the application.
Cancellation of Payment
Request to cancel supplement
18.2 (1) A pensioner may, in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time after payment of a supplement has commenced, request cancellation of that supplement.
Effect of cancellation
(2) If the request is granted and the amount of any supplement and related allowance is repaid within the prescribed time,
(a) the application for that supplement is deemed never to have been made; and
(b) the supplement is deemed for the purposes of this Act not to have been payable during the period in question.
1995, c. 33, s. 10; 1998, c. 21, par. 119(1)(d); 2000, c. 12, par. 207(1)(f) and 209(e)(E)
459. (1) Subsection 19(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Presumption
(3.1) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a person under subsection (4.02) and the information available to the Minister under this Act with respect to that person includes the prescribed information, the person is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to have met the requirements of
(a) paragraph (1)(c); or
(b) paragraph (2)(a) or (b).
Annual application
(4) Subject to subsections (4.02) and (4.1), no allowance may be paid under this section to a pensioner’s spouse or common-law partner in any payment period unless a joint application of the pensioner and the spouse or common-law partner, or an application described in section 30, has been made for payment of an allowance in respect of that payment period and payment of the allowance has been approved under this Part.
(2) Section 19 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4.01):
Waiver of application
(4.02) The Minister may, in respect of a person, waive the requirement referred to in subsection (4) for an application for an allowance for any month or months in a payment period if the Minister is satisfied, based on information available to him or her under this Act, that the person is qualified under this section for the payment of an allowance.
Timing of waiver
(4.03) The Minister may only waive the requirement referred to in subsection (4) in respect of a person
(a) on the day on which the pensioner’s spouse or common-law partner attains 60 years of age; or
(b) on the day on which the pensioner attains 65 years of age if, on that day, the spouse or common-law partner is at least 60 years of age.
Notice of intent
(4.04) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a person under subsection (4.02), the Minister shall notify the person in writing of that intention and provide them with the information on which the Minister intends to rely to approve the payment of an allowance.
Inaccuracies
(4.05) The person shall, before the day referred to in paragraph (4.03)(a) or (b), file with the Minister a statement in which the person corrects any inaccuracies in the information provided by the Minister under subsection (4.04).
Declining waiver
(4.06) The person may, before the day referred to in paragraph (4.03)(a) or (b), decline the waiver of the requirement for an application by notifying the Minister in writing of their decision to do so.
Cancellation of waiver
(4.07) Even if the requirement for an application has been waived in respect of a person under subsection (4.02), the Minister may, before the day referred to in paragraph (4.03)(a) or (b), require that the person make an application for payment of an allowance and, in that case, the Minister shall notify the person in writing of that requirement.
1995, c. 33, s. 11(1); 1998, c. 21, par. 119(1)(f); 2000, c. 12, par. 208(1)(b) and 209(j)(E)
460. Subsection 21(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Presumption
(3.1) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a survivor under subsection (4.1) and the information available to the Minister under this Act with respect to the survivor includes the prescribed information, the survivor is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to have met the requirements of
(a) paragraph (1)(b); or
(b) paragraph (2)(a) or (b).
Annual application
(4) Subject to subsections (4.1), (5) and (5.1), no allowance may be paid to a survivor under this section in any payment period unless the survivor has made an application for an allowance in respect of that payment period and payment of the allowance has been approved under this Part.
Waiver of application
(4.1) The Minister may, in respect of a survivor, waive the requirement referred to in subsection (4) for an application for payment of an allowance for any month or months in a payment period if, on the day on which the survivor attains 60 years of age, the Minister is satisfied, based on information available to him or her under this Act, that the survivor is qualified under this section for the payment of an allowance.
Notice of intent
(4.2) If the Minister intends to waive the requirement for an application in respect of a survivor under subsection (4.1), the Minister shall notify the survivor in writing of that intention and provide them with the information on which the Minister intends to rely to approve the payment of an allowance.
Inaccuracies
(4.3) The survivor shall, before the day on which they attain 60 years of age, file with the Minister a statement in which the survivor corrects any inaccuracies in the information provided by the Minister under subsection (4.2).
Declining waiver
(4.4) The survivor may, before the day on which they attain 60 years of age, decline a waiver of the requirement for an application by notifying the Minister in writing of their decision to do so.
Cancellation of waiver
(4.5) Even if the requirement for an application is intended to be waived in respect of a survivor under subsection (4.1), the Minister may, before the day on which the survivor attains 60 years of age, require that the survivor make an application for payment of an allowance and, in that case, the Minister shall notify the survivor in writing of that requirement.
2000, c. 12, par. 209(p)(E)
461. Subsection 23(2) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(2) Toutefois, si le demandeur a déjà atteint l’âge de soixante ans au moment de la réception de la demande, l’effet de l’agrément peut être rétroactif à la date fixée par règlement, celle-ci ne pouvant être antérieure au jour où il atteint cet âge ni précéder de plus d’un an le jour de réception de la demande.
1995, c. 33, s. 14; 2000, c. 12, par. 209(p)(E)
462. Subsection 24(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Consideration of application or waiver
24. (1) The Minister shall, without delay after receiving an application for an allowance under subsection 19(4) or 21(4) or after waiving the requirement for an application for an allowance under subsection 19(4.02) or (4.1) or 21(4.1) or (5.1), as the case may be, consider whether the applicant is entitled to be paid an allowance, and may approve payment of an allowance and fix the amount of benefits that may be paid, or may determine that no allowance may be paid.
463. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 26:
Cessation of Payment
Request that allowance cease to be payable
26.01 If a person makes a request to the Minister in writing that their allowance cease to be payable, it shall cease to be payable on the last day of the month in which the Minister approves the request and shall not resume until the later of the month after the month in which the Minister receives a new application for the allowance and the month chosen by the person in the application.
Cancellation of Payment
Request to cancel allowance
26.02 (1) A person may, in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time after payment of an allowance has commenced, request cancellation of that allowance.
Effect of cancellation
(2) If the request is granted and the amount of the allowance is repaid within the prescribed time,
(a) the application for that allowance is deemed never to have been made; and
(b) the allowance is deemed for the purposes of this Act not to have been payable during the period in question.
464. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 26.1:
Inviting Applications
Inviting persons to apply
26.2 The Minister may invite persons to make an application for benefits under this Act and may, for that purpose, collect personal information and make available or use personal information available to him or her under this Act.
1997, c. 40, s. 102; 2000, c. 12, par. 207(1)(l); 2001, c. 27, s. 267; 2005, c. 35, par. 66(e)
465. Paragraphs 33.11(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) the Minister of National Revenue or any person that he or she designates may make available to the Minister, or to a public officer of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development that is designated by the Minister, a report providing information that is available to the Minister of National Revenue, if the information is necessary for the administration of this Act;
(b) the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration and officers and employees of the Department of Citizenship and Immigration may make available to the Minister, or to a public officer of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development, any information that was obtained in the administration of the Citizenship Act or the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act, if the information is necessary for the administration of this Act;
466. Subsection 44.1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
(a.1) knowingly failed to correct any inaccuracies in the information provided by the Minister as required by subsection 5(6), 11(3.3), 15(2.4), 19(4.05) or 21(4.3);
Coming into Force
Order in council
467. (1) The provisions of this Division, other than sections 445 to 448, 451, 452, 461, 464 and 465, come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
July 1, 2013
(2) Sections 446, 448 and 451 come into force on July 1, 2013.
Division 25
R.S., c. S-3
Salaries Act
Amendment to the Act
2006, c. 9, s. 227
468. The heading before section 1.1 and sections 1.1 and 1.2 of the Salaries Act are repealed.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
SOR/2006-70, s. 1
469. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Public Appointments Commission Secretariat
Secrétariat de la Commission des nominations publiques
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
SOR/2006-68, s. 1
470. Schedule I.1 to the Financial Administration Act is amended by striking out, in column I, the reference to
Public Appointments Commission Secretariat
Secrétariat de la Commission des nominations publiques
and the corresponding reference in column II to “Prime Minister”.
SOR/2006-69, s. 1
471. Schedule IV to the Act is amended by striking out the following:
Public Appointments Commission Secretariat
Secrétariat de la Commission des nominations publiques
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
SOR/2006-71, s. 1
472. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Public Appointments Commission Secretariat
Secrétariat de la Commission des nominations publiques
Division 26
R.S., c. S-8
Seeds Act
Amendments to the Act
473. (1) Subsection 4(1) of the Seeds Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(b.1) respecting licences referred to in section 4.2, including their issuance, the conditions to which they may be subject and their amendment, suspension or revocation;
(2) Subsection 4(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (j):
(j.1) requiring persons to whom the Act or regulations apply to prepare and maintain records and to provide them or make them available to the President of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency or an inspector and respecting the information in those records and the manner in which they are to be prepared, maintained and provided or made available;
474. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 4.1:
LICENCE
Issuance of licence
4.2 (1) The President of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency may, subject to the regulations, issue a licence authorizing any person to perform any activity specified in the licence that is related to controlling or assuring the quality of seeds or seed crops, including the sampling, testing, grading or labelling of seeds.
Conditions
(2) The President may, subject to the regulations, make the licence subject to any condition that he or she considers appropriate.
Not transferable
(3) The licence is not transferable.
Amendment
(4) The President may, subject to the regulations, amend, suspend or revoke the licence.
Coordinating Amendments
2011, c. 25
475. (1) In this section, “other Act” means the Marketing Freedom for Grain Farmers Act.
(2) If section 38 of the other Act comes into force before subsection 473(1) of this Act, then that subsection 473(1) is replaced by the following:
473. (1) Subsection 4(1) of the Seeds Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(b.1) respecting licences referred to in section 4.1, including their issuance, the conditions to which they may be subject and their amendment, suspension or revocation;
(3) If section 38 of the other Act comes into force on the same day as subsection 473(1) of this Act, then that section 38 is deemed to have come into force before that subsection 473(1) and subsection (2) applies as a consequence.
(4) If section 38 of the other Act comes into force before section 474 of this Act, then that section 474 is replaced by the following:
474. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 4:
LICENCE
Issuance of licence
4.1 (1) The President of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency may, subject to the regulations, issue a licence authorizing any person to perform any activity specified in the licence that is related to controlling or assuring the quality of seeds or seed crops, including the sampling, testing, grading or labelling of seeds.
Conditions
(2) The President may, subject to the regulations, make the licence subject to any condition that he or she considers appropriate.
Not transferable
(3) The licence is not transferable.
Amendment
(4) The President may, subject to the regulations, amend, suspend or revoke the licence.
(5) If section 38 of the other Act comes into force on the same day as section 474 of this Act, then that section 38 is deemed to have come into force before that section 474 and subsection (4) applies as a consequence.
Division 27
R.S., c. S-22
Statutory Instruments Act
Amendments to the Act
476. Section 13 of the Statutory Instruments Act and the heading before it are repealed.
2000, c. 5, s. 59
477. Paragraph 16(3)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) if a regulation is included in a copy of a revision of regulations purporting to be published by the Queen’s Printer, that regulation is deemed to have been published in the Canada Gazette.
Coming into Force
Order in council
478. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 28
R.S., c. 28 (1st Supp.)
Investment Canada Act
479. Section 19 of the Investment Canada Act is renumbered as subsection 19(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Security
(2) Her Majesty in right of Canada may accept any security for payment in respect of any penalty that may be imposed under paragraph 40(2)(d).
480. (1) Subparagraph 36(4)(e)(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) any notice sent under subsection 21(1) or (9), 22(2) or (4) or 23(1) or (3), or
(2) Subsection 36(4) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (e):
(e.1) information contained in reasons given by the Minister for sending a notice under subsection 23(1);
(3) Subsection 36(4) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (f), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (g) and by adding the following after paragraph (g):
(h) information relating to the acceptance of security under subsection 19(2).
2009, c. 2 s. 457(6)
(4) Subsection 36(4.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Information referred to in paragraph (4)(e.1), (g) or (h)
(4.1) The Minister shall inform the Canadian or non-Canadian before communicating or disclosing any financial, commercial, scientific or technical information under paragraph (4)(e.1), (g) or (h), and the Minister shall not communicate or disclose the information if they satisfy the Minister, without delay, that the communication or disclosure would prejudice them.
Division 29
R.S., c. 1 (2nd Supp.)
Customs Act
481. The Customs Act is amended by adding the following after section 11.5:
Designation of mixed-traffic corridor
11.6 (1) If the Minister considers that it is necessary in the public interest, he or she may designate as a mixed-traffic corridor a portion of a roadway or other access way that
(a) leads from an international border to a customs office designated under section 5; and
(b) is used by persons arriving in Canada and by persons travelling within Canada.
Amendment, etc., of designation
(2) The Minister may amend, cancel or reinstate at any time a designation made under this section.
Person travelling in mixed-traffic corridor
11.7 Every person who is travelling in a mixed-traffic corridor shall present themselves to an officer at the nearest customs office and state whether they are arriving from a location outside or within Canada.
482. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 99.4:
Powers of officer — mixed-traffic corridor
99.5 If an officer has reasonable grounds to suspect that a person, having stated under section 11.7 that they arrived from a location within Canada, did in fact arrive from a location outside Canada, the officer may
(a) question the person; and
(b) examine any goods carried by the person, cause any package or container of the goods to be opened and take samples of the goods in reasonable amounts.
Division 30
R.S., c. 32 (2nd Supp.)
Pension Benefits Standards Act, 1985
2010, c. 12, s. 1820(12)
483. Subsections 39(2) and (3) of the Pension Benefits Standards Act, 1985 are deemed to have come into force on July 27, 2004.
Division 31
R.S., c. 32 (4th Supp.)
Railway Safety Act
Amendments to the Act
484. (1) Section 16 of the Railway Safety Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Limitation
(4.1) However, if a grant has been made under section 12 in respect of the railway work, and the proponent of the railway work, or any beneficiary of it, is a road authority, the maximum amount of the construction and alteration costs of the railway work that the Agency may, under subsection (4), apportion to the road authority is 12.5% of those costs or, if a higher percentage is prescribed, that higher percentage.
(2) Section 16 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
Regulations – exemption
(5.1) The Governor in Council may make regulations exempting any railway work, or any person or railway company, from the application of subsection (4.1).
Clarification
(5.2) A regulation made under subsection (5.1) may exempt a group or class of persons or railway companies, or a kind of railway work.
1999, c. 9, s. 36
485. Subsection 50(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Publication of proposed regulations
50. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a copy of each regulation that is proposed to be made under subsection 7(1), section 7.1, subsection 16(5.1) or section 18, 24, 37, 47 or 47.1 shall be published in the Canada Gazette at least 90 days before its proposed effective date, and interested persons shall be given a reasonable opportunity within those 90 days to make representations to the Minister with respect to the regulation.
Coming into Force
April 1, 2013
486. This Division comes into force on April 1, 2013.
Division 32
R.S., c. 47 (4th Supp.)
Canadian International Trade Tribunal Act
Amendments to the Act
2010, c. 12, s. 1695
487. Subsection 3(1) of the Canadian International Trade Tribunal Act is replaced by the following:
Tribunal established
3. (1) There is established a tribunal, to be known as the Canadian International Trade Tribunal, consisting, subject to subsection (2), of a Chairperson and not more than six other permanent members to be appointed by the Governor in Council.
1999, c. 12, s. 55(E)
488. Subsection 8(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Absence, etc., of Chairperson
8. (1) In the event of the absence or incapacity of the Chairperson or if the office of Chairperson is vacant, the Minister may authorize a permanent member to act as Chairperson but no person is authorized to act as Chairperson for a period exceeding 60 days without the approval of the Governor in Council. A permanent member so authorized has and may exercise and perform all the powers, duties and functions of the Chairperson.
Coming into Force
February 1, 2014
489. This Division comes into force on February 1, 2014.
Division 33
R.S., c. 54 (4th Supp.)
International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act
Amendment to the Act
490. Subsection 31(1) of the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report to Parliament
31. (1) The Chairman shall, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, transmit to the Minister a report containing the Centre’s financial statements for that fiscal year and the Auditor General’s report on them.
Interpretation
Definitions
491. In this Division, “Board”, “Centre”, “Chairman”, “director”, “Minister” and “President” have the same meanings as in subsection 2(1) of the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act.
Closing Out of Affairs
Application
492. Sections 493 to 495 apply despite any provision of the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act.
Number of directors
493. (1) The Board may consist of fewer than 13 directors.
No appointment by Board
(2) The Board is not permitted to appoint directors under subsection 10(2) of the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act.
Quorum
(3) Five directors constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board.
No compensation
(4) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a director, other than the President, has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
Disposal of assets
494. (1) The Centre is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets and do everything necessary for or incidental to closing out its affairs.
Debts and liabilities
(2) The Centre must apply any proceeds from the disposal of its assets in satisfaction of its debts and liabilities.
Directions
(3) The Minister may give directions to the Centre to do anything that in his or her opinion is necessary
(a) in respect of the exercise of its powers under subsection 5(1) of the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act; and
(b) to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, satisfy its debts and liabilities, manage its expenses or otherwise close out its affairs.
Directions binding
(4) The Centre must comply with the directions.
Transfer of records
495. The President must transfer to the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade the following items, including any electronic versions of them:
(a) the books of account and other financial records, as well as any information that the Centre collected in order to produce them; and
(b) any studies that the Centre has under its control, and any other information that it has collected through research.
Transitional Provisions
References
496. Every reference to the Centre in a deed, contract or other document executed by the Centre in its own name is to be read, unless the context otherwise requires, as a reference to Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Surplus
497. (1) Any surplus that remains after the satisfaction of the Centre’s debts and liabilities belongs to Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Unsatisfied debts and liabilities
(2) Any of the Centre’s debts and liabilities that remain unsatisfied on the day on which this subsection comes into force become the debts and liabilities of Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Commencement of legal proceedings
498. (1) Any action, suit or other legal proceeding in respect of an obligation or liability incurred by the Centre may be brought against Her Majesty in right of Canada in any court that would have had jurisdiction if the action, suit or other legal proceeding had been brought against the Centre.
Continuation of legal proceedings
(2) Any action, suit or other legal proceeding to which the Centre is a party that is pending in a court on the coming into force of this subsection may be continued by or against Her Majesty in right of Canada in the same manner and to the same extent as it could have been continued by or against the Centre.
Auditor
499. After the closing out of the Centre’s affairs, its accounts and financial transactions shall be audited by the Auditor General of Canada, and a report of the audit shall be made to the Minister.
Report to Parliament
500. The Minister shall prepare a report, containing the Centre’s financial statements and the Auditor General’s report, within four months after this section comes into force, and shall cause the report to be laid before each House of Parliament on any of the first 15 days on which that House is sitting after the day on which the report is completed.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
SOR\90-325, s. 1
501. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development
Centre international des droits de la personne et du développement démocratique
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
SOR\90-326, s. 1
502. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development
Centre international des droits de la personne et du développement démocratique
R.S., c. P-36
Public Service Superannuation Act
R.S., c. 54 (4th Supp.), s. 32
503. Part I of Schedule I to the Public Service Superannuation Act is amended by striking out the following:
International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development
Centre international des droits de la personne et du développement démocratique
Repeal
Repeal of R.S., c. 54 (4th Supp.)
504. The International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development Act is repealed.
Coming into Force
Order in council
505. Sections 496 to 504 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 34
1990, c. 21
Health of Animals Act
Amendments to the Act
506. The heading before section 22 of the Health of Animals Act is replaced by the following:
INFECTED PLACES AND CONTROL ZONES
507. Subsection 25(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prohibition — infected place
25. (1) No person shall, without a licence issued by an inspector or officer, remove from or take into an infected place any animal or thing.
508. Sections 26 to 28 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Declaration that place no longer infected
26. A place, or any part of a place, that has been constituted to be an infected place by the delivery of a declaration under section 22 or 23 ceases to be an infected place when an inspector or officer declares in writing that
(a) the disease or toxic substance described in the declaration
(i) does not exist in, or will not spread from, the place or the part of the place, or
(ii) is not injurious to the health of persons or animals; or
(b) the infected place is located in an area that the Minister has declared to be a primary control zone in respect of that disease or toxic substance.
Primary control zone
27. (1) If the Minister believes that a disease or toxic substance exists in an area, he or she may, by order, declare the area to be a primary control zone, in which case the Minister shall describe the zone and identify the disease or toxic substance.
Designated animal or thing
(2) The Minister may, by order, designate any animal or thing that is capable of being affected or contaminated by the disease or toxic substance in respect of which the primary control zone is declared.
Prohibition — primary control zone
(3) No person shall remove from, move within or take into the primary control zone a designated animal or thing except in accordance with a permit issued by the Minister.
Secondary control zone
27.1 (1) If the Minister makes an order under subsection 27(1), he or she may — for the purpose of preventing the spread of the disease or toxic substance identified in the order or monitoring that disease or toxic substance — by order, declare any area that he or she considers necessary to be a secondary control zone, in which case the Minister shall describe the zone.
Disease outside Canada
(2) If the Minister believes that a disease or toxic substance exists in an area outside Canada, he or she may — for the purpose of preventing the spread of that disease or toxic substance into Canada or monitoring that disease or toxic substance — by order, declare any area in Canada that he or she considers necessary to be a secondary control zone, in which case the Minister shall describe the zone and identify that disease or toxic substance.
Designated animal or thing
(3) The Minister may, by order, designate any animal or thing that is capable of being affected or contaminated by the disease or toxic substance in respect of which the secondary control zone referred to in subsection (2) is declared.
Conditions
(4) The Minister may, by order, prohibit or impose conditions on — including requiring a permit for — removing from, moving within or taking into a secondary control zone a designated animal or thing.
Compliance
(5) Any person to whom an order made under subsection (4) applies shall comply with it.
Permits
27.2 A permit referred to in subsection 27(3) or 27.1(4) may be issued as a general permit to owners or persons having the possession, care or control of a designated animal or thing.
Order amended
27.3 The Minister may, by order, amend or revoke an order made under subsection 27(1) or (2) or one made under any of subsections 27.1(1) to (4).
Measures
27.4 The Minister may take all reasonable measures that are consistent with public safety to remedy any dangerous condition or mitigate any danger to life, health, property or the environment that results, or may reasonably be expected to result, from the existence of a disease or toxic substance in a primary control zone.
Regulations
27.5 The Minister may make regulations prohibiting or regulating the movement of persons or designated animals or things from, within or into a primary or secondary control zone for the purpose of controlling or eliminating a disease or toxic substance, in respect of which the primary control zone or a secondary control zone referred to in subsection 27.1(2) was declared, or preventing its spread.
Treatment or disposal
27.6 (1) The Minister may, in respect of a designated animal or thing that is or has been in a primary or secondary control zone,
(a) treat that animal or thing or require its owner or the person having the possession, care or control of it to treat it or to have it treated if the Minister considers that the treatment will be effective in eliminating the disease or toxic substance or preventing its spread; or
(b) dispose of that animal or thing or require its owner or the person having the possession, care or control of it to dispose of it.
Return animal or thing
(2) If an inspector or officer believes on reasonable grounds that a designated animal or thing has been removed from, moved within or taken into a primary control zone in contravention of subsection 27(3) — or a secondary control zone in contravention of an order made under subsection 27.1(4) — the inspector or officer may, whether or not that animal or thing is seized, move it to any place or require its owner or the person having the possession, care or control of it to move it to any place.
Notice
(3) A requirement under subsection (1) or (2) shall be communicated by the personal delivery of a notice to the owner or person having the possession, care or control of the animal or thing, or by sending the notice to the owner or person. The notice shall specify the period within which and the manner in which the requirement is to be met.
Statutory Instruments Act
28. (1) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply in respect of a declaration under section 22, 23 or 26, an order made under subsection 27(1) or (2), any of subsections 27.1(1) to (4) or section 27.3 or a permit referred to in subsection 27(3) or 27.1(4) that is issued as a general permit.
Accessibility
(2) The Minister shall take any steps that may be reasonable in the circumstances to make the order or general permit accessible to persons likely to be affected by it.
509. Section 33 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Inspectors and officers may exercise Minister’s powers
33. (1) An inspector or officer may, subject to any restrictions or limitations specified by the Minister, exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties or functions of the Minister under this Act, except the powers mentioned in subsections 27(1) and 27.1(1) and (2) and sections 27.4 and 27.5.
Minister’s power — section 27.3
(2) An inspector or officer may, subject to any restrictions or limitations specified by the Minister, exercise the Minister’s powers under section 27.3 only in respect of orders made under subsections 27(2) and 27.1(3) and (4).
1997, c. 6, s. 70
510. Section 53 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Compensation for costs of treatment
53. The Minister may order compensation to be paid from the Consolidated Revenue Fund to a person for costs incurred with respect to treatment required under paragraph 27.6(1)(a) or subsection 48(2), and the amount of compensation shall be the costs reasonably incurred by the person, as determined by the Minister.
511. (1) Subsection 61(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Fees, charges and costs related to measures
61. (1) Her Majesty may recover from any person mentioned in subsection (2) any prescribed fees or charges and any costs incurred by Her Majesty in relation to taking any measures under section 27.4.
(2) Subsection 61(2) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Persons liable
(2) The fees, charges and costs are recoverable from any persons who through their fault or negligence, or that of others for whom in law they are responsible, caused or contributed to the causation of the existence or spread of the disease or toxic substance in respect of which a primary control zone was declared.
512. (1) Paragraph 64(1)(h) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
h) régir ou interdire le déplacement, au Canada, soit d’animaux, de leurs produits, sous-produits et aliments, de vecteurs, d’agents causant des maladies ainsi que de fourrage, soit d’autres choses se rapportant aux animaux et susceptibles d’être contaminées par une maladie ou une substance toxique;
(2) Subsection 64(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (z.3):
(z.3.1) requiring persons to provide information to the Minister or any other person authorized by the Minister, in the form and manner that the Minister or other person, as the case may be, directs, on the movement of animals or things to which this Act or the regulations apply;
513. The portion of subsection 65(1) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Infraction
65. (1) Quiconque contrevient aux dispositions de la présente loi — à l’exception de l’article 15 — ou des règlements ou refuse ou néglige d’accomplir une obligation imposée sous le régime de la présente loi commet une infraction et encourt, sur déclaration de culpabilité :
514. The portion of section 66 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Failure to comply with notices
66. Every person who fails to comply with a notice delivered to them under section 18, 25, 27.6, 37, 43 or 48 or the regulations is guilty of
Coming into Force
January 1, 2013 or royal assent
515. This Division comes into force on January 1, 2013 or, if it is later, on the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
Division 35
1991, c. 16; 2003, c. 22, s. 22
Canada School of Public Service Act
Amendments to the Act
2003, c. 22, s. 23(2); 2010, c. 12, s. 1671
516. The definitions “Board” and “public sector” in section 2 of the Canada School of Public Service Act are repealed.
517. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 3:
Minister responsible
3.1 The Minister is responsible for and has the overall direction of the School.
2003, c. 22, ss. 27 and 29 and par. 225(i)(E); 2010, c. 12, ss. 1672 and 1673
518. The heading before section 7 and sections 7 to 12 of the Act are repealed.
2003, c. 22, ss. 30 and 132.1
519. Section 13 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appointment
13. (1) The Governor in Council shall appoint an officer, to be called the President of the School, to hold office for a term not exceeding five years, and the President has the rank and status of a deputy minister.
Chief executive officer
(2) The President is the School’s chief executive officer and has the management and control of it.
Exercise of powers
(3) In exercising his or her powers of management and control, the President shall take into consideration the policies of the Government of Canada as well as the policies with respect to learning, training and developmental needs and priorities that are established by the Treasury Board under paragraph 11.1(1)(f) of the Financial Administration Act.
Acting President
(4) In the event of a vacancy in the office of President, the Minister may appoint a senior officer of the School to act as President, but the term of such an appointment shall not exceed 90 days except with the Governor in Council’s approval.
2003, c. 22, s. 32
520. Section 17 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
2003, c. 22, s. 32
521. The portion of subsection 18(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Setting amount of fees
18. (1) The President may, with the Treasury Board’s approval, prescribe the fees or the manner of determining the fees
2003, c. 22, s. 34
522. Subsections 19(1) to (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Annual report
19. (1) The Minister shall, as soon as feasible after the end of each fiscal year but no later than the end of the calendar year in which that fiscal year ends, cause to be laid before each House of Parliament a report of the operations of the School for that fiscal year.
Reports required by Treasury Board
(2) The obligation imposed by subsection (1) may be satisfied by the tabling of any reports of the School’s operations required by the Treasury Board that contain the information required by that subsection.
Review and report
(3) The President shall, before December 1, 2006 and within every five years after that date, cause a review and report to be made of the School’s activities and organization.
R.S., c. F-11
Consequential Amendments to the Financial Administration Act
523. Part II of Schedule VI to the Financial Administration Act is amended by adding, in alphabetical order, in column I, a reference to
Canada School of Public Service
École de la fonction publique du Canada
and a corresponding reference in column II to “President”.
2006, c. 9, s. 270
524. Part III of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by striking out, in column I, the reference to
Canada School of Public Service
École de la fonction publique du Canada
and the corresponding reference in column II to “President”.
Division 36
1991, c. 46
Bank Act
525. The Bank Act is amended by adding the following before the enacting clause:
Preamble
Whereas a strong and efficient banking sector is essential to economic growth and prosperity;
Whereas a legislative framework that enables banks to compete effectively and be resilient in a rapidly evolving marketplace, taking into account the rights and interests of depositors and other consumers of banking services, contributes to stability and public confidence in the financial system and is important to the strength and security of the national economy;
And whereas it is desirable and is in the national interest to provide for clear, comprehensive, exclusive, national standards applica-ble to banking products and banking services offered by banks;
Division 37
1992, c. 20
Corrections and Conditional Release Act
Amendments to the Act
1995, c. 42, s. 38
526. Subsection 124(4) of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act is replaced by the following:
Review
(4) If the Board exercises its power under subsection (3), it shall, within the period prescribed by the regulations, review its decision and either confirm or cancel it.
527. Paragraph 140(1)(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) a review following a cancellation of parole; and
Transitional Provision
Hearings
528. Paragraph 140(1)(d) of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act, as enacted by section 527, applies only in respect of a review of the case of an offender begun on or after the day on which this section comes into force.
Coordinating Amendments
2012, c. 1
529. (1) In this section, “other Act” means the Safe Streets and Communities Act.
(2) On the first day on which both subsection 89(4) of the other Act and section 527 of this Act are in force, the portion of subsection 135(5) of the English version of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Review by Board — sentence of two years or more
(5) The Board shall, on the referral to it of the case of an offender who is serving a sentence of two years or more, review the case and — within the period prescribed by the regulations unless, at the offender’s request, the review is adjourned by the Board or is postponed by a member of the Board or by a person designated by the Chairperson by name or position —
(3) On the first day on which both subsection 89(5) of the other Act and section 527 of this Act are in force, subsection 135(6.4) of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act is replaced by the following:
Review
(6.4) If the Board exercises its power under subsection (6.3), it shall, within the period prescribed by the regulations, review its decision and either confirm or cancel it.
Coming into Force
Order in council
530. Sections 526 to 528 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 38
1992, c. 31
Coasting Trade Act
531. Subsection 3(2) of the Coasting Trade Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(c.1) engaged in seismic activities in waters above the continental shelf of Canada that are in relation to the exploration for mineral or non-living natural resources of the continental shelf of Canada;
Division 39
1992, c. 33
Status of the Artist Act
Amendments to the Act
532. (1) The definition “Tribunal” in section 5 of the Status of the Artist Act is repealed.
(2) Paragraph (b) of the definition “party” in section 5 of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) in respect of a complaint made to the Board, the complainant or the person or organization that is the object of the complaint;
(3) Section 5 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“Board”« Conseil »
“Board” means the Canada Industrial Relations Board established by section 9 of the Canada Labour Code.
1998, c. 26, s. 83
533. Paragraph 9(3)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) employees, within the meaning of Part I of the Canada Labour Code, including those determined to be employees by the Board, and members of a bargaining unit that is certified by the Board.
1995, c. 11, ss. 39 and 40; 2003, c. 22, s. 221(E) and par. 225(z.25)(E)
534. The headings before section 10 and sections 10 to 15 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Canada Industrial Relations Board
535. (1) The portion of section 16 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Regulations
16. The Board may make any regulations that it considers conducive to the performance of its duties under this Part, and in particular regulations providing for
(2) Paragraph 16(a) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) the practice and procedure before the Board, including the assessment and awarding of costs;
(3) Paragraphs 16(d) to (h) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(d) the period for submission by an artists’ association of a new application for certification, if the Board previously refused to certify the association in respect of the same or substantially the same sector;
(e) the period for submission of an application for revocation of the certification of an artists’ association, if the Board previously refused an application for revocation in respect of the same sector;
(f) the forms to be used in any proceeding that may come before the Board;
(g) the periods in which and the circumstances under which the Board may exercise its powers under section 20;
(h) the period and form in which evidence and information may be presented to the Board in connection with any proceeding before it;
(4) Paragraphs 16(k) and (l) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(k) the circumstances in which the Board may receive evidence in order to establish whether any artists wish to be represented by a particular artists’ association, and the circumstances in which that evidence may not be made public; and
(l) the delegation to any person of the Board’s powers and duties, other than the power to delegate or to make regulations, and that person’s obligations with respect to those powers and duties.
536. (1) The portion of section 17 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Board’s powers
17. The Board may, in relation to any proceeding before it under this Part,
(2) Paragraph 17(a) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) on application or of its own motion, summon and enforce the attendance of any person whose testimony is necessary, in the Board’s opinion, and compel the person to give oral or written evidence on oath and to produce any documents or things that the Board considers necessary for the full investigation and consideration of any matter within its jurisdiction;
(3) Paragraph 17(d) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) examine any evidence that is submitted to the Board respecting the membership of any artist in an artists’ association that is seeking certification;
(4) Paragraphs 17(g) to (i) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(g) require a producer or an artists’ association to post in appropriate places and keep posted a notice concerning any matter relating to the proceeding that the Board considers necessary to bring to the attention of artists;
(h) order, at any time before the conclusion of the proceeding, that
(i) a representation vote or an additional representation vote be taken among artists affected by the proceeding, whether or not a representation vote is provided for elsewhere in this Part, if the Board considers that the vote would assist it to decide any question that has arisen or is likely to arise in the proceeding, and
(ii) the ballots cast in that representation vote be sealed in ballot boxes and counted only as directed by the Board;
(i) authorize any person to do anything that the Board may do under paragraphs (a) to (h), and to report to the Board on it;
537. The portion of section 18 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Criteria for application by Board
18. The Board shall take into account
2002, c. 8, par. 182(1)(z.12)
538. Sections 19 to 21 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Informal proceedings
19. (1) In any proceeding before it under this Part, the Board
(a) shall proceed as informally and expeditiously as the circumstances and considerations of fairness permit;
(b) is not bound by legal or technical rules of evidence; and
(c) may receive and decide on any evidence adduced that the Board believes to be credible.
Consultation
(2) In order to ensure that the purpose of this Part is achieved, the members of the Board may consult with other members or the Board’s staff in respect of any matter before it.
Right to appear
(3) Any interested person may intervene in a proceeding before the Board with its permission, and anyone appearing before the Board may be represented by counsel or an agent or mandatary.
Notice of facts
(4) The Board may take notice of facts that may be judicially noticed and, subject to subsection (5), of any other generally recognized facts and any information that is within its specialized knowledge.
Notification of intention
(5) The Board shall notify the parties and any intervenor in the proceeding before it of its intention to take notice of any facts or information, other than facts that may be judicially noticed, and afford them an opportunity to make representations in that regard.
Report on evidence
(6) The Chairperson of the Board may direct any member to receive evidence relating to a matter before the Board, to make a report on it to the Board, and to provide a copy of the report to all parties and any intervenor in the proceeding.
Conclusions
(7) After granting all parties and intervenors an opportunity to make representations on any report made under subsection (6), the Board may make a determination on the basis of the report or hold any further hearings that it considers necessary in the circumstances.
Review of determination or order
20. (1) The Board may uphold, rescind or amend any determination or order made by it under this Part, and may rehear any application before making a decision.
Interim decision
(2) When it is necessary to decide one or more issues in order to dispose finally of an application or complaint the Board may, if it is satisfied that it can do so without prejudice to the rights of any party or intervenor in the proceeding, decide or make an order respecting one or more of those issues, and reserve its jurisdiction to decide the remaining issues.
Review and Enforcement of Determinations and Orders
Determination or order — no review by court
21. (1) Subject to this Part, every determination or order of the Board is final and shall not be questioned or reviewed in any court, except in accordance with the Federal Courts Act on the grounds referred to in paragraph 18.1(4)(a), (b) or (e) of that Act.
No review by certiorari, etc.
(2) Except as permitted by subsection (1), no determination, order or proceeding made or carried on, or purporting to be made or carried on, by the Board under this Part shall be questioned, reviewed, prohibited or restrained on any ground, including the ground that the Board did not have jurisdiction or exceeded or lost its jurisdiction, or be made the subject of any proceeding in or any process of any court on any such ground, whether by way of injunction, certiorari, prohibition, quo warranto, revision, evocation or otherwise.
539. Subsections 22(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Filing in Federal Court
22. (1) On application in writing by any party or of its own motion, the Board shall file a copy of a determination or order, exclusive of the reasons for it, in the Federal Court unless, in the Board’s opinion, there is no indication of failure or likelihood of failure to comply with it, or there is no useful purpose to be served by filing it.
Registration
(2) If the Board specifies in writing that it is filing a copy of a determination or order under subsection (1), the Federal Court shall accept it for filing and shall register it without further application or other proceeding.
540. Subsection 24(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Filing membership list
(2) In addition to any other information that the Board may require, an association of producers shall file its membership list with the Board, keep the list up to date and send a copy of it to every certified artists’ association to which it has issued, or from which it has received, a notice to bargain under section 31.
541. Sections 25 to 27 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Application
25. (1) An artists’ association may, if duly authorized by its members, apply to the Board in writing for certification in respect of one or more sectors
(a) at any time, in respect of a sector for which no artists’ association is certified and no other application for certification is pending before the Board;
(b) in the three months immediately before the date that the certification or a renewed certification is to expire, if at least one scale agreement is in force in respect of the sector; or
(c) after one year, or any shorter period that the Board fixes on application, after the date of the certification or of a renewed certification, if no scale agreement is in force in respect of the sector.
Accompanying documents
(2) An application for certification must include the membership list of the artists’ association, a certified copy of its by-laws and any other information required by the Board.
Public notice of application
(3) The Board shall give public notice of any application for certification in respect of any sector without delay, indicating any period in which another application may be made by any other artists’ association, despite subsection (1), for certification in respect of that sector or any part of it.
When application may not be made
(4) No application for certification in respect of a sector may be made, except with the Board’s consent, after the expiry of the period indicated in any public notice given under subsection (3).
Determination of Sector and Representativeness of an Association
Determination of sector
26. (1) After the application period referred to in subsection 25(3) has expired, the Board shall determine the sector or sectors that are suitable for bargaining, taking into account
(a) the common interests of the artists in respect of whom the application was made;
(b) the history of professional relations among those artists, their associations and producers concerning bargaining, scale agreements and any other agreements respecting the terms of engagement of artists; and
(c) any geographic and linguistic criteria that the Board considers relevant.
Right to intervene
(2) Despite subsection 19(3), only the artists in respect of whom the application was made, artists’ associations and producers may intervene as of right on the issue of determining the sector that is suitable for bargaining.
Notice of determination
(3) The Board shall give the artists’ association concerned and any intervenors notice of its determination under subsection (1) without delay, and that determination is deemed to be interlocutory, despite section 21.
Association’s representativity
27. (1) After determining the sector under subsection 26(1), the Board shall determine the representativity of the artists’ association, as of the date of filing of the application for certification or as of any other date that the Board considers appropriate.
Right to intervene
(2) Despite subsection 19(3), only artists in respect of whom the application was made and artists’ associations may intervene as of right on the issue of determining the representativity of an artists’ association.
542. (1) Subsection 28(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Certification
28. (1) If the Board is satisfied that an artists’ association that has applied for certification in respect of a sector is the most representative of artists in that sector, the Board shall certify the association.
(2) Subsection 28(2) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Certification period
(2) Certification is valid for a period of three years after the date that the Board issues the certificate and, subject to subsection (3), is automatically renewed for additional three year periods.
(3) Subsection 28(3) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prorogation
(3) Le dépôt, dans les trois mois précédant l’expiration de l’accréditation ou de son renouvellement, d’une demande d’annulation ou d’une autre demande d’accréditation visant le même ou sensiblement le même secteur emporte prorogation de l’accréditation jusqu’à ce que le Conseil statue sur la demande, le renouvellement ne prenant effet, en cas de rejet de celle-ci, qu’à la date de la décision.
(4) Subsection 28(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Register
(4) The Board shall keep a register of all issued certificates and of their dates of issue.
543. (1) The portion of subsection 29(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Application for revocation
29. (1) An artist in a sector may apply to the Board for an order revoking an association’s certification in respect of that sector
(2) Subparagraphs 29(1)(b)(i) and (ii) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(i) in the three months immediately before the date that the association’s certification or a renewed certification is to expire, if at least one scale agreement is in force in respect of the sector, or
(ii) after one year, or any shorter period that the Board fixes on application, after the date of the certification or of a renewed certification of the association, if no scale agreement is in force.
(3) Subsections 29(2) to (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Stay of proceedings
(2) The Board may stay any proceedings for revocation of the certification of an artists’ association under paragraph (1)(a) if the association adopts by-laws that meet the requirements of subsection 23(2) within any period that the Board may specify.
Date of revocation
(3) Revocation of certification is effective as of the date of the Board’s determination to revoke it or, if an association fails to adopt by-laws within a period specified by the Board under subsection (2), on the expiry of that period.
Effect of revocation
(4) Any scale agreement for a sector in respect of which the certification of an artists’ association has been revoked ceases to have effect as of the date of revocation or as of any later date that the Board may specify.
544. Subsection 30(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Board to determine questions
(2) On application by an artists’ association affected by a merger, amalgamation or transfer of jurisdiction, the Board shall determine the rights, privileges and duties that the association has acquired under this Part or under a scale agreement as a result of the transaction.
545. (1) Subsection 33(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Effect of scale agreements
33. (1) For the term set out in it, a scale agreement binds the parties to it and every artist in the sector engaged by the producer, and neither party may terminate the agreement without the Board’s approval, except when a notice to bargain is issued under subsection 31(3).
(2) Subsection 33(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application
(5) The Board shall assess what is more favourable to the artist under subsection (4) in relation to each right or benefit and shall compare the elements of each right or benefit under the scale agreement with the elements of each under the contract.
546. Section 34 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Board may change termination date
34. On the joint application of the parties, the Board may change the termination date of a scale agreement in order to establish a common termination date for two or more scale agreements that bind the producer or the artists’ association.
547. Subsection 37(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
No review by certiorari, etc.
(2) No order shall be made or proceeding taken in any court, by way of injunction, certiorari, prohibition, quo warranto, revision, evocation or otherwise, to question, review, prohibit or restrain an arbitrator or arbitration board in any proceedings under this Part.
548. Subsection 39(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Powers of arbitrator and arbitration board
39. (1) An arbitrator or arbitration board has, in relation to any proceeding before the arbitrator or the board, the powers conferred on the Board under paragraphs 17(a) to (c) and the power to determine whether any matter referred to the arbitrator or the board is arbitrable.
549. Subsection 40(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Procedure
40. (1) The arbitrator or arbitration board shall decide the procedure for hearings, and the parties shall be given the opportunity to present evidence and make submissions and may be represented by counsel or an agent or mandatary.
550. Section 41 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Questions may be referred to Board
41. (1) An arbitrator or arbitration board shall refer to the Board for hearing and determination any question that arises in a matter before it as to the existence of a scale agreement, the identification of the parties to it or the application of the agreement to a particular sector or artist.
Arbitration proceeding not suspended
(2) Referral of a question to the Board under subsection (1) does not suspend the proceeding before the arbitrator or arbitration board, unless the Board so orders or the arbitrator or arbitration board decides that the nature of the question warrants suspension of the proceeding.
551. (1) Subsection 47(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Declaration — association’s pressure tactics unlawful
47. (1) If a producer alleges that an artists’ association has authorized or applied pressure tactics, or that artists have participated, are participating or are likely to participate in pressure tactics, as a result of which an artist was, is or would be in contravention of this Part, the producer may apply to the Board for a declaration that the pressure tactics are unlawful.
(2) The portion of subsection 47(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Declaration and prohibition of pressure tactics
(2) If an application is made under subsection (1), the Board may, after affording the artists and the artists’ association an opportunity to be heard, declare the pressure tactics to be unlawful and, if the producer so requests, make an order
552. The portion of section 48 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Declaration — producer’s pressure tactics unlawful
48. If an artists’ association applies to the Board alleging that a producer has authorized or applied pressure tactics in contravention of this Part, or is about to do so, the Board may, after affording the producer an opportunity to be heard, declare the pressure tactics to be unlawful and, if the association so requests, make an order
553. Section 49 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Order’s terms and duration
49. (1) An order that is made under section 47 or 48 shall be on any terms that the Board considers necessary and sufficient to meet the circumstances of the case and, subject to subsection (2), shall have effect for the period indicated in the order.
Application for supplementary order
(2) If anyone affected by an order made under section 47 or 48 applies to the Board and gives notice of the application to the parties named in the order, the Board may, by supplementary order, continue or modify the order for any period that is indicated in the supplementary order, or may revoke the order.
554. Paragraph 50(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(f) bargain for the purpose of entering into a scale agreement, or enter into a scale agreement, with an artists’ association in respect of a sector, if the producer knows or, in the Board’s opinion, ought to know that another artists’ association is certified in respect of that sector.
555. Paragraphs 51(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) bargain for the purpose of entering into a scale agreement, or enter into a scale agreement with a producer in respect of a sector, if the association or person knows or, in the Board’s opinion, ought to know that another artists’ association is certified in respect of that sector;
(b) bargain for the purposes of entering into a scale agreement, or enter into a scale agreement in respect of a sector, with a producer that the association knows or, in the Board’s opinion, ought to know is represented by an association of producers that has filed its membership list under subsection 24(2);
556. (1) The portion of subsection 53(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Complaints to Board
53. (1) Any person or organization may make a complaint in writing to the Board that
(2) Subsection 53(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time for making complaint
(2) The complaint shall be made to the Board within six months after the day on which the complainant knew or, in the Board’s opinion, ought to have known of the action or circumstances giving rise to the complaint.
(3) The portion of subsection 53(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Inadmissible complaints
(3) The Board shall hear the complaint unless the Board is of the opinion that it
(4) Paragraph 53(3)(b) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) is not within the Board’s jurisdiction, or could be referred by the complainant to an arbitrator or arbitration board, under a scale agreement.
(5) Subsection 53(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Board’s duty and power
(4) If the Board is of the opinion that the complaint must be heard, it may appoint a member who was never seized of the matter, or a member of the Board’s staff, to assist the parties to settle it and, if the matter is not settled within a period that the Board considers reasonable in the circumstances, or if the Board decides not to appoint a person to assist the parties to settle it, the Board shall hear and determine the complaint.
557. (1) The portion of subsection 54(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Board may make orders
54. (1) If the Board determines that a party to a complaint failed to comply with section 32, 35, 50, 51 or 52, the Board may order the party to comply with or to cease contravening that section and may
(2) Paragraphs 54(1)(a) and (b) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) in respect of a failure to comply with paragraph 32(b), order a producer to pay the artist compensation not exceeding the amount of remuneration that would, but for that failure, have been paid to the artist, in the Board’s opinion, under the scale agreement or the artist’s contract;
(b) in respect of a failure to comply with section 35, require an artists’ association to pursue the rights and remedies of any artist affected by that failure, or to assist the artist to pursue any rights and remedies that, in the Board’s opinion, it was the duty of the association to pursue;
(3) Subparagraphs 54(1)(c)(ii) and (iii) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(ii) to pay to any artist affected by that failure compensation not exceeding the amount of remuneration that would, but for that failure, have been paid to that artist, in the Board’s opinion, under the scale agreement or the contract, and
(iii) to rescind any disciplinary action taken against any artist affected by that failure, and pay the artist compensation not exceeding the amount, in the Board’s opinion, of any financial or other penalty provided for in the scale agreement or the contract and imposed on the artist by the producer;
(4) Paragraph 54(1)(d) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) in respect of a failure to comply with paragraph 50(d), order a producer to rescind any action taken against any artist affected by that failure, and pay the artist compensation not exceeding the amount, in the Board’s opinion, of any financial or other penalty provided for in the scale agreement or the contract and imposed on the artist by the producer;
(5) Paragraph 54(1)(f) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(f) in respect of a failure to comply with paragraph 51(d), (e), (f) or (g), order an artists’ association to rescind any disciplinary action taken against any artist affected by that failure, and pay the artist compensation not exceeding the amount, in the Board’s opin-ion, of the artist’s actual loss or of any financial or other penalty.
(6) Subsection 54(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Other orders
(2) In order to ensure that the purpose of this Part is achieved, the Board may, in addition to or in lieu of any other order authorized under subsection (1), order a producer or an artists’ association to do or refrain from doing anything that it is equitable to require of them, so as to counteract or remedy the contravention of or non-compliance with a provision referred to in that subsection.
1995, c. 11, s. 41
558. Section 56 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Regulations
56. On the Minister’s recommendation after consultation with the Minister of Canadian Heritage, the Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing anything that may be prescribed under any provision of this Part, and any other regulations that the Governor in Council considers necessary to carry out the provisions of this Part, other than regulations that may be made by the Board under section 16.
559. Paragraph 57(3)(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) refuses to answer any proper question put to them under paragraph 17(a) by the Board or one of its members or by an arbitrator or an arbitration board
560. Section 59 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Board’s consent before prosecution
59. No prosecution may be instituted in respect of an offence under this Part without the consent in writing of the Board.
561. Subsection 60(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Documents as evidence
60. (1) Any document purporting to contain or to be a copy of a determination of the Board and to be signed by one of its members is admissible in evidence in any court without proof of the signature or official character of the member or any further proof.
562. Section 61 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
1995, c. 11, s. 42
563. Sections 64 to 67 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Witness fees and expenses
64. A person who is summoned by the Board and attends as a witness in any proceeding taken under this Part is entitled to be paid the allowance for expenses and the witness fees that are in force with respect to witnesses in civil suits in the superior court of the province in which the proceeding is taken.
Persons not required to give evidence
65. No member or employee of the Board or any person appointed by it or the Minister under this Part is required to give evidence in any civil action, suit or other proceeding, respecting information obtained in the discharge of his or her duties under this Part.
Transitional Provisions
Definitions
564. The following definitions apply in sections 565 to 570.
“Board”« Conseil »
“Board” means the Canada Industrial Relations Board established by section 9 of the Canada Labour Code.
“Tribunal”« Tribunal »
“Tribunal” means the Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal established by subsection 10(1) of the Status of the Artist Act, as that Act read immediately before the coming into force of this section.
Appointments terminated
565. (1) Members of the Tribunal cease to hold office on the coming into force of this subsection.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a member of the Tribunal has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
Continuation of proceedings
566. Every proceeding commenced under the Status of the Artist Act before the coming into force of this section is to be taken up and continued under and in conformity with that Act, as it is amended by this Act.
Review of Tribunal’s determination or order
567. The Board may uphold, rescind or amend any determination or order made by the Tribunal.
Powers and duties
568. (1) Any power or duty that is vested in or is exercisable by the Tribunal under a contract, lease, licence, deed, agreement or other document is vested in or is exercisable by the Board.
References
(2) Every reference to the Tribunal in any contract, lease, licence, deed, agreement or other document executed by the Tribunal in its own name shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be read as a reference to the Board.
Commencement of legal proceedings
569. Any action, suit or other legal proceeding in respect of an obligation or liability incurred by the Tribunal may be brought against the Board in any court that would have had jurisdiction if the action, suit or other legal proceeding had been brought against the Tribunal.
Continuation of legal proceedings
570. Any action, suit or other legal proceeding to which the Tribunal is a party that is pending in any court immediately before the day on which this section comes into force may be continued by or against the Board in the same manner and to the same extent as it could have been continued by or against the Tribunal.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
1992, c. 33, s. 68
571. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal
Tribunal canadien des relations professionnelles artistes-producteurs 
R.S., c. F-7; 2002, c. 8, s. 14
Federal Courts Act
1992, c. 33, s. 69; 1993, c. 34, s. 70(2)
572. Paragraph 28(1)(p) of the Federal Courts Act is repealed.
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
SOR/94-272, s. 1; SOR/98-564
573. Schedule I.1 to the Financial Administration Act is amended by striking out, in column I, the reference to
Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal
Tribunal canadien des relations professionnelles artistes-producteurs
and the corresponding reference in column II to “Minister of Labour”.
2003, c. 22, s. 11
574. Schedule IV to the Act is amended by striking out the following:
Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal
Tribunal canadien des relations professionnelles artistes-producteurs
2006, c. 9, s. 270
575. Part III of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by striking out, in column I, the reference to
Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal
Tribunal canadien des relations professionnelles artistes-producteurs
and the corresponding reference in column II to “Chairperson”.
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
1992, c. 33, s. 70
576. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal
Tribunal canadien des relations professionnelles artistes-producteurs
Coming into Force
Order in council
577. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 40
1993, c. 31
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act
Amendment to the Act
578. The National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act is amended by adding the following after section 5:
Disposal of assets
5.1 (1) The Round Table is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets and to do everything necessary for or incidental to the closing out of its affairs.
Debts and liabilities
(2) The Round Table shall apply any proceeds from the disposal of its assets in satisfaction of its debts and liabilities.
Directions
5.2 (1) The Minister may give directions to the Round Table to do anything that in his or her opinion is necessary
(a) in respect of the exercise of its powers under section 5; and
(b) to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, satisfy its debts and liabilities, manage its expenses or otherwise close out its affairs.
Directions binding
(2) The Round Table shall, despite any other provision of this Act, comply with the directions.
Transitional Provisions
Definition of “Round Table”
579. For the purpose of sections 580 to 585, “Round Table” means the National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy established by section 3 of the National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act.
Appointments terminated
580. (1) Members of the Round Table appointed under subsection 6(1) or (2) of the National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act cease to hold office on the coming into force of this subsection.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a member of the Round Table has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
References
581. Every reference to the Round Table in a deed, contract, agreement or other document executed by the Round Table in its own name is to be read as a reference to Her Majesty in right of Canada, unless the context requires otherwise.
Surplus
582. Any surplus that remains after the satisfaction of the debts and liabilities of the Round Table on the day on which section 593 comes into force belongs to Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Unsatisfied debts and liabilities
583. Any debts and liabilities of the Round Table that remain unsatisfied on the day on which section 593 comes into force become the debts and liabilities of Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Commencement of legal proceedings
584. Any action, suit or other legal proceeding in respect of an obligation or liability incurred by the Round Table may be brought against Her Majesty in right of Canada in any court that would have had jurisdiction if the action, suit or other legal proceeding had been brought against the Round Table.
Continuation of legal proceedings
585. Any action, suit or other legal proceeding to which the Round Table is a party that is pending in any court immediately before the day on which section 593 comes into force may be continued by or against Her Majesty in right of Canada in like manner and to the same extent as it could have been continued by or against the Round Table.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
1993, c. 31, s. 24
586. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
1993, c. 31, s. 25
587. Schedule II to the Financial Administration Act is amended by striking out the following:
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
2003, c. 22, s. 11
588. Schedule V to the Act is amended by striking out the following:
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
2006, c. 9, s. 270
589. Part III of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by striking out, in column I, the reference to
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
and the corresponding reference in column II to “President”.
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
1993, c. 31, s. 26
590. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
R.S., c. P-36
Public Service Superannuation Act
1993, c. 31, s. 27
591. Part I of Schedule I to the Public Service Superannuation Act is amended by striking out the following:
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
1991, c. 30
Public Sector Compensation Act
592. Schedule I to the Public Sector Compensation Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER PORTIONS OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE”:
National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy
Table ronde nationale sur l’environnement et l’économie
Repeal
Repeal
593. The National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy Act, chapter 31 of the Statutes of Canada, 1993, is repealed.
Coming into Force
Order in council
594. Sections 579 to 593 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 41
1993, c. 38
Telecommunications Act
Amendments to the Act
2010, c. 12, s. 2184(1)
595. (1) Subsections 16(1) to (3) of the Telecommunications Act are replaced by the following:
Definitions
16. (1) The following definitions apply in this section.
“entity”« entité »
“entity” means a corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture.
“joint venture”« coentreprise »
“joint venture” means an association of two or more entities, if the relationship among those associated entities does not, under the laws in Canada, constitute a corporation, a partnership or a trust and if all the undivided ownership interests in the assets of the Canadian carrier or in the voting interests of the Canadian carrier are or will be owned by all the entities that are so associated.
“voting interest”« intérêt avec droit de vote »
“voting interest”, with respect to
(a) a corporation with share capital, means a voting share;
(b) a corporation without share capital, means an ownership interest in the assets of the corporation that entitles the owner to rights similar to those enjoyed by the owner of a voting share; and
(c) a partnership, trust or joint venture, means an ownership interest in the assets of the partnership, trust or joint venture that entitles the owner to receive a share of the profits and to share in the assets on dissolution.
Eligibility
(2) A Canadian carrier is eligible to operate as a telecommunications common carrier if
(a) it is an entity incorporated, organized or continued under the laws of Canada or a province and is Canadian-owned and controlled;
(b) it owns or operates only a transmission facility that is referred to in subsection (5); or
(c) it has annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that represent less than 10% of the total annual revenues, as determined by the Commission, from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada.
Canadian ownership and control
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(a), an entity is Canadian-owned and controlled if
(a) in the case of a corporation, not less than 80% of the members of the board of directors are individual Canadians;
(b) Canadians beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate and otherwise than by way of security only, not less than 80% of the entity’s voting interests; and
(c) the entity is not otherwise controlled by persons that are not Canadians.
(2) Subsection 16(4) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Interdiction
(4) Il est interdit à l’entreprise canadienne d’agir comme entreprise de télécommunication si elle n’y est pas admise aux termes du présent article.
2010, c. 12, s. 2184(2)
(3) The portion of subsection 16(5) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Exemption
(5) Paragraph (2)(a) and subsection (4) do not apply in respect of the ownership or operation of
(4) Section 16 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
Exception
(6) A Canadian carrier that is eligible to operate under paragraph (2)(c) remains eligible to operate even if it has annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that represent 10% or more of the total annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada as long as the increase in its annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada to 10% or more of the total annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada did not result from the acquisition of control of another Canadian carrier or from the acquisition of assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.
Acquisition
(7) A Canadian carrier to which subsection (6) applies is not authorized to acquire control of a Canadian carrier or acquire assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.
Notice
(8) A Canadian carrier that is eligible to operate under paragraph (2)(c) shall notify the Commission when it acquires control of another Canadian carrier or acquires assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.
Affiliates
(9) For the purposes of determining annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada under this section, the annual revenues of a Canadian carrier include the annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada of its affiliates as defined in subsection 35(3).
596. Section 41.2 of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
(c) conduct investigations to determine whether there has been a contravention of any order made under that section.
597. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 41.2:
Fees
41.21 (1) The Commission may make regulations prescribing fees, and respecting their calculation and payment, to be paid by any person who acquires information from the databases or the information, administrative or operational systems referred to in section 41.2 for the purpose of recovering all or a portion of the costs that the Commission determines to be attributable to its responsibilities under that section and that are not recovered under any regulation made under section 68.
Debt due to Her Majesty
(2) Fees required to be paid under this section constitute a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Prepublication of regulations
(3) The Commission shall publish any regulations that it proposes to make under subsection (1) and shall give interested persons a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Commission with respect to the proposed regulations.
Modification after publication
(4) Proposed regulations that are modified after publication need not be published again under subsection (3).
2005, c. 50, s. 1
598. Subsection 41.3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Delegation of powers
41.3 (1) The Commission may, in writing and on specified terms, delegate to any person, including any body created by the Commission for that purpose, any of its powers under section 41.2 and the power to collect fees that it prescribes under subsection 41.21(1).
2005, c. 50, s. 1
599. Subsection 41.4(2) of the Act is repealed.
600. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 41.4:
Financial Administration Act does not apply
41.41 (1) Despite the Financial Administration Act, money collected by a delegate is deemed not to be public money.
Exception — fees
(2) However, any fees that are prescribed under subsection 41.21(1) and collected by the delegate are public money when they are paid to the Receiver General.
Coordinating Amendments
2010, c. 23
601. (1) In this section, “other Act” means An Act to promote the efficiency and adaptability of the Canadian economy by regulating certain activities that discourage reliance on electronic means of carrying out commercial activities, and to amend the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission Act, the Competition Act, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and the Telecommunications Act, chapter 23 of the Statutes of Canada, 2010.
(2) If section 90 of the other Act comes into force before section 596 of this Act, then sections 596 to 600 of this Act are repealed.
(3) If section 90 of the other Act comes into force on the same day as section 596 of this Act, then sections 596 to 600 of this Act are deemed to have come into force before that section 90.
Division 42
1995, c. 44
Employment Equity Act
602. Subsection 42(2) of the Employment Equity Act is replaced by the following:
Federal Contractors Program
(2) The Minister is responsible for the administration of the Federal Contractors Program for Employment Equity.
Division 43
1996, c. 23
Employment Insurance Act
Amendments to the Act
2001, c. 5, s. 3(1)
603. (1) Paragraphs 4(2)(a) and (b) of the Employment Insurance Act are replaced by the following:
(a) the average for the 12-month period ending on April 30 in the preceding year of the Average Weekly Earnings for each month in that period
by
(b) the ratio that the average for the 12-month period ending on April 30 in that preceding year of the Average Weekly Earnings for each month in that 12-month period bears to the average for the 12-month period ending 12 months prior to April 30 of that preceding year of the Average Weekly Earnings for each month in that 12-month period ending 12 months prior to April 30 of that preceding year.
2001, c. 5, s. 3(1)
(2) Subsection 4(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Subsequent years
(3) For years subsequent to the year in which the maximum yearly insurable earnings exceeds $39,000, before rounding down under subsection (4), the maximum yearly insurable earnings is the maximum yearly insurable earnings for the preceding year, before rounding down under that subsection, multiplied by the ratio that the average for the 12-month period ending on April 30 in that preceding year of the Average Weekly Earnings for each month in that 12-month period bears to the average for the 12-month period ending 12 months prior to April 30 of that preceding year of the Average Weekly Earnings for each month in that 12-month period ending 12 months prior to April 30 of that preceding year.
604. Subsections 14(2) to (4.1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Weekly insurable earnings
(2) A claimant’s weekly insurable earnings are their insurable earnings in the calculation period divided by the number of weeks determined in accordance with the following table by reference to the applicable regional rate of unemployment.
table
Regional Rate of Unemployment
Number of Weeks
not more than 6%
22
more than 6% but not more than 7%
21
more than 7% but not more than 8%
20
more than 8% but not more than 9%
19
more than 9% but not more than 10%
18
more than 10% but not more than 11%
17
more than 11% but not more than 12%
16
more than 12% but not more than 13%
15
more than 13%
14
Insurable earnings
(3) Insurable earnings in the calculation period are equal to the total of the following amounts established and calculated in accord-ance with the regulations:
(a) the claimant’s insurable earnings during the calculation period including those from insurable employment that has not ended but not including any insurable earnings paid or payable to the claimant by reason of lay-off or separation from employment in the qualifying period; and
(b) the insurable earnings paid or payable to the claimant, during the qualifying period, by reason of lay-off or separation from employment.
Calculation period
(4) The calculation period of a claimant is the number of weeks, whether consecutive or not, determined in accordance with the table set out in subsection (2) by reference to the applicable regional rate of unemployment, in the claimant’s qualifying period for which he or she received the highest insurable earnings.
2001, c. 34, s. 41(E)
605. Subsections 27(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Employment not suitable
(2) For the purposes of this section, employment is not suitable employment for a claimant if it arises in consequence of a stoppage of work attributable to a labour dispute.
606. Subsection 42(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exception — payment to other governments
(3) If the Government of Canada, a provincial or municipal government or any other prescribed authority pays a person an advance or assistance or a welfare payment for a week that would not be paid if unemployment benefits were paid for that week, and unemployment benefits subsequently become payable to that person for that week, the Commission may, subject to the regulations, deduct from those or any subsequent benefits and pay to the government or the prescribed authority an amount equal to the amount of the advance, assistance or welfare payment paid, if the person had, on or before receiving the advance, assistance or welfare payment, consented to the deduction and payment by the Commission.
607. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 46:
Limitation
46.01 No amount is payable under section 45, or deductible under subsection 46(1), as a repayment of an overpayment of benefits if more than 36 months have elapsed since the lay-off or separation from the employment in relation to which the earnings are paid or payable and, in the opinion of the Commission, the administrative costs of determining the repayment would likely equal or exceed the amount of the repayment.
608. (1) Section 54 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (k):
(k.1) establishing criteria for defining or determining what constitutes suitable employment for different categories of claimants for the purposes of any provision of this Act;
(k.2) establishing criteria for defining or determining what constitutes reasonable and customary efforts for the purposes of subsection 50(8);
(2) Clause 54(z)(i)(A) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(A) weeks are to be considered as weeks for which a claimant has insurable earnings during a calculation period, including the number of those weeks to be considered in that period, and
(3) Subparagraph 54(z)(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) for allocating insurable earnings to a calculation period, for example by including them in that period or excluding them from that period;
2008, c. 28, s. 127; 2010, c. 12, s. 2204(1)
609. (1) Subsection 66(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual premium rate setting
66. (1) Subject to subsection (7) and section 66.3, the Board shall set the premium rate for each year in order to generate just enough premium revenue during that year to ensure that at the end of that year the total of the amounts credited to the Employment Insurance Operating Account after December 31, 2008 is equal to the total of the amounts charged to that Account after that date.
(2) Subsection 66(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is replaced by the following:
Annual premium rate setting
66. (1) Subject to subsection (7) and section 66.3, the Board shall set the premium rate for each year in order to generate just enough premium revenue to ensure that, at the end of the seven-year period that begins at the beginning of that year, the total of the amounts credited to the Employment Insurance Operating Account after December 31, 2008 is equal to the total of the amounts charged to that Account after that date.
2008, c. 28, s. 127; 2010, c. 12, s. 2204(1)
(3) Paragraphs 66(2)(b) and (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(b) the amount by which the Board’s financial assets exceed its financial liabilities;
2008, c. 28, s. 127; 2010, c. 12, s. 2204(1)
(4) Paragraph 66(2)(e) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(e) any changes, announced by the Minister on or before July 31 in a year, to payments to be made under paragraph 77(1)(a), (b) or (c) during the following year; and
2008, c. 28, s. 127; 2010, c. 12, s. 2204(2)
(5) Subsections 66(4) to (7) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Difference year to year
(7) The premium rate may not be increased or decreased by more than five one-hundredths of one per cent (0.05%) from one year to the next.
(6) Section 66 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7):
Non-application
(7.1) Despite subsection (7), the premium rate may be decreased by more than five one-hundredths of one per cent (0.05%) from the year in which this subsection comes into force to the next year.
2008, c. 28, s. 127
(7) Subsection 66(9) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time limit
(9) On or before September 14 in a year, the Board shall set the premium rate for the following year.
2008, c. 28, s. 127; 2010, c. 12, s. 2204(3)
610. (1) The portion of subsection 66.1(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Information provided
66.1 (1) The Minister shall, on or before July 31 in a year, provide the Board with the following information:
2008, c. 28, s. 127; 2010, c. 12, s. 2204(3)
(2) Paragraphs 66.1(1)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) if the Minister has made an announcement referred to in paragraph 66(2)(e), the forecast change in the amount of the payments to be made during each of the following seven years under paragraph 77(1)(a), (b) or (c), as the case may be;
(b) the forecast costs to be paid under paragraphs 77(1)(d) and (f) during each of the following seven years, including any forecast change in those costs resulting from any change to the payments referred to in paragraph (a);
2008, c. 28, s. 127
611. (1) The portion of subsection 66.2(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Information provided
66.2 (1) The Minister of Finance shall, on or before July 31 in a year, provide the Board with the following information:
2008, c. 28, s. 127
(2) Paragraph 66.2(1)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) the most current available forecast values of the economic variables that are relevant to the determination under section 66 of a premium rate for the following year;
2008, c. 28, s. 127
612. (1) The portion of subsection 66.3(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Governor in Council
66.3 (1) On the joint recommendation of the Minister and the Minister of Finance, the Governor in Council may, on or before September 30 in a year,
2008, c. 28, s. 127
(2) Paragraph 66.3(1)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) if the Board has not set a premium rate under that section by September 14 in the year, set one for the following year.
2008, c. 28, s. 128
613. Section 70.1 of the Act is repealed.
2008, c. 28, s. 130; 2010, c. 12, s. 2205
614. (1) The portion of subsection 77.1(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Forecasts and estimates
77.1 (1) On or before July 31 in a year,
2008, c. 28, s. 130; 2010, c. 12, s. 2205
(2) The portion of subsection 77.1(2) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:
Payment to Board
(2) A payment in the amount determined under subsection (3) is to be made on or before August 31 in a year to the Board out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Finance, and charged to the Employment Insurance Operating Account if
2008, c. 28, s. 130; 2010, c. 12, s. 2205
(3) The portion of subsection 77.1(4) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:
Payment by Board
(4) A payment in the amount determined under subsection (5) is to be made on or before August 31 in a year, or at any later date that the Minister of Finance may specify, by the Board to the Consolidated Revenue Fund and credited to the Employment Insurance Operating Account if
2008, c. 28, s. 130; 2010, c. 12, s. 2205
(4) The portion of subsection 77.1(5) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:
Amount of payment by Board
(5) For the purpose of subsection (4), the amount of the payment is an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of the Board’s financial assets less its financial liabilities and the amount calculated in accordance with the following formula:
615. (1) Section 96 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
No refund
(4.1) No refund shall be made to a person under subsection (4) if the person is also a self-employed person to whom Part VII.1 applies and the person’s total earnings from insurable employment and from self-employment calculated in accordance with that Part are more than $2,000 in a year.
(2) Subsection 96(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Refund — insurable earnings over $2,000
(5) If a person who is not a self-employed person to whom Part VII.1 applies has insurable earnings of more than $2,000 in a year, but the insurable earnings minus the aggregate of all deducted amounts mentioned in subsection (4) are less than $2,000, the Minister shall refund to the person an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula if that amount is more than $1:
$2,000 – (IE – P)
where
IE      is the person’s insurable earnings in the year; and
P      is the aggregate of all deducted amounts mentioned in subsection (4).
Refund — combined earnings over $2,000
(5.1) If a person has insurable earnings and is also a self-employed person to whom Part VII.1 applies and the person’s total earnings from insurable employment and from self-employment calculated under that Part are more than $2,000 in a year, but the total earnings minus the aggregate of all deducted amounts mentioned in subsection (4) and the premiums payable under section 152.21 are less than $2,000, the Minister shall refund to the person the lesser of the following amounts if that amount is more than $1:
(a) the aggregate of all deducted amounts mentioned in subsection (4), and
(b) the amount calculated in accordance with the following formula
$2,000 – (TE –TP)
where
TE      is the person’s total earnings from insurable employment and from self-employment calculated under Part VII.1; and
TP      is the aggregate of all deducted amounts mentioned in subsection (4) and the premiums payable under section 152.21.
Transitional Provision
Transitional
616. Section 14 of the Employment Insurance Act, as amended by section 604, applies only to claimants whose benefit period is established on or after April 7, 2013.
2008, c. 28, s. 121
Consequential Amendments to the Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board Act
617. Paragraph 4(b) of the Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board Act is repealed.
618. (1) The portion of subsection 14(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Duties
(3) The chief actuary shall prepare actuarial forecasts and estimates for the purposes of section 66 of the Employment Insurance Act and shall, on or before August 31 in each year, provide the board of directors with
(2) Paragraph 14(3)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the forecast fair market value at the end of the following year of the Board’s financial assets less its financial liabilities;
Coming into Force
April 7, 2013
619. (1) Section 604 and subsections 608(2) and (3) come into force on April 7, 2013.
Order in council
(2) Sections 605 and 607 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
January 1
(3) Subsections 609(2) and (6), 610(2) and 611(2) come into force on January 1 of the first year for which the Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board reports that, by the end of that year, according to its chief actuary’s projections, the total of the amounts credited to the Employment Insurance Operating Account after December 31, 2008, will be equal to or greater than the total of the amounts charged to that Account after that date.
Division 44
1997, c. 36
Customs Tariff
Amendments to the Act
620. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 2710.19.91 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Customs Tariff is amended by striking out the reference to “; Oils and preparations thereof, having a viscosity of 7.44 mm2/sec. or more at 37.8° C”.
621. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 2710.20.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by striking out the reference to “; Oils and preparations thereof, having a viscosity of 7.44 mm2/sec. or more at 37.8° C”.
622. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 9804.10.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “four hundred dollars” with a reference to “eight hundred dollars”.
623. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 9804.20.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “seven hundred and fifty dollars” with a reference to “eight hundred dollars”.
624. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 9804.40.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “fifty dollars” with a reference to “two hundred dollars”.
Coming into Force
March 30, 2012
625. (1) Sections 620 and 621 are deemed to have come into force on March 30, 2012.
June 1, 2012
(2) Sections 622 to 624 come into force on June 1, 2012.
Division 45
1998, c. 10
Canada Marine Act
626. Subsection 8(5) of the Canada Marine Act is replaced by the following:
When Governor in Council approval required
(5) Any provisions of letters patent relating to limits on a port authority’s power to borrow money on its credit for port purposes shall be approved by the Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister and the Minister of Finance, before the letters patent are issued.
Division 46
1999, c. 24
First Nations Land Management Act
627. Subsection 2(1) of the First Nations Land Management Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“Surveyor General”« arpenteur général »
“Surveyor General” has the same meaning as in subsection 2(1) of the Canada Lands Surveys Act.
628. Paragraph 6(1)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) a description of the land that is to be subject to the land code that the Surveyor General may prepare or cause to be prepared or any other description that is, in the Surveyor General’s opinion, sufficient to identify those lands;
629. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 6:
Survey not mandatory
6.1 If the Surveyor General prepares or causes to be prepared a description of lands under paragraph 6(1)(a), the Surveyor General may, if he or she considers it appropriate, survey or have those lands surveyed in accordance with the Canada Lands Surveys Act.
630. (1) The portion of subsection 7(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Excluded land
7. (1) Despite subsection 6(1), a portion of a reserve may be excluded from the application of a land code if
(2) Subsection 7(3) of the Act is repealed.
631. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 7:
Exclusion — boundaries of reserve uncertain
7.1 (1) Despite subsection 6(1), land may be excluded from the application of a land code if it is uncertain whether the land is located within the boundaries of the reserve.
Land subject to lease, other interest or right
(2) If the exclusion of the land would have the effect of placing the administration of a lease, other interest or a right in that land in more than one land management regime, then all the land that is subject to that lease, other interest or right shall be excluded from the application of the land code.
Limitation — effects of exclusion
(3) The exclusion of the land does not preclude the First Nation or Her Majesty from asserting in an action, a lawsuit or other proceeding that the land is part of the reserve.
Inclusion of previously excluded land
7.2 A First Nation shall amend the description of First Nation land in its land code to include a portion of a reserve excluded under subsection 7(1) or land excluded under subsection 7.1(1) if the First Nation and the Minister agree that the condition that justified the exclusion no longer exists, and the individual agreement shall be amended accordingly.
632. Subsection 13(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Copy and declaration
13. (1) If a First Nation votes to approve a land code and an individual agreement, its council shall, after the conclusion of the vote, send to the verifier
(a) without delay, a copy of the approved code and a declaration that the code and agreement were approved in accordance with section 12; and
(b) as soon as the circumstances permit, a copy of the individual agreement signed by the First Nation and the Minister.
633. The portion of subsection 14(1) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Certification
14. (1) The verifier shall, after receiving the documents referred to in subsection 13(1), certify the validity of the land code unless the verifier, after giving the First Nation and the Minister a reasonable opportunity to make submissions on the matter but within 10 days after the conclusion of the vote, is of the opinion that
634. Subsection 15(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Coming into force
15. (1) Subject to subsection (1.1), a land code comes into force and has the force of law on the day on which it is certified or on any other later date that may be specified in or under the land code, and judicial notice shall be taken of the land code in any proceedings from the date of the coming into force of that land code.
Limitation
(1.1) A land code is not to come into force before the day on which the individual agreement is signed by the First Nation and the Minister.
635. Section 21 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Environmental protection regime
21. (1) After the coming into force of a land code, a First Nation shall, to the extent provided in the Framework Agreement, develop and implement through First Nation laws an envi-ronmental protection regime. The regime must be developed in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in the Framework Agreement.
Minimum standards
(2) The standards of environmental protection established by First Nation laws and the punishments imposed for failure to meet those standards must be at least equivalent in their effect to any standards established and punishments imposed by the laws of the province in which the First Nation land is situated.
Environmental assessment regime
(3) First Nation laws respecting environmental assessment must, to the extent provided in the Framework Agreement, establish, in accord-ance with that Agreement, an environmental assessment regime that is applicable to all projects carried out on First Nation land that are approved, regulated, funded or undertaken by the First Nation.
636. Section 45 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Addition of band name
45. (1) The Governor in Council may, by order, add the name of a band to the schedule if he or she is satisfied that the signing of the Framework Agreement on the band’s behalf has been duly authorized and that the Framework Agreement has been signed.
Coming-into-force date of land code
(2) The Minister may, by order, add to the schedule the date on which a land code comes into force with respect to First Nation lands.
Deletion of band name
(3) The Governor in Council may, by order, delete from the schedule the name of a First Nation and the date on which a land code comes into force with respect to the First Nation’s lands, if that First Nation is no longer subject to this Act under the terms of a land claims agreement or a self-government agreement.
637. The portion of the schedule to the Act before section 1 is replaced by the following:
SCHEDULE 
(Sections 2 and 45)
NAMES OF FIRST NATIONS AND COMING-INTO-FORCE DATES OF LAND CODES
Item
Column 1 First Nation that has signed the Framework Agreement
Column 2 Land code coming-into-force date
638. Item numbers 1 to 58 of the schedule to the Act are repositioned vertically under the heading “Item” of that schedule and the corresponding First Nations’ names are repositioned vertically under column 1 of that schedule.
639. Item 3 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
3.
November 1, 2000
640. Item 7 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
7.
January 1, 2000
641. Items 9 to 11 of the schedule to the Act are amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
9.
10.
11.
August 1, 2002
July 1, 2003
January 1, 2000
642. Item 13 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
13.
January 1, 2000
643. Items 17 to 23 of the schedule to the Act are amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
January 1, 2004
February 1, 2005
August 1, 2009
March 1, 2009
October 1, 2011
August 1, 2003
May 1, 2004
644. Item 25 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
25.
May 29, 2007
645. Items 28 to 30 of the schedule to the Act are amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
28.
29.
30.
September 1, 2005
June 6, 2007
September 30, 2004
646. Item 34 of the schedule to the Act is repealed.
647. Items 35 to 39 of the schedule to the Act are amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
November 25, 2005
May 20, 2003
January 8, 2007
February 1, 2007
February 1, 2010
648. Items 41 to 46 of the schedule to the Act are amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
October 1, 2010
January 1, 2010
February 26, 2009
September 1, 2009
July 29, 2008
August 21, 2008
649. Items 48 and 49 of the schedule to the Act are amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
48.
49.
December 7, 2009
September 6, 2010
650. Item 52 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
52.
August 1, 2011
651. Item 58 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following in column 2:
Item
Column 2
Land code coming-into-force date
58.
August 5, 2010
Replacement — initial capitals
652. The English version of the Act is amended by replacing “first nation” or “first nations” with “First Nation” or “First Nations”, respectively, in the following provisions:
(a) the definitions “council”, “eligible vot-er”, “first nation”, “first nation land”, “first nation law”, “first nation member”, “Framework Agreement”, “individual agreement”, “interest”, “land code”, “licence” and “right” in subsection 2(1);
(b) section 5;
(c) the portion of subsection 6(1) before paragraph (a);
(d) paragraphs 6(1)(b) to (l);
(e) subsections 6(2) and (3);
(f) paragraph 7(1)(d);
(g) sections 8 to 12;
(h) subsections 14(2) and (3);
(i) subsection 15(2);
(j) sections 16 to 20;
(k) sections 22 to 34; and
(l) sections 38 to 44.
Division 47
1999, c. 29
Canada Travelling Exhibitions Indemnification Act
653. Paragraphs 3(3)(a) and (b) of the Canada Travelling Exhibitions Indemnification Act are replaced by the following:
(a) $600,000,000, or any other amount that is provided by an appropriation Act or other Act of Parliament, in respect of each travelling exhibition; and
(b) $3,000,000,000, or any other amount that is provided by an appropriation Act or other Act of Parliament, at any given time in respect of all travelling exhibitions.
Division 48
2002, c. 9, s. 2
Canadian Air Transport Security Authority Act
654. Section 17 of the Canadian Air Transport Security Authority Act is replaced by the following:
Appointment and tenure
17. The chief executive officer of the Authority is to be appointed by the Governor in Council to hold office during pleasure for any term that the Governor in Council considers appropriate.
655. Section 19 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Incapacity or vacancy
19. In the event of the absence or incapacity of, or a vacancy in the office of, the chief executive officer, the board may appoint an employee of the Authority to exercise the powers and perform the duties and functions of the chief executive officer, but the employee has no authority to act as chief executive officer for a period exceeding 90 days without the approval of the Governor in Council.
Division 49
2005, c. 9
First Nations Fiscal and Statistical Management Act
Amendments to the Act
656. The long title of the First Nations Fiscal and Statistical Management Act is replaced by the following:
An Act to provide for real property taxation powers of first nations, to create a First Nations Tax Commission, First Nations Financial Management Board and First Nations Finance Authority and to make consequential amendments to other Acts
657. (1) The sixth paragraph of the preamble to the Act is repealed.
(2) The ninth paragraph of the preamble to the Act is replaced by the following:
Whereas, by 1999, first nations and the Government of Canada recognized the benefits of establishing statutory institutions as part of a comprehensive fiscal management system;
658. Section 1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the First Nations Fiscal Management Act.
659. (1) The definition “First Nations Statistical Institute” in subsection 2(1) of the Act is repealed.
(2) The definition “first nation” in subsection 2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“first nation”« première nation »
“first nation” means a band named in the schedule.
660. Part 5 of the Act is repealed.
661. (1) Subsection 132(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Conflict of interest
132. (1) No person who is appointed to, or is employed by, a commission, board or authority established under this Act shall be appointed to, or be employed by, any other commission, board or authority established under this Act.
(2) Subsection 132(2) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Conflict of interest
(2) No person referred to in subsection (1) shall accept or hold any office or employment that is inconsistent with that person’s duties or take part in any matter involving the commission, board or authority in which that person has an interest.
2006, c. 9, s. 8
(3) Subsection 132(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Conflict of interest
(3) All persons appointed to a commission or board established under this Act shall comply with the Conflict of Interest Act as though they were public office holders as defined in that Act.
662. Sections 133 and 134 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Liability of Her Majesty
133. (1) No person has a right to receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada in respect of any claim against the First Nations Tax Commission, First Nations Financial Management Board or First Nations Finance Authority arising from its exercise of, or its failure to exercise, any of the powers or functions of that Commission, Board or Authority, as the case may be, including any claim against the First Nations Tax Commission as an agent of Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Insurance required
(2) The First Nations Tax Commission, First Nations Financial Management Board and First Nations Finance Authority shall maintain in good standing at all times the insurance coverage required by any regulations made under paragraph 140(b).
No appropriation
134. No payment to the First Nations Tax Commission, First Nations Financial Management Board or First Nations Finance Authority may be made under an appropriation by Parliament authorized under an Act of Parliament to enable the Commission, Board or Authority to satisfy any claim referred to in subsection 133(1).
663. Section 136 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limit of liability
136. No civil proceedings lie against a commissioner or employee of the First Nations Tax Commission, or any director or employee of the First Nations Financial Management Board, for anything done, or omitted to be done, in the exercise or purported exercise in good faith of any power, or in the performance or purported performance in good faith of any duty, of that person in accordance with this Act.
664. Subsection 139(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Official languages
139. (1) For greater certainty, the provisions of the Official Languages Act applicable to federal institutions apply to the First Nations Tax Commission.
665. Paragraph 140(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) prescribing the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the First Nations Tax Commission, First Nations Financial Management Board and First Nations Finance Authority in respect of liabilities referred to in subsection 133(1).
666. Section 146 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Review and evaluation
146. Within seven years after the day on which this Act receives royal assent, the Minister, after consultation with the First Nations Tax Commission, First Nations Financial Management Board and First Nations Finance Authority, shall review the provisions and operation of this Act and the operations of those institutions, and submit a report to each House of Parliament on that review, including any changes that the Minister recommends relating to the evolution of the mandate and the operation of those institutions.
Transitional Provisions
Definition
667. In sections 668 to 673, “Institute” means the First Nations Statistical Institute.
Appointments terminated
668. (1) Directors of the Institute, including the Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson, cease to hold office on the coming into force of this subsection.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a director of the Institute, including as the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson, has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
References
669. Every reference to the Institute in a deed, contract or other document executed by the Institute in its own name is to be read, unless the context otherwise requires, as a reference to Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Minister authorized
670. The Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of all of the Institute’s assets and to do everything necessary for or incidental to closing out the Institute’s affairs.
Surplus
671. (1) Any surplus that remains after the satisfaction of the Institute’s debts and liabilities and the winding-up charges, costs and expenses belongs to Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Unsatisfied debts and liabilities
(2) Any of the Institute’s debts and liabilities that remain unsatisfied on the day on which the Institute is dissolved become the debts and liabilities of Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Exception
(3) Despite subsection (2), Her Majesty in right of Canada is not liable in respect of any claim against the Institute arising from its exercise of, or its failure to exercise, any of its powers or functions.
Commencement of legal proceedings
672. (1) Any action, suit or other legal proceeding in respect of an obligation or liability incurred by the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development in closing out the Institute’s affairs may be brought against Her Majesty in right of Canada in any court that would have had jurisdiction if the action, suit or other legal proceeding had been brought against the Institute.
Continuation of legal proceedings
(2) Any action, suit or other legal proceeding to which the Institute is a party — other than an action, suit or legal proceeding in respect of any claim against the Institute arising from its exercise of, or failure to exercise, any of its powers or functions — that is pending in a court on the coming into force of this subsection may be continued by or against Her Majesty in right of Canada in the same manner and to the same extent as it could have been continued by or against the Institute.
Limit of liability
673. No civil proceedings lie against a former director or employee of the Institute for anything done, or omitted to be done, in the exercise or purported exercise in good faith of any power, or in the performance or purported performance in good faith of any duty, of that person in accordance with the First Nations Fiscal Management Act, as that Act read immediately before the coming into force of section 660.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
2005, c. 9, s. 147
674. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
First Nations Statistical Institute
Institut de la statistique des premières nations
2005, c. 9, s. 148
675. Schedule II to the Act is amended by striking out the reference to
First Nations Fiscal and Statistical Management Act
Loi sur la gestion financière et statistique des premières nations
and the corresponding reference to “section 108”.
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
2005, c. 9, s. 149
676. Part I of Schedule III to the Financial Administration Act is amended by striking out the following:
First Nations Statistical Institute
Institut de la statistique des premières nations
R.S., c. I-5
Indian Act
2005, c. 9, s. 150
677. The portion of subsection 87(1) of the Indian Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Property exempt from taxation
87. (1) Notwithstanding any other Act of Parliament or any Act of the legislature of a province, but subject to section 83 and section 5 of the First Nations Fiscal Management Act, the following property is exempt from taxation:
2005, c. 9, s. 151
678. Section 88 of the Act is replaced by the following:
General provincial laws applicable to Indians
88. Subject to the terms of any treaty and any other Act of Parliament, all laws of general application from time to time in force in any province are applicable to and in respect of Indians in the province, except to the extent that those laws are inconsistent with this Act or the First Nations Fiscal Management Act, or with any order, rule, regulation or law of a band made under those Acts, and except to the extent that those provincial laws make provision for any matter for which provision is made by or under those Acts.
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
2005, c. 9, s. 152
679. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
First Nations Statistical Institute
Institut de la statistique des premières nations
2004, c. 17
Westbank First Nation Self-Government Act
2005, c. 9, s. 153
680. The portion of section 8.1 of the Westbank First Nation Self-Government Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
First Nations Fiscal Management Act
8.1 Notwithstanding any provision of this Act or the Agreement, for the purpose of enabling the Westbank First Nation to benefit from the provisions of the First Nations Fiscal Management Act or obtain the services of any body established under that Act, the Governor in Council may make any regulations that the Governor in Council considers necessary, including regulations
Coming into Force
Order in council
681. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 50
2005, c. 21
Canadian Forces Members and Veterans Re-establishment and Compensation Act
Amendments to the Act
2011, c. 12, ss. 3 to 5
682. Sections 3 to 5 of the Canadian Forces Members and Veterans Re-establishment and Compensation Act are replaced by the following:
Eligibility — veterans and survivors
3. The Minister may, on application, pay or reimburse fees in respect of the provision of prescribed career transition services to a veteran or their survivor if the veteran or survivor meets the prescribed eligibility criteria.
2011, c. 12, s. 17(1)
683. (1) Paragraph 94(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) respecting the time and manner of making an application under this Act for rehabilitation services, vocational assistance, compensation or payment or reimbursement of fees in respect of career transition services, and respecting the information that is required to accompany the application;
2011, c. 12, s. 17(2)
(2) Paragraph 94(e) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d.1) setting out, for the purposes of section 3, criteria in respect of the eligibility of providers of career transition services and of those services;
(d.2) providing for the payment or reim-bursement of fees in respect of the provision of career transition services, including a maximum amount of fees that may be paid or reimbursed, under section 3;
(e) respecting the provision of information or documents to the Minister by any person who applies for or is in receipt of rehabilitation services, vocational assistance, an earnings loss benefit, a Canadian Forces income support benefit, a permanent impairment allowance, a clothing allowance or a payment or reimbursement of fees in respect of career transition services under this Act, and authorizing the Minister to suspend the delivery of the services or assistance, the payment of the benefit or allowance or the payment or reimbursement of fees until the information or documents are provided;
Coming into Force
Order in council
684. This Division comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 51
2005, c. 35
Repeal of the Department Of Social Development Act
Repeal
Repeal
685. The Department of Social Development Act, chapter 35 of the Statutes of Canada, 2005, is repealed.
National Council of Welfare
National Council of Welfare
686. (1) Members of the National Council of Welfare cease to hold office on the coming into force of this subsection.
Former members not entitled to relief
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a member of the National Council of Welfare has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by the operation of this Division.
2005, c. 34
Related Amendment to the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act
687. Sections 5 to 8 of the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development Act are replaced by the following:
Powers, duties and functions
5. (1) The Minister’s powers, duties and functions extend to and include all matters relating to human resources and skills development in Canada or the social development of Canada over which Parliament has jurisdiction and which are not by law assigned to any other Minister, department, board or agency of the Government of Canada.
Exercise of powers
(2) The Minister shall exercise the powers and perform the duties and functions
(a) relating to human resources and skills development with a view to improving the standard of living and quality of life of all Canadians by promoting a highly skilled and mobile workforce and an efficient and inclusive labour market; and
(b) relating to social development with a view to promoting social well-being and income security.
Powers
6. In exercising the powers and performing the duties and functions assigned to the Minister under this or any other Act, the Minister may
(a) subject to the Statistics Act, collect, analyse, interpret, publish and distribute information relating to human resources and skills development or to social development; and
(b) cooperate with provincial authorities with a view to coordinating efforts for human resources and skills development or for social development.
Programs
7. The Minister may, in exercising the powers and performing the duties and functions assigned by this Act, establish and implement programs designed to support projects or other activities that contribute to the development of the human resources of Canada and the skills of Canadians, or that contribute to the social development of Canada, and the Minister may make grants and contributions in support of the programs.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
2005, c. 35, s. 54
688. Schedule I to the Financial Administration Act is amended by striking out the following:
Department of Social Development
Ministère du Développement social
2006, c. 9, s. 270
689. Part I of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by striking out the following:
Department of Social Development
Ministère du Développement social
R.S., c. S-3
Salaries Act
2005, c. 35, s. 65
690. Paragraph 4(2)(z.3) of the Salaries Act is repealed.
2005, c. 16, s. 20(1)
691. Paragraph 4.1(3)(z.21) of the Act is repealed.
R.S., c. 1 (5th Supp.)
Income Tax Act
692. Subparagraph 241(4)(d)(x) of the Income Tax Act is replaced by the following:
(x) to an official of the Canada Employment Insurance Commission or the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development, solely for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of the Employment Insurance Act, an employment program of the Government of Canada or the evaluation or formation of policy for that Act or program,
1991, c. 30
Public Sector Compensation Act
2005, c. 35, s. 64
693. Schedule I to the Public Sector Compensation Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “DEPARTMENTS”:
Department of Social Development
Ministère du Développement social
Terminology Changes
Replacement of “Minister of Social Development”
694. Unless the context requires otherwise, “Minister of Social Development” is replaced by “Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development” in any other Act of Parliament, and more particularly in the following:
(a) in the Canada Pension Plan,
(i) the definition “province providing a comprehensive pension plan” in subsection 3(1),
(ii) subsections 3(2) and (3),
(iii) subsection 4(3),
(iv) subsections 26.1(1) and (2),
(v) section 27,
(vi) paragraph 27.2(1)(a),
(vii) the definition “Minister” in subsection 42(1),
(viii) the definition “Minister” in section 91, and
(ix) subsection 117(1);
(b) section 3 of the Energy Costs Assistance Measures Act;
(c) in the Family Orders and Agreements Enforcement Assistance Act,
(i) paragraph (a) of the definition “information bank director” in section 2, and
(ii) the portion of section 6 before paragraph (a);
(d) in the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act,
(i) subsection 13(3),
(ii) the definition “Minister” in section 18,
(iii) section 23.1,
(iv) subsection 24.3(2),
(v) the definition “Minister” in section 24.9,
(vi) section 25.8, and
(vii) paragraph 40(f);
(e) subsection 122.64(1) of the Income Tax Act; and
(f) in the Old Age Security Act,
(i) the definition “Minister” in section 2, and
(ii) section 46.
Replacement of “Department of Social Development”
695. (1) Unless the context requires otherwise, “Department of Social Development” is replaced by “Department of Human Resources and Skills Development” in any other Act of Parliament, and more particularly in the following:
(a) in the Canada Pension Plan,
(i) paragraph 66(3)(d), and
(ii) subsection 103(3);
(b) paragraph 81(d) of the Canadian Forces Members and Veterans Re-establishment and Compensation Act;
(c) paragraph 6.7(d) of the Department of Veterans Affairs Act;
(d) in the Family Orders and Agreements Enforcement Assistance Act,
(i) paragraphs 6(a) and (b), and
(ii) section 15;
(e) paragraph 122.64(2)(b) of the Income Tax Act;
(f) paragraph 109.2(d) of the Pension Act; and
(g) paragraph 30(2)(c) of the War Veterans Allowance Act.
Replacement — English version
(2) Every reference to “Department of Social Development” is replaced by a reference to “Department of Human Resources and Skills Development” in the English version of paragraph (a) of the definition “information bank director” in section 2 of the Family Orders and Agreements Enforcement Assistance Act.
Coming into Force
Order in council
696. Sections 685 to 695 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 52
2005, c. 47, s. 1
Wage Earner Protection Program Act
Amendment to the Act
2011, c. 24, s. 163
697. Subparagraph (a)(i) of the definition “eligible wages” in subsection 2(1) of the English version of the Wage Earner Protection Program Act is replaced by the following:
(i) the six-month period ending on the date of the bankruptcy or the first day on which there was a receiver in relation to the former employer, and
Coming into Force
December 15, 2011
698. This Division is deemed to have come into force on December 15, 2011.
Division 53
2007, c. 30
Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act
Repeal
699. The Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act, chapter 30 of the Statutes of Canada, 2007, is repealed.
Division 54
2001, c. 27
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act
Amendments to the Act
700. Subsection 2(2) of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act is replaced by the following:
Act includes regulations and instructions
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Act to “this Act” include regulations made under it and instructions given under subsection 14.1(1).
701. Section 4 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development
(2.1) In making regulations under paragraphs 32(d.1) to (d.3), the Governor in Council may confer powers and duties on the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development.
702. Section 5 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Application
(1.1) Regulations made under this Act that apply in respect of sponsorship applications or applications for permanent or temporary resident visas, permanent or temporary resident status or work or study permits may, if they so provide, apply in respect of any such applications that are pending on the day on which the regulations are made, other than
(a) applications to become a permanent resident made in Canada by protected persons; and
(b) applications for permanent resident visas made by persons referred to in subsection 99(2) and sponsorship applications made in respect of those applications.
703. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 14:
Minister’s Instructions
Economic immigration
14.1 (1) For the purpose of supporting the attainment of economic goals established by the Government of Canada, the Minister may give instructions establishing a class of permanent residents as part of the economic class referred to in subsection 12(2) and, in respect of the class that is established, governing any matter referred to in paragraphs 14(2)(a) to (g), 26(a), (b), (d) and (e) and 32(d) and the fees for processing applications for permanent resident visas or for permanent resident status and providing for cases in which those fees may be waived.
Limitation
(2) Despite any instruction given by the Minister under paragraph 87.3(3)(c), no more than 2,750 applications in a class established under subsection (1) may be processed in any year.
Application of regulations
(3) Subject to subsection (4), regulations that apply to all classes prescribed under subsection 14(2) that are part of the economic class referred to in subsection 12(2) apply to a class established under subsection (1).
Exception
(4) The Minister may specify in an instruction that regulations made under subsection 14(2), paragraph 26(a), (b), (d) or (e) or 32(d) or section 89 do not apply to a class established under subsection (1).
Non-application of regulations
(5) For greater certainty, regulations that apply to only one class prescribed under subsection 14(2) that is part of the economic class referred to in subsection 12(2) — or to only certain classes that are part of that economic class — do not apply to a class established under subsection (1). However, an instruction given under that subsection may specify otherwise.
Non-application of instructions
(6) The instructions do not apply in respect of a class prescribed by the regulations.
Compliance with instructions
(7) An officer must comply with the instructions before processing an application and when processing one.
Amendments to instructions
(8) An instruction that amends another instruction may, if it so provides, apply in respect of applications in a class established by the original instruction that are pending on the day on which the amending instruction takes effect.
Effective period — limitation
(9) An instruction given under subsection (1) has effect for the period specified in the instruction, which is not to exceed five years starting on the day on which the instruction first takes effect. No amendment to or renewal of an instruction may extend the five-year period.
Pending applications
(10) Despite subsection (9), the Minister may direct officers to process, after the end of the effective period of an instruction, applications in a class established by the instruction that were made during the period in which the instruction had effect.
User Fees Act
(11) The User Fees Act does not apply in respect of the fees referred to in subsection (1).
Publication
(12) Instructions must be published in the Canada Gazette.
704. Subsection 27(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Conditions
(2) A permanent resident must comply with any conditions imposed under the regulations or under instructions given under subsection 14.1(1).
705. Section 32 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(d.1) in relation to the authorization of a foreign national to work in Canada — including in relation to a work permit — the requirements that may or must be imposed on the employer in question, or that may or must be varied or cancelled;
(d.2) the power to inspect, for the purpose of verifying compliance with the requirements imposed on an employer in relation to the work permit of a foreign national that authorizes the foreign national to work in Canada temporarily;
(d.3) the consequences of a failure to comply with the requirements referred to in paragraph (d.2);
2008, c. 28, s. 118
706. (1) Subsection 87.3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application
87.3 (1) This section applies to applications for visas or other documents made under subsection 11(1), other than those made by persons referred to in subsection 99(2), to sponsorship applications made by persons referred to in subsection 13(1), to applications for permanent resident status under subsection 21(1) or temporary resident status under subsection 22(1) made by foreign nationals in Canada, to applications for work or study permits and to requests under subsection 25(1) made by foreign nationals outside Canada.
2008, c. 28, s. 118
(2) The portion of subsection 87.3(3) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Instructions
(3) Pour l’application du paragraphe (2), le ministre peut donner des instructions sur le traitement des demandes, notamment des instructions :
a) prévoyant les groupes de demandes à l’égard desquels s’appliquent les instructions;
(3) Subsection 87.3(3) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
(a.1) establishing conditions, by category or otherwise, that must be met before or during the processing of an application or request;
2008, c. 28, s. 118
(4) Paragraphs 87.3(3)(b) to (d) of the French version of the Act are replaced by the following:
b) prévoyant l’ordre de traitement des demandes, notamment par groupe;
c) précisant le nombre de demandes à traiter par an, notamment par groupe;
d) régissant la disposition des demandes dont celles faites de nouveau.
(5) Section 87.3 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Application
(3.1) An instruction may, if it so provides, apply in respect of pending applications or requests that are made before the day on which the instruction takes effect.
Clarification
(3.2) For greater certainty, an instruction given under paragraph (3)(c) may provide that the number of applications or requests, by category or otherwise, to be processed in any year be set at zero.
707. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 87.3:
Federal Skilled Workers
Application made before February 27, 2008
87.4 (1) An application by a foreign national for a permanent resident visa as a member of the prescribed class of federal skilled workers that was made before February 27, 2008 is terminated if, before March 29, 2012, it has not been established by an officer, in accordance with the regulations, whether the applicant meets the selection criteria and other requirements appli-cable to that class.
Application
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an application in respect of which a superior court has made a final determination unless the determination is made on or after March 29, 2012.
Effect
(3) The fact that an application is terminated under subsection (1) does not constitute a decision not to issue a permanent resident visa.
Fees returned
(4) Any fees paid to the Minister in respect of the application referred to in subsection (1) — including for the acquisition of permanent resident status — must be returned, without interest, to the person who paid them. The amounts payable may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund.
No recourse or indemnity
(5) No person has a right of recourse or indemnity against Her Majesty in connection with an application that is terminated under subsection (1).
708. Section 92 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Incorporated material — instructions
(1.1) An instruction given by the Minister under this Act may incorporate by reference any material, regardless of its source.
2008, c. 28
Amendment to the Budget Implementation Act, 2008
709. Section 120 of the Budget Implementation Act, 2008 is repealed.
Coordinating Amendments
Bill C-31
710. (1) Subsections (2) and (3) apply if Bill C-31, introduced in the 1st session of the 41st Parliament and entitled the Protecting Canada’s Immigration System Act (referred to as “the other Act” in this section), receives royal assent.
(2) On the first day on which both section 29 of the other Act and section 706 of this Act are in force, subsection 87.3(1) of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act is replaced by the following:
Application
87.3 (1) This section applies to applications for visas or other documents made under subsection 11(1), other than those made by persons referred to in subsection 99(2), to sponsorship applications made under subsection 13(1), to applications for permanent resident status under subsection 21(1) or temporary resident status under subsection 22(1) made by foreign nationals in Canada, to applications for work or study permits and to requests under subsection 25(1) made by foreign nationals outside Canada.
(3) On the first day on which both section 30 of the other Act and section 703 of this Act are in force, subsection 14.1(4) of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(4) The Minister may specify in an instruction that regulations made under subsection 14(2), paragraph 26(a), (b), (d) or (e) or 32(d) or subsection 89(1) do not apply to a class established under subsection (1).
Division 55
Shared Services Canada
Shared Services Canada Act
Enactment of Act
711. The Shared Services Canada Act is enacted as follows:
An Act to establish Shared Services Canada
Preamble
Recognizing that
the Government of Canada wishes to stand­ardize and consolidate, within a single shared services entity, certain administrative services that support government institutions; and
doing so will enable those services to be provided more effectively and will support the efficient use of public money;
Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons, enacts as follows:
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Shared Services Canada Act.
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
2. The following definitions apply in this Act.
“Crown corporation”« société d’État »
“Crown corporation” has the same meaning as in subsection 83(1) of the Financial Administration Act.
“department”« ministère »
“department” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Financial Administration Act.
“President”« président »
“President” means the President of Shared Services Canada appointed under subsection 10(1).
DESIGNATION OF MINISTER
Power of Governor in Council
3. The Governor in Council may designate a member of the Queen’s Privy Council for Canada to be the Minister for the purposes of this Act.
ESTABLISHMENT
Establishment
4. A department is established, called Shared Services Canada, for the purpose of assisting the Minister in providing the services specified under section 6.
Minister
5. The Minister presides over Shared Serv-ices Canada and has the management and direction of it.
POWERS, DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS
Governor in Council
6. The Governor in Council may specify
(a) the services that the Minister must provide through Shared Services Canada;
(b) the services that the Minister may provide through Shared Services Canada;
(c) the departments that must obtain a service that is specified under paragraph (a) exclusively from the Minister through Shared Services Canada and that are not permitted to meet their requirement for that service internally;
(d) the departments and Crown corporations to which the Minister is permitted to provide services through Shared Services Canada;
(e) the departments and Crown corporations to which the Minister is not permitted to provide services through Shared Services Canada; and
(f) terms and conditions respecting the provision of the specified services.
Minister
7. The Minister may, for the purpose of providing services under this Act, exercise any of the powers, duties or functions that are set out in paragraph 6(a), (b), (c) or (g) of the Department of Public Works and Government Services Act in respect of departments and Crown corporations to which those services are provided.
Governor in Council's approval
8. The Minister may — with the Governor in Council’s approval, given on a general or a specific basis — provide the services that are specified under paragraph 6(a) or (b) through Shared Services Canada to any person, organization or government, including a foreign government.
Charging for services
9. The Minister may, subject to any regulations that the Treasury Board makes for the purposes of this section, charge for the services that are provided under this Act.
ORGANIZATION AND HEAD OFFICE
President
10. (1) The Governor in Council is to appoint a President of Shared Services Canada to hold office during pleasure.
Executive Vice-president
(2) The Governor in Council may appoint an Executive Vice-president of Shared Services Canada to hold office during pleasure.
President
11. (1) The President is the deputy head of Shared Services Canada.
Executive Vice-president
(2) The Executive Vice-president is to act as President if that office is vacant or if the President is absent or incapacitated.
Remuneration
12. The President and the Executive Vice-president are to be paid the remuneration that is fixed by the Governor in Council.
Head office
13. The head office of Shared Services Canada is to be in the National Capital Region that is described in the schedule to the National Capital Act.
HUMAN RESOURCES
Appointment of employees
14. The employees that are necessary for the conduct of Shared Services Canada’s work are to be appointed in accordance with the Public Service Employment Act.
GENERAL
Access to Information Act
15. For greater certainty, for the purposes of the Access to Information Act, the records of other government institutions as defined in that Act or of other organizations that are, on behalf of those institutions or organizations, contained in or carried on Shared Services Canada’s information technology systems are not under the control of Shared Services Canada.
Privacy Act
16. For greater certainty, for the purposes of the Privacy Act, personal information that is collected by other government institutions as defined in that Act or by other organizations and that is, on behalf of those institutions or organizations, contained in or carried on Shared Services Canada’s information technology systems is not under the control of Shared Services Canada.
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
Definitions
Definitions
17. The following definitions apply in sections 18 to 20.
“former department”« ancien ministère »
“former department” means the portion of the federal public administration known as Shared Services Canada.
“new department”« nouveau ministère »
“new department” means Shared Services Canada as established by section 4.
Former Department
President
18. (1) The person occupying the position of President of the former department on the day on which this section comes into force becomes President of the new department on that day and is deemed to have been appointed under subsection 10(1).
Employees
(2) Nothing in this Act is to be construed as affecting the status of an employee who, immediately before the coming into force of this section, occupied a position in the former department, except that the employee is, on the coming into force of this section, to occupy that position in the new department.
Definition of “employee”
(3) In subsection (2), “employee” has the same meaning as in subsection 2(1) of the Public Service Employment Act.
Transfer of appropriations
19. (1) Any amount that is appropriated, for the fiscal year in which this section comes into force, by an appropriation Act based on the Estimates for that year for defraying the federal public administration’s charges and expenses for the former department that is unexpended on the day on which this section comes into force is deemed, on that day, to be an amount appropriated for defraying the federal public administration’s charges and expenses for the new department.
Transfer of powers, duties and functions
(2) If a power, duty or function is vested in or exercisable by the former department’s President or an employee of the former department under any Act, order, rule or regulation, or any contract, lease, licence or other document, that power, duty or function is vested in or is exercisable by the new department’s President or an employee of the new department.
References
20. (1) A reference to the former department in any of the following is deemed to be a reference to the new department:
(a) Schedule I to the Access to Information Act under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”;
(b) the schedule to the Privacy Act;
(c) any order of the Governor in Council made under subsection 3.2(2) of the Access to Information Act;
(d) any order of the Governor in Council made under subsection 3.1(2) of the Privacy Act;
(e) any order of the Governor in Council made under the definition “department” in subsection 2(1) of the Public Service Employment Act; and
(f) Schedules I.1, IV and VI to the Financial Administration Act.
Deputy head
(2) The designation of a person as deputy head of the former department in any of the following is deemed to be a designation of the President of the new department as deputy head of that department:
(a) any order of the Governor in Council made under paragraph 29(e) of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service Act; and
(b) any order of the Governor in Council made under the definition “deputy head” in subsection 2(1) of the Public Service Employment Act.
1996, c. 16
Consequential Amendment to the Department of Public Works and Government Services Act
2007, c. 29, s. 153
712. Section 9.1 of the Department of Public Works and Government Services Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
9.1 Section 9 does not apply to
(a) a department within the meaning of paragraph (c) of the definition “department” in section 2 of the Financial Administration Act; or
(b) the department that is established under section 4 of the Shared Services Canada Act.
Division 56 
2004, c. 2
Assisted Human Reproduction Act
Amendments to the Act
713. (1) The definitions “assisted reproduction procedure”, “consent”, “controlled activity”, “health reporting information” and “licence” in section 3 of the Assisted Human Reproduction Act are repealed.
(2) The definition “Agency” in section 3 of the Act is repealed.
714. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 4:
Non-application
4.1 The Human Pathogens and Toxins Act does not apply in respect of sperm, ova and in vitro embryos to be used for the purpose of assisted human reproduction.
715. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 4.1:
Non-application
4.2 The Food and Drugs Act does not apply in respect of sperm and ova to be used for the purpose of assisted human reproduction.
716. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 9:
Purpose
10. (1) The purpose of this section is to reduce the risks to human health and safety arising from the use of sperm or ova for the purpose of assisted human reproduction, including the risk of the transmission of disease.
Distribution, etc. of gametes
(2) Subject to subsection (3), no person shall distribute, make use of or import any of the following for the purpose of assisted human reproduction:
(a) sperm that has been obtained from a donor and that is meant for the use of a female person other than a spouse, common-law partner or sexual partner of the donor;
(b) an ovum that has been obtained from a donor and that is meant for the use of a female person other than the donor or the spouse, common-law partner or sexual partner of the donor; or
(c) an ovum that has been obtained from a donor and that is meant for the donor’s use as a surrogate mother.
Exception
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if
(a) tests have been conducted in respect of the sperm or ovum in accordance with the regulations, and the sperm or ovum has been obtained, prepared, preserved, quarantined, identified, labelled and stored and its quality assessed in accordance with the regulations; and
(b) the donor of the sperm or ovum has been screened and tested, and the donor’s suitability has been assessed, in accordance with the regulations.
Testing, etc. in respect of gametes
(4) No person shall, except in accordance with the regulations, engage in any activity described in paragraph (3)(a) or (b) in respect of any of the following with the intention of distributing or making use of it for the purpose of assisted human reproduction:
(a) sperm described in paragraph (2)(a);
(b) an ovum described in paragraph (2)(b); or
(c) an ovum described in paragraph (2)(c).
Definition of “common-law partner”
(5) In this section, “common-law partner”, in relation to an individual, means a person who is cohabiting with the individual in a conjugal relationship at the relevant time, having so cohabited for a period of at least one year.
717. Section 10 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
718. Section 11 of the Act is repealed.
719. (1) The portion of subsection 12(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Reimbursement of expenditures
12. (1) No person shall, except in accord-ance with the regulations,
(2) Paragraph 12(3)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the reimbursement is made in accordance with the regulations.
2004, c. 11, s. 53
720. Sections 13 to 19 of the Act are repealed.
721. Subsection 20(2) of the Act is repealed.
2010, c. 12, s. 1656
722. The heading before section 21 and sections 21 to 39 of the Act are repealed.
723. The heading before section 40 of the Act is replaced by the following:
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
724. Sections 40 to 43 of the Act are repealed.
725. (1) Subsection 44(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Taking measures
44. (1) If the Minister has reasonable grounds to believe that this Act has been, or is likely to be, contravened, the Minister may take, or order any person to take, all reasonable measures that the Minister considers necessary to mitigate the effects of the contravention or to prevent the contravention.
(2) Subsections 44(2) to (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Personal liability
(4) No person who takes measures under this section, or who takes measures specified in an order made under this section, is personally liable either civilly or criminally in respect of any act or omission in the course of taking those measures unless it is established that the person acted in bad faith.
Exception
(5) Subsection (4) does not apply to a person who has committed a contravention of this Act.
Statutory Instruments Act
(6) For greater certainty, orders made under this section are not statutory instruments within the meaning of the Statutory Instruments Act.
726. The heading before section 45 of the Act is repealed.
727. Section 46 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Designation of inspectors
46. (1) The Minister may designate persons or classes of persons employed by the government of Canada or of a province as inspectors for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of this Act.
Certificates to be produced
(2) An inspector shall be given a certificate in a form established by the Minister attesting to the inspector’s designation and, on entering any place or conveyance under subsection 47(1), the inspector shall, if so required, produce the certificate to the person in charge of that place or conveyance.
728. (1) Subsection 47(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Entry by inspectors
47. (1) Subject to section 48, an inspector may, for a purpose related to verifying compliance or preventing non-compliance with any of sections 8, 10 and 12, enter any place or conveyance in which the inspector has reasonable grounds to believe that there is any activity, material or information in respect of which any of those sections applies.
(2) The portion of subsection 47(2) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Inspection
(2) An inspector entering a place or conveyance may, for a purpose set out in subsection (1),
(a) examine any material or information that is relevant to that purpose;
(3) The portion of subsection 47(3) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Examination of information
(3) In carrying out an inspection, an inspector may, for a purpose set out in subsection (1),
(a) examine and make copies of or extracts from any books, documents or other records that the inspector believes on reasonable grounds contain information that is relevant to that purpose;
(4) Paragraph 47(3)(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) use or cause to be used any computer system to examine information relevant to that purpose that is contained in or available to the computer system;
729. Paragraph 48(2)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) entry to the dwelling-house is necessary for a purpose related to verifying compliance or preventing non-compliance with any of sections 8, 10 and 12, and
730. Subsection 51(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application for restoration
51. (1) A person from whom material or information is seized may, within 60 days after the date of the seizure, apply to a provincial court judge within whose jurisdiction the seizure was made for an order of restoration, if the person sends to the Minister notice of their intention to do so.
731. Subsection 52(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Disposal
(3) Subject to section 54, an inspector may dispose of material or information forfeited to Her Majesty in any manner that the designated officer, as defined in the regulations, directs.
732. Sections 54 and 55 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Maintaining viable gametes and embryos
54. The designated officer, as defined in the regulations, shall make reasonable efforts to preserve any viable sperm, ovum or in vitro embryo that is seized under this Act or the Criminal Code. Any further measures shall be consistent with the consent of the donor or, if the consent cannot be obtained, shall be in accordance with the regulations.
Designation of analysts
55. The Minister may designate any person as an analyst for the purpose of the administration and enforcement of this Act.
733. Sections 58 and 59 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Agreements for enforcement
58. The Minister may enter into agreements with any department or agency of the government of Canada or of a province or with any law enforcement agency with respect to the administration and enforcement of this Act.
734. The portion of section 60 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Offence and punishment
60. A person who contravenes any of sections 5 to 7 and 9 is guilty of an offence and
735. The portion of section 61 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Offence and punishment
61. A person who contravenes any provision of this Act — other than any of sections 5 to 7 and 9 — or of the regulations or an order made under subsection 44(1) is guilty of an offence and
736. Section 64 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice to interested authorities
64. The Minister may notify any interested authority, such as a professional licensing or disciplinary body established under the laws of Canada or a province, of the identity of a person who is charged with an offence under this Act or who there are reasonable grounds to believe may have acted in breach of any professional code of conduct.
737. (1) Paragraphs 65(1)(c) to (e) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(c) respecting the tests to be conducted in respect of sperm and ova described in any of paragraphs 10(2)(a) to (c), and the obtaining, preparation, preservation, quarantining, identification, labelling and storage of, and the assessment of the quality of, the sperm and ova;
(d) respecting the testing and screening of, and the assessment of the suitability of, donors described in paragraph 10(3)(b);
(d.1) respecting the disposition of sperm and ova described in any of paragraphs 10(2)(a) to (c);
(d.2) respecting the tracing of sperm and ova described in any of paragraphs 10(2)(a) to (c), including regulations that require
(i) measures to be taken to identify persons who have distributed, made use of or imported the sperm or ova for the purpose of assisted human reproduction, or who are storing any of them for that purpose,
(ii) the communication of information to the persons referred to in subparagraph (i), to the donors of the sperm and ova and to the persons who have undergone assisted human reproduction procedures in which the sperm or ova were used,
(iii) measures to be taken to determine the nature, cause and extent of the risks to human health and safety, and
(iv) measures to be taken in respect of the sperm and ova to reduce those risks;
(d.3) respecting the reporting to the Minister of information with respect to an activity described in section 10;
(e) respecting the reimbursement of expend-itures for the purposes of subsection 12(1), including providing for the expenditures that may be reimbursed;
(2) Paragraphs 65(1)(f) to (m) of the Act are repealed.
(3) Paragraphs 65(1)(n) to (q) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(n) respecting the creation and maintenance of records by any person who
(i) engages in an activity for which written consent is required under section 8,
(ii) engages in an activity described in section 10, or
(iii) makes a reimbursement under section 12;
(4) Paragraphs 65(1)(r) to (w) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(r) authorizing the Minister, in the manner set out in the regulations, to require any person described in paragraph (n) to provide to the Minister any records that the person is required by the regulations to create or maintain, and any additional information related to the activity described in subparagraph (n)(i), (ii) or (iii), and requiring that person to provide to the Minister those records and that information within the time and in the manner set out in the regulations;
(5) Paragraph 65(1)(y) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(y) for the purposes of subsection 51(1), prescribing the information to be contained in the notice and the time and manner of sending it;
(6) Paragraphs 65(1)(z) to (z.2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(z) respecting the further measures referred to in section 54;
(z.1) respecting the giving of consent for the purposes of section 54;
(z.2) defining “designated officer” for the purposes of subsection 52(3) and section 54;
(z.3) exempting any person from the application of section 10, conditionally or unconditionally, in the circumstances provided for in the regulations; and
(z.4) exempting from the application of subsection 12(2), conditionally or unconditionally, in the circumstances provided for in the regulations, any person who reimburses expenditures referred to in the regulations.
738. The heading before section 68 and sections 68 to 71 of the Act are repealed.
739. Section 76 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
Coming into Force of a Provision of the Assisted Human Reproduction Act
Royal assent
740. Despite section 78 of the Assisted Human Reproduction Act, section 44 of that Act, as amended by section 725 of this Act, comes into force on the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
Transitional Provisions
Definitions
741. The following definitions apply in sections 742 to 745.
“Agency”« Agence »
“Agency” means the Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada established by subsection 21(1) of the Assisted Human Reproduction Act.
“Her Majesty”« Sa Majesté »
“Her Majesty” means Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Appointments terminated
742. (1) The members of the board of directors of the Agency cease to hold office on the coming into force of this subsection.
No compensation
(2) Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no person appointed to hold office as a member of the board of directors of the Agency, other than the President, has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from Her Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of Her Majesty for ceasing to hold that office or for the abolition of that office by operation of this Division.
Employees of Agency
743. Any employee of the Agency who has been advised that they will be laid off in accordance with subsection 64(1) of the Public Service Employment Act is, for the purpose of any workforce adjustment meas-ure taken with respect to them, transferred to the Department of Health on the day on which section 722 comes into force.
Rights and obligations transferred
744. (1) All rights and property held by or in the name of or in trust for the Agency and all obligations and liabilities of the Agency are deemed to be rights, property, obligations and liabilities of Her Majesty.
References
(2) Every reference to the Agency in any deed, contract or other document executed by the Agency in its own name is, unless the context otherwise requires, to be read as a reference to Her Majesty.
Closing out affairs
(3) The Minister of Health may do and perform all acts and things necessary for and incidental to closing out the affairs of the Agency.
Commencement of legal proceedings
745. (1) Any action, suit or other legal proceeding in respect of an obligation or liability incurred by the Agency, or by the Minister of Health in closing out the affairs of the Agency, may be brought against Her Majesty in any court that would have had jurisdiction if the action, suit or proceeding had been brought against the Agency.
Continuation of legal proceedings
(2) Any action, suit or other legal proceeding to which the Agency is party pending in any court on the coming into force of this section may be continued by or against Her Majesty in the same manner and to the same extent as it could have been continued by or against the Agency.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
2004, c. 2, s. 72
746. Schedule I to the Access to Information Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada
Agence canadienne de contrôle de la procréation assistée
2004, c. 2, s. 73
747. Schedule II to the Act is amended by striking out the reference to
Assisted Human Reproduction Act
Loi sur la procréation assistée
and by striking out the corresponding reference to “subsection 18(2)”.
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
2004, c. 2, s. 74
748. (1) Schedule II to the Financial Administration Act is amended by striking out the following:
Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada
Agence canadienne de contrôle de la procréation assistée
SOR/2006-262, s. 1
(2) Schedule IV to the Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “PORTIONS OF THE CORE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION”:
Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada
Agence canadienne de contrôle de la procréation assistée
SOR/2008-18, s. 1
(3) Part III of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by striking out, in column I, the reference to
Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada
Agence canadienne de contrôle de la procréation assistée
and by striking out the corresponding reference in column II to “President”.
R.S., c. P-21
Privacy Act
2004, c. 2, s. 75
749. The schedule to the Privacy Act is amended by striking out the following under the heading “OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS”:
Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada
Agence canadienne de contrôle de la procréation assistée
R.S., c. P-36
Public Service Superannuation Act
2004, c. 22, s. 77
750. Part I of Schedule I to the Public Service Superannuation Act is amended by striking out the following:
Assisted Human Reproduction Agency of Canada
Agence canadienne de contrôle de la procréation assistée
2004, c. 11
Library and Archives of Canada Act
751. Section 53 of the Library and Archives of Canada Act is repealed.
2009, c. 24
Human Pathogens and Toxins Act
752. Section 4 of the Human Pathogens and Toxins Act is amended by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (a) by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by repealing paragraph (c).
Coming into Force
Order in council
753. (1) Sections 715 and 716, or any provision enacted by section 716, come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Order in council
(2) Subsection 713(2) and sections 721 to 723, 726 and 741 to 751 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
SCHEDULE 
(Section 52)
SCHEDULE 1 
(Subsection 2(1) and paragraph 83(a))
FEDERAL AUTHORITIES
1. Port authority as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Canada Marine Act.
2. Board as defined in section 2 of the Canada-Newfoundland Atlantic Accord Implementation Act.
3. Board as defined in section 2 of the Canada-Nova Scotia Offshore Petroleum Resources Accord Implementation Act.
SCHEDULE 2 
(Subparagraph 5(1)(a)(iv) and subsection 5(3))
COMPONENTS OF THE ENVIRONMENT
SCHEDULE 3 
(Section 66 and paragraph 83(a))
BODIES
1. Designated airport authority as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Airport Transfer (Miscellaneous Matters) Act.
Published under authority of the Speaker of the House of CommonsAvailable from:Publishing and Depository ServicesPublic Works and Government Services Canada